Google
This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.
It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.
Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
at |http: //books .google .com/I
Tappan Presbuterlan flssoclatlon |
IaIBRARY.
; iPresenUi by HON. D. BETHUNE DUfOELD. :
From Library of Rev. Geo. Ouffield, 0.0.
^.
Quiw
/M
* *
/.
N
«♦
,*.♦• 4
A SHORT, PLAIN, COMPREHENSIVE, PRACTICAL
LATIN GRAMMAR,
C0MFBISIN6
.ALL TBS RULES AND 0B8fiRVATZ01»
' ^ NECESSABY TO
AN ACCURATE KNOWLEDGE
OF
THE liATIN CLASSICS,
HAVING
THE SIGNS OF QUANTITY AFFIXED
TO CERTAIN SYLLABLES,
TO SHOW THEIR BIGHT FBOmmOIATlOIk
WITH AN
AliPHABETICAIi VOCABULARY.
THE NINTH EDITION, REVISED AND IMPROVED.
BY JAMES ROSS, LL. D.
PROfBBSOR OF THE LATIiTaND GREEK LANOUAOIS^
NORTH FOURTH STREET, PHILADELPHIA. •
Neqiiis U^tur tanquam parva fiastidiat Orammaticea elonenta.
Perveniri ad Mimma, nisi ex principiia, non poteBt— Qiunt.
** Qai diseh, et lex ei {est) in poflseasionem,
Et non diacit fUndamenta Grammatices, neque intelligit,
(£«0 fieat arator ; qui agit boves ;
iSt maniu ejus iut) tine baculo aut stimulo.*'
HIiaatDfeliififat:
THOMAS DESILVft, Jun. ^o. Ul, lA.VSCKL*l£-«S\:Vi:s:^'
*••«••••••
vsa».
►:.
s-
EasUrnDisMdqf Penntylvania, to yirii',
•**»*{ BE IT REMEMBERED, That on the foorteenth day of *iily, in the
•L. S.» fifty-fourth year of the independence of the United Statea of America
S[«*f«« A. D. 18^, Thoius Desilver, Jun. of the said district, hath deposited
in this office the title of a Book, the right whereof he claims as proprietor, in
Uie words following, to wit:
**A short, plain, comprehensive, practical Latin Grammar, comprisins all the
Roles and Observations necessary to an accurate knowledge of the Latin
Classics, having the Signs. of Quantity affixed to certain SyUables, to show
their right^pronunciation. With an Alphabetical Vocabulary. The ninth
edi^QBflreiased and improved. By James Ross, LL. D. Professor of the Latin
■iid.6reek langiyiges, Iforth Fourth Street,Philadelphia.
ffsquia ikitur tanquun parva fastidiat Orammatices elementa.
" Pervenin ad snmma, nisi ex priucipiis, non potest.— Qituit.
** Qui discit, et lex ei (e«t) in possessionem,
i Et non discit fondamenta Grammatices, neque intelliglti
(JBst) sleut arator ; qui asit boves ;
St manus cijtts {est) sine baculo aut stimulo.*'
In confbnnity to the Act of the Congress of the United States, entitled, *< An
Act finr the encouragement of learning, by securing the copies of Maps, Charts,
and Books, to the Authors and Proprietors of such copies, during the timee
timrein mentioned.** And also to the Act entitled, " An Act supplementary to
an Act, entitled * An Act for the encouragement of learning, by securing the
eopiee of MiapB, Charts, and Books, to the Authors and Proprietors of such copiei, •
daring the times therein mentioned,* and extending the benefits thereof to the arte
of ditigning, engnving, and etching, historical aid other Prints.**
D. CALDWELL, aerkf^tlie
Eoitem Distnct qf Penans^VMaKte.
PBEFACE TO THE SEVENTH EDITION.
In the .six preceding editions of this Latin Grammar, -the
author has attempted to show the absolute necessity of stu-
dents laying a firm and durable foundation in classic literature;
bf being instructed in the knowledge of first principles; of
being inured to habits of diligence and accuracy ; and of doing
every thing according to rule. He has likewise striven to
show, that nothing is gained by a precipitate, superficial pror
gress ; * that youth should never proceed to any part of study,
without a distinct knowledge of what should go before ; and
SA .that such is the effect of a sound foundation, that one, even of"
S! moderate parts, carefully and well instructed, will acquire more
h real benefit in one year, than another of superior abilities, but
"^ who is hurried superficially through his studies, can in the
^ course of two, or even three years ; for, " How may boys learn
i the quickest ?" By making them perfect in the rudiments of
I the language at the very first, and never suffering them to go a
^ step farther till this is effected.
^ Prompted by an earnest desire to contribute his assistance
in the education of the youth, whom he wishes to be instruct*
ed in the best manner, by paying the strictest attention to
FiHST FRiNcrpLEs, and firmly adhering to these, the result of
long observation, and very considerable .experience, he now
commits the seventh edition of his work to the public, trust-
ing that it will be favored with the approbation of those gen-
tlemen with whom he has long had the honor of being ac-
; quainted, and who kindly recommended the former editionsy
as well as of all others, who have introduced his Grammar
into their Schools, Academies, Colleges, and Universities. *
He can, indeed, assure them, that, deeply concerned for the
* ^ When the Grammar is learned inaccurately, all the other juvenilo
■tadies, if prosecuted at all, will be prosecuted inaccurately; and Che
result will be, imperfect and ^superficial improvement. The enetcU^ <SiC
mind, and the strength of mind ac(\\uied ixv cox^ano^Tvc^ q?L '^^oa^ «isst£>ai^^
are 8ome of the most valuaWe eflfects o£ ii a\ivc\.^ u.Vstv^^1^xv^ ^'^^ws^i
ttudjr of Grammar learning, at the i»\i»rii<a ttJiSia.'*^'^ .^ vsmsviw%*J^«^
i
( iv )
success of classical learning in our country, and through an
earnest desire to deserve well both of it and his kind patrons,
to whom he owes so much, he has been particularly careful in
preparing this edition, that it may merit not only their approba-
tion, but also that of every judicious critic. He has been dil-
igent in his researches to discover what might be helpful, and
believes he shall evince to those who are true judges of the
subject, that he has spent his time to good purpose.
He would now indulge the pleasing hope, that the improt>e»
ment he has made in tMs and former editions of his Grammar,
may meet the wishes and approbation of all true patrons of
classical learning ; and that it may justly be considered as ex-
plaining not only the first principles of the Latin Grammar, but
also those of the English ; — the analogy of both these languages
being so great, that he who understands the elements of the
one, cannot but discern and be able to explain those of the
other.
For the use of those who have not previously acquired a cor-
rect knowledge of the rudiments of the English language, he
has inserted in this work some of the most remarkable peculiar-
ities of it, so that the student, in reading, speaking, and writ'
ingi may be led to notice and regard them, and, on the whole,
may be able to parse English* with the greatest precision and
exactness.
I' To parse English* As the Latin student, in every lesson he recites,
in every sentence he construes, has a continual recurrence to EngEsh
rules, he ought to be able to parse English well : yet very few are able
to arrive at such accurate knowledge of English Syntax^ previously to
the study of Latin. Such knowledge is perfectly attained by the medium
of rules in the Latin. The English derive their rules for the division of
nUables^ and certain other idioms of the language, from the Lati^^ ; and
the Latins,, we have reason to conclude, derived theirs from the Greeks.
^ The learning of the Latin and Greek languages advances every facul-
ty of the mind which renders men eminent. It improves the memory
more than any other study, depending so immediately on it ; committing
grammar rules, ami incessantly exerting the memory to retain the mean-
ing of strange words, give it incredible strength. Every boy who has
been two or three weeks at the grammar school, will bear testimony to
the truth of this.
^ Latin and Oreek are tfie only Praxis of Grammar; every sentence,
and almost every word in a sentence, require the strictest scrutiny, must
be examined by grammar rules before it can be understood, and few
sentences can bo read without the application of some fundamental rule
in Grammar. By these means, grammar is familiarized to the linguist ;
it grows into his nature, and ceases only with his existence.
"Attend to fact All useful character have learned the Latin and
Greek languages. But it is often urged, by \]\ie etvenviBft o^ \«vnfi3i<^^^^
mtuue might be better spent in leaming EnagUsYv. T\sMi mwj \*% v:^!^
( ' )
He, who has been taught the Latin in a proper manner, can-
not but understand English grammatically. According to the
sentiments of some of the most learned and elegant scholars,
Latin Grammar is not only the best, but the only complete in-
troduction to a critical and accurate knowledge rf the English
Grammar and language. Nor is this all : he, who has learned
tiie Latin Grammar perfectly, will be well prepared to com-
mence the study of the Greek and Hebrew languages; but he
who does not understand Latin so well as to be able to write
and parse it tolerably well, is not fit to enter on the study of
Greek.
<' The Grammar should be daily and hourly studied."
VicEsiMvs Knox.
The Latin Granunar, the essential book for sound instruc*
tion in classical learning, has been, indeed, the common source,
from which all the modern tongues have borrowed ; and a cor-
rect knowledge of it, because it comprises the principles of
Universal Grammar, enables the student to learn any of the
modern languages in a short time ; but let no one commence
the study of the French, or any of the modern languages, until
he has read with accuracy the Greek and Latin classics, uhder
the tuition of a skilful and careful teacher, which can be done
in a little more than four years. The study of the French pre-
maturely,^ of which many are so fond, must always prove adr
verse to the study of the Greek and Latin languages.
•cable to the case of those beginning the study of them at an advanced
age : but supposing the Latin and Greek useless, a boy can learn thoiii
at an age incapable of severe study — at a time he can learn nothing else ; .
and, certainly, the mind is better employed than idle. Exercise, both of
body and mind, is as necessary to the health and life of boys as food."-^
Philoglossos.
^ The study of Grammar is so agreeable to the constitution of the hu-
man mind, and so universally important to human life, that, whether the
language, which specially engages our attention, is acquired or not, we
make a real proficiency ; and, whatever degree of rationality we naturally
possessed, we avow that elevating property of our nature with additional
propriety. Besides this general improvefnent, the exercise of distinguish-
ing and applying rules, will habituate the student to thorough investiga-
tion and rational determination. For those who learn Latin, not only
acquire a language, but, by the necessary observance of method, improve
their intellectual faculties, and make a real acquisition to their stock of
science : and for this reason, amongst some others, the study of languages
is a good introduction to logic, and a general substratum to metaphysical
knowledge." :— Rev. William Duke.
* " One year passed in thU ialviary exercise ©f iVuu&v^'ai& 'LaW.tv QrTWwsiMvr
^orreetfy, will he found to cultivate the WmAH ?afc\ii!iafi» TCkw^k ^Gosaj. «?«'»'"
^pent in pnttlmg that French which Vb Iftax^^ V| xo\«^-— ^^^^*=^^
( vi )
But in the mean time, whilst the author ardently desires to
raise classical learning in our country from its present de-
graded ^ate to the rank it once held, he is sorry to find his ef-
forts counteracted by a new course of Latin books, established
for the use of schools by national authority in France, and
patronised by numerous Professors, Presidents of Colleges,
and other eminent Teachers, in our country. This course re-
linquishes entirely the use of some of the - best idementary
• hodes,^ most of which have obtained a place for centuries in
the Schools, Academies, and Universities of Great Britain and
Ireland, and, it is most likely, from time immemorial, in the
'Seminaries of this country.
Those, who are fond of this new mode of acquiring a clas-
flical education, speak highly of it ; and there is no doubt, that,
ardently pursuing it, they believe they can make good scholars,
in as short, or even shorter time than is required by the old :
yet it does not appear, that those scholars or graduates, who
have been taught. according to their course, display, hitherto,
any superior marks of sound learning.
The Reverend Dr. Francis Alison, whose ability and faith-
fulness in teaching the Greek and Latin languages, have erect-
ed to his memory a monument more durable than brass, said,
" There is little gained by hurrying boys along before they un-
derstand the rudiments of the Latin tongue — that no part of
a school-boy's time is better spent, than what is employed in
laying a good foundation ; and it will be ever found, that such
become exact scholars, in as short a time as those boys who
are hurried into Virgil or Cicero in seven or eight months." —
Introduction to WhittenhalVs Latin Grammar, third edition,
Philadelphia, 1773.
That the memory of the learner might not be burdened, the
author has endeavored throughout to comprise the whole in
the fewest words possible ; every line is full of useful instruc-
tion ; and there is hardly a word in it which has not its signi-
fication plainly stated. The examples to the rules are more
copiotts than in any other Grammar whatever. He has care-
* Latin Vocabulary — Sententia PuerUes — Catd's DisticJis — Cordery*t
' Colloquiet—JEsop^s Fables — Select Colloquies of Erasmus — Selectee i Ve-
teri Testamento Historice, one of the best books that can be put into the
hands of a scholar — Selectee e Profanis Historic^ being a selection from
some of the best books in the Latin tongue. Instead of these^ in the new
couise, are taught, if I do not mistake, Epitome Sacra Historiee, Philadel-
phia, 1813. — Firis Illustribus Romaic Philadelphia, 1813. — J^arrationes
Excerpt(B, Philadelphia, 1820. — Auctoritate C. F. L^Homond, in Univer'
siiiUe Parinmsi, Professore Emerito. — These books, they Bay, are superior
^ an^ olAer elementaty books in use in this country.
( vii )
fully avoided the extremes of brevity and prolixity, knowing
that so much as is here set down will enable the student to ar-
rive at a more minute investigation, and fuller improvement.
The learner will find that every part is well adapted to aid
.^ him in acquiring a good knowledge of the Latin tongue, and
in a comparatively short time. The Prosody in this edition is
consideraby improved. Experience has convinced us, that
Latin .rules, though not quite so easy at first, are better than
English — ^that the firsts once learned by heart, and understood,
are not readily, or ever, forgotten— -that the latter, being easily
learned, are as easily forgotten. On the whole, we may be-
lieve, ** Latin rules are the most sure guides." For this, an
appeal may be made to all who have knowledge of the subject*
However, for the acconunodation of all, the general ndes are
given both in EngUsk and Latin.
May the inhabitants of these United States, our dearly be*
loved country, living under a Constitution framed by patriotic
freemen, never lose sight of their true interest and superior
rank. May we ever love sound learning, justice, and temper-
ance; may we abstain from avarice, pnde, and luxury; and,
whatever other nations do, let us be found truly learned, wise,
just, and temperate.
JAMES ROSS.
Aug. 28, 1823.
Vlll )
In the course of the former editions, the author was favored
with tbue
RECOMMENDATIONS.
The Rev. Dr. Henry Muhlenberg, President of Franklin
College, and Pastor of the Lutheran Church, Borough of Lan-
caster, second edition, August — 1802.
The Rev. Dr. C. Becker, Pastor of the German Presbyterian
Church, in the Borough of Lancaster, second edition, August-—
1803.
The Rev. Dr. Ashbel Green, Senior Pastor of the Second
Presbyterian Church, in Arch Street, first, July 28 — 1808, and
again, August 1 — 1811.
The Hon. W. Tilghman, LL. D. Chief Justice of the State
of Pennsylvania, August 17, 1811.
The Rev. Dr. James P. Wilson, Pastor of the first Presbyte-
rian Congregation, in Market Street, September 4, 1811.
Mr. James Ross,
Dear Sir,
I have carefully examined your fifth edition of the Latin
Grammar, and most of the proof-sheets of the sixth, now in the
press ; and, as the best evidence of my approbation of the pres*
ent edition, assure you, that I shall hereafter adopt it in the
department of this Institution, over which I have the honor to
preside.
The attention which you have paid to quantity and accent
throughout the whole, your Compendium ProsodUBy and your
VoaiAulary thereto annexed, exemplifying the rules for genders
of nouns, will greatly contribute to the aid of the pupil : and
notwithstanding the popular objection to Latin rutes^ I cannot
but believe them to be the most durable guides.
Very respectfully, yours,
JAMES WILTBANK.
tJniTersity of Pennsylvania, Grammar SchooL
March 7, 1818.
A
PLAIN, SHORT, COMPREHENSIVE, PRACTICAL
LATIN GRAMMAB.
GRAMMAR is the science of letters, the art of writing and
speaking any language properly ; as, Greeks Lattn^ English.
Latin Grammar is the art of writing and speaking the LaHn
Tongue.
There are four parts in Grammar —
Orthografht, Etymology, Syntax, and Prosody.
Orthography teaches the true forms, names, and powers of
the letters.
A Letter is a mark or character representing an uncom^
pounded sound.
OF ORTHOGRAPHY.
J- J*
1. THERE are twenty-five Latin letter
ABCDE FGHI JKLMNOPQRSTUVX
Y Z.
2. There are six vowels^ a, e, i, o, u, y ; but y is found only'
in words originally Greek.
3. There can be no syllable without a vowel.
4. The vowels make full and perfect sounds of themselves.
This ' set over a vowel shows that the syllable is long.
This ' set over a vowel shows that the syllable is sh6rt.
5. There are nineteen consonants^ b, c, d, f, g, h, j, k, 1, m,
n, p, q, r, s, t, v, x, z.
6. The consonants make no sound without vowels.
7. A Syllable is any one complete sound.
8. A Diphthong is the united sound of two vowels in on^
syllable ; as, au in aura^ ob in caelum^ ui in cui^ huic.
9. There are eight diphthongs, ae, oe, au, ei, eu, which are
Latin diphthongs ; but ai, oi, ui, (or yi) are Greek. -^
10. Ai, au, ei, eu, oi, ui, are proper diphthongs, because
the sound of both vowels is heard, aioj auldy queiSy eugi,
Troidy Harpuid, [Harpyia.']
IL Ae and oe are improper diphthongs, having only the
long sound of a single 6/ as stellae, coelum, are pronounced .
stelle, celum.
12. Proper names, patrial, ot gjetvXivVe Tkcsvwv*^ ^Tsssjwa^^
fiords, lines in poetry, the first ^woid «i\ftx ^^xvA^^sv^ ^^ ^
{
( 8 )
names of the Deity, should, in writing or pnnting, begin with
capUdU.
NOTES.
1. The Latin a is pronounced short like d in man^ or long like d in
flor.
2. The Latin e is pronounced short like B in men, or long like i in
(here.
8. The Latin i is pronounced short like i in KgUy or long like i in
auiii, andimos.
4» Q always (both in English and Latin) requires a u immediately
after it.
5. Uot y^t tti, tio, and ua are not accounted diphthongs after g, as Zt'fi-
quam, linquta^ quibtu^ qu6nam^ anttquHu,
6. Ua^ ue, ui^ teo, and uv^ after g in some words, are sounded separately
as,'&rig{^d, indfgHr&re^ indigHb-iy ixigiii^y ixigU-fis.
7. Ua and ue^ immediately following «, are dissolved from their native
sound, and pronounced like improper diphthongs; as sudvis^ suiseo,
tuj/fii, which are pronounced swavis, swescon iwHta; but in su-as^tu-^,
9U-U, fO-dJ, the u retains its natural sound.
I 8. C before a, o, u, is pronounced like k; as, cado^ condr, cudo*
9. C before e, i, y, and the diphthongs ae and oe, is pro-
nounced like 8; as, acSr^ dbuSj cymbd, CtBsar, catus,
\ 10. Ti, when a vowel follows, sounds lilte shi; as gratia, qudtUs^petiU,
,. fudtio, impertiuntHY : but to this there are four exceptions.
(I.) Ti in the beginning of a word, followed by a vowel, as tiara, is
sounded like ti in iigris,
(II.) Ti, when z or s goes immediately before, is sounded like ti in
eanticum; as istius, qwEstio, mixtio.
(III.) Ti in infinitives ending in er by tiparagOgi; as mittUr, sounds like
ti in mittimus.
(IV.) Ti in words derived from the Greek : as, pohHd, sounds like ti in
Hro,
11. G before a, o, u, is pronounced like the English g in
^P> got, gust ; as, ganeo, GargOnis, gustus,
12. G before e, i, y, », oe, (and even before gwhen e follows,)
sounds like j ; as, gemma, gigno^ gyrus, tdgcB, tragadid, agg&r^
pronounced jemma, jigno, jyhis, tqj<B, trajcBdia, adjer.
13. Ch in the beginning and middle of words sounds like k ; as, chartd,
■ MekhisSdec, AchillSs, mdehind, pulchtr, pulchra, pulehrHm.
14. K, y, and z, are found only in words derived from the Greek.
15* X in the beginning of words sounds like z ; but in the middle and
end of words it sounds like ks ; as, Xerx6t, [Zerkses."]
16. Because z has the sound of ks, the s is seldom written afler z ; as
exiqudr, exilio.
17. Latin words in e final, and some others, are not dividea like Eng-
lish words ; as, Ptneld-pe^ ma-nt, da-r6, md^i, drndto-ti, sB-^ti-U, a-ge.
For the lighi division o£ Latin words into syllables^ see the Proiody.
J8. An Anglicised pronunciation of Latin Vb to \>e ca.\x\io\x%Vj viox^^".
£r£das for grddtts ; nitio for natio*
I
( 3 )
13. The following proper names are commonly thus ab-
breviated : A. Aulus. C. Caius. D. Decius, D. Didfmus. 1».
Lucius. M. Marcus. N. Numerius, P. Publius. Q. Q^inti^8. T
Titus. Ap. JLppiti*. Cn. CruBus. Sp. Spurius. T. THbeiius. Mam*
Mamercus. Sex. Sextus. Ser. Servlus. Tul. TW^ttf.
14. P. C. Patris conscripti. P. R. POpiHus Rdmarms. R. P.
Respublica. S. C. Sinaius consuUum. A. U. C. Anno tirto con-
£2tto. S. Salut&n. S. P. D. Salutem plurimam dicU. S. P. Q. R.
SinaiMS Piypidusque Romdnus. D. D. D. <to, <2{cd^, didlcat. D.
D. Cl Q. ^tco^, dedicdi^ consecratque. H. S. Sesterffum. Imp.
hnp&ratOr. Impp. ImpSrdtores. Cos. Constd. Coss. CkmsidiM.
Aug. Augustus. Augg. Augusti. A. M. iinno muiic^i. A. D. ilnno
Ddminf.
19. The following are thof abbreviated by modem writen: e. ff. er-
einp/i gratia, for example, or, for example's sake; i. e. «{ e#/, that is; q.
d. grudfi £2ied/, as if he would say ; q. 1. quantnan libit, as much m you
please; q. s. quarUtan nffleUt a sufficient quantity; v. g. ver6z graHh^
for example; viz. vidilieet, that is to say; 4e, e/, andj &c. e/ eatird, and
others.
20. Sentences^ that we may rightly understand their meaning, are divided
by these points : a comma (,) at which we ought to pause aa long as wa
can count otie; a semicolon (;) — one^ two; a colon (:) — one, two^ thru;
a PERIOD (.) — one, two, three, four.
21. A NOTE OF INTERROGATION (?) and ADMIRATION (!) may oqual th«
pause of a semiedhn, colon, or period.
22. A PARENTHESIS (which should be read with a lower voice) is a
short sentence, inserted to explain more fhlly the meanina ; but to under*
stand the right construction, it may be entirely omitted In -reading the
sentence.
OF ETYMOLOGY.
ETYMOLOGY teaches the true origin^ derieation, sigmfica^
Hon, and variation of every word. .
2. A Word is one or more syllables joined together, which
men have agreed upon to signify something.
3. Words are commonly reduced to eight classes, called
parts of speech,
4. Noun, Pnoirouir, Verb, Pasticiple, which are declina-
ble.
5. Adverb, Preposition, Interjxctiok, CowjuirCTloir,
which are indeclinable. *
6. The declinable parts of speech are so called^ becamib \!bffit^ Sa ^wst&s^
change made upon them, especially in theVi lasX «7'^^Lai;AA%\iraX ^^da >aL^s^
Oinaple parts of speech continue mraiisbly \lb^ ««xd».
i
NOUN.
A NOUN is either substantive or adjective.
A Noun Substantive is the name of any person, being, or
thingy which has been, is, may, or can be ; as,
A king, a man, liberty, the sky, the revenue, a shadow.
Rex, hOmd, libertds, j^her, vectigdl, et umbra*
A Noun Substantive makes sense by itself without another
word.
A Noun Adjective expresses the quality of any person, being
or thing; as,
Happy, fearless, sweet, 6lear, light, high.
Fdix, impavidus, dtdcis, liquidus, levis, altus.
A Noun Adjective cannot make full sense till it is joined to
a Noun Substantive*
^^^1l Noun Substantive is divided into proper and appellative*
A Proper Substantive expresses a particular person or thing
individually; as,
Virgil, Phcebe, Ganges, Rome, India, " Delos.
Virgdms, Phcsbe Ganges, Roma, India, Dehs.
An Appellative Substantive is a Noun common to a whole
kind of things ; as,
A. man, a woman, a river, a city, a country, an island.
Vir, mulier, fluvius-que, iirbs, et r€gU), insHd, [Delds.]
Of the English Articles.
The Article is a word put before Nouns Substantive, to mark
them out, and to show how far their signification extends.
The English has two articles, a and the : a is called the In^
d^nite, and the is called the D^nite Article.
Xn is used before a vowel, or h mute; as, an estate, an
heir.
A signifies one or any, as a king, that is, one king, or any
king.
The sonifies that which is specified and known, and gene-
rally gives a peculiar and emphatical signification to the word
before which it is placed ; as, the city, which signifies that par*
^u^u/arctiy which ia, or has been, ^poketi o£.
( 5 )
The Declension of Latin Kouns.
Latin Nouns are declined with Genders, Cases, and Nuith
hers.
Declension is the variation of a Noun.
There sue Jive Declensions of Nouns Substantive*
All the Declensions are known by the ending of the (rem^ive
singular.
Gender, in a natural sense, is the distinction of sex, or the
difference between nude nnd female;
But Gender, in a grammatical sense, is the fitness of a Noun
Substantive for the various terminations of a Noun Adjective*
There are three Genders, the mascidine or male. Hie feminine
OT female, and the neuter.
Besides the three principal Genders, there are reckoned also
other three less principal, the common to iux), the common to
three, and the doubtful Gender.
In declining Nouns, to distinguish the Gender, and for the
sake of brevity, the Pronoun hie, hose, hoc, (by some called the
article) is thus used ; hie denotes the masculine, Jubc the femi-
nine, and Jioc the neuter Gender. Hie et Jubc denotes the com-
mon to two ; hie, hcBc, hoc, the common to three ; and hie vel
hoe, and sometimes hie vel hoc, denotes the doubtful Gender.
Cases are certain changes made on the termination of Nouns,
to express the relation of one thing to another.
There are six cases, the Nominative, the Cfenitive, the Da*
tive, the Accusative, the Vocative, and the Ablative.
Number is the distinction of one from many.
There are two Numbers, the singular and the plural.
The Singular Number denotes only one; as hOmo, a man*
The plural denotes more than one ; as, hGmlnes, men.
Cf English Nouns.
The plural Nomber is generally formed by adding f to the singular ; as
aitar, stars; except,
1. English nouns endings in -^h, '^h, -«i, and -x, have es added to their *
flingrular ; as, ckurch-es^ hrush-es^ vniness-es, box-es. •
2. Manxmen; die^ dice; foot, feet; tooth, teeth; a sheep, sheep; leaf, leaves,
9tqff, staves; cay, calves, &c. but hoof^ roof, grief, mucKltf, ^^naTS^ >jJts*w^^
scarf, mi^, form the plural by adding 8. . ,
S. The termination y also, in the nn^«x^\Bicv<M!OL^ OMaL^V^s^«^ V** ^
tboiflural ; as, cFterry, cherries ; city, cities
( 6 )
An Engliah Noon, for the use of Students both m the Latin and Igngtu*
tongues, may be thus declmed.
Singular.
Plural.
Nom.
a city,
Nom.
cities,
Gen.
of a city,
Gen.
of cities.
Dat
to, or for, a city.
Dat.
to, or for, cities.
Ace.
a city.
Ace.
cities,
Voc.
O city.
Voc
cities.
AbL
with, from, in, by, a city.
AbL
with, from, in, by, cities.
GENERAL RULES
For the Declension of Nouns.
1. NOUNS of the Neuter Gender have the Nominative,
Accusative, and Vocative alike.
2. The Nominative, Accusative, and Vocative plural of
Neuters end always in a,
3. The Nominative and Vocative plural are still the same.
4. The Dative and Ablative plural are also the same.
5. Proper names for the most part want the plural.
Except several of the same name are spoken of; as, C€BsdrSSj
DMH^ Drusiy FaMiy Gracchi^ CatoneSf C&hegi.
THE FIRST DECLENSION.
THE first declension is known by the Genitive singular in s
diphthong, and has one Iiotin termination, namely a, as stilld ;
and three Greek terminations, d^, €s, €j as JEneaSf Anchtses^
Pend6p€.
Ride for the (render^
Most Nouns of the first are females in a:
Hoc pascha hio vel bleo talpoy dama*
SteUdj a star, fem«
Plural.
Nom. stellse, starsi
Gen. stellarQm, of stars,
Dat. stellis, to, or for, stars,
Ace. Stellas, stara,
Voc. stellae, O stars,
Abl. stellis, with, &c. stars.
Sing.
Nom. haec stell& a star,
Gen. stellse, of a star,
Dat. stellae, to, or for, a star,
Ace. stell&m, a star,
Voc. Stella, O star,
Abl. Stella, with, 6cc. a star.
EXAMPLES.
Charta, myrica., tdga^ atque cathedray ac janua, cellar
Musa^ cdrona^ crumina^figura^ catena^ pudldy
CurUj qtSrela^ ndta, anchSra^ noxa, carinaj saliva^
Formica^ ac tuUla^ cicfitoque, machinay sylva.
But these have both -is and -abus in the Dative and Ablative plwaL
Xi^er^, ac dtdma, et famuLd.^ .ac e^ud, jilia, noto
Hanus-ts trihnent tibi, (credos) crebrius-dlma*
( 7 )
Greek Nouns in d«, is, i, are thus declined :
Sing hie.
N. ^neas,
G. iEneae,
D. iSnes,
A. Mn6&m,
vel ^nd&n,
V. ^nea,
A. iEnea.
Amynt&s,
DamcBtas,
EurOtas,
Hylas,
lolas,
Lyddas,
MSnalcas.
Sing. hie.
N. Anehiste,
G. AnehlssB,
D. AnehlscB,
A. Anchls^n,
V. Anehisd,
A. Anchlse,
A. Anchlsa.
EXAMPLES.
AehatdS)
Bootes,
Philoetetds,
Polltes,
Thersites,
Atndds, Patronymie.
Tydides, Patronymie.
Sing. hsBc.
N. Peneldpd,
G. PenelOpta,
D. PenelOpd,
A. PenelOpdn,
vel PenelOpdm,
V. Peneldpd,
A. Peneldpd.
CalliOpfl,
Didne,
Hecate,
Eurydicd,
Erigdnd,
Eriphyle,
Norlne, Patronymic
] All Patronymickfl in tUs are declined like Anchlsda.
All Patronymicks in nS are declined like Pendldpe.
There are some Greek Nouns in a of the first declension, which ha^d
the Accusative in an or am ; as, iGglna, Medda, Oss& ; JSgin&n, MddMiif
Oss&n, vel Oss&m.
THE SECOND DECLENSION.
THE Second Declension, known by the Genitive singular in
ij has seven terminations, er, tr, t^r, u«, urn, os, on; as, Vir,
satur, etpuir, dngilus, drvum, PeliM, Andrds.
Rule for the Crender.
The second has males in -tr, -er, and -u«,
As wr, puer, ager, hic dominus*
Puer, a boy, m.
Plur.
Nom. pueri,
Gen. pueroriim,
Dat. puens,
Ace. puer OS,
Voc. pudri,
Abl. pu^risr
Sing.
Nom. hic pu^r.
Gen. piiari,
Dat. puero,
Ace. pudrum,
Voc. pudr,
Abl. pudro.
Examplesm
Mulcib^r, Vulcan,
lucifer, the morning
star,
gdner, a son4n-iatD,
sOcer, afather'in4aw,
presbyter, an elder*
Liber, Bacchus, with a few others, retain e before r, like puer*
Vir, vM, a man, and the compo\m!^l^r^4uum\^x^^:f=^»«M^^^
gtdnquUvfy', d^cemvir^ retain i be%e t%
( 8 )
Other Nouns of the Second Declension lose e before r, thus :
Ag^r, ajiddy m.
Sing. Plur.
N. hie agSr, Nom. agri,
Gen. agri, Gen. agrorum,
Dat. agro, Dat. agris,
A.CC. agrum, Ace. agros,
Voc. agSr, Voc. agri,
Abl. agro. Abl.
agns.
Examples.
culter, a knife.
libdr, a book.
ma^stdr, a matter.
minister, a servant.
f^ber, a wrigJU.
aust^r th^ south wind.
Ddnunus, a master^ m.
Plur.
Nom. dOmini,
Gen. dominorum,
Dat. ddminis,
Ace. ddnunos,
Voc. dOmini,
Abl. ddminis.
All Nouns with Neuters place, that end in tim.
Except such proper names as Glycer*um.
Donum, a gift^ n.
Sing.
N. hie dOminus,
Gen. dOmini,
Dat. dOmino,
Ace. dOminum,
Voc. ddminS,
Abl. dOmino.
Examples.
ang^lus, an angel.
cal&mus, a quUl.
pdpulus, the people.
populus, a poplar.
fungus, a mushroom.
vicus, a street.
Sing. Plur.
N. hoc doniim, N. don^,
Gen. doni, G. donorum,
Dat. dono, D. donis.
Ace. donum, A. don^,
Voc. donum, V. donft,
Abl. dono. A. donis.
Examples.
&rvum, afield.
essedum, a chariot.
consilium, advice.
concilium, an assembly.
canticum, a song.
tergum, the back.
RULE.
The J^ominative and Vocative singalar is the same in all the Declensunu;
but in the teeond, the Nominative in tu makes the Vocative in e, as domintis,
domind.
EXCEPTIONS.
1. Vulgus^ pdptUtts, chorus^ and flimtu, make both e and tu in the Voc
2. Proper names in ius make their Vocative by casting away tu from
the Nominative, thus, 7W/ifi«, TW/i, VtrgHins^ VirgUt.
3. Filitu and genius have also/Ui and gini in the Voc. singular.
4. DEUS makes DEUS in the Voc. singular; Nom. and Voc. plural dUf
JDative and Ablative plural, diis, Genitive, deorum^ Ace. deos.
Saiur, full, is the only Noun in ur of the second Declension.
Gbeek Nouns of the Second Declension ending in ds^ are
thus declined :
Sing, hoc
hfBC
N. Delds,
AglaurOs,
6. Deli,
AbydOR, m.
v.f.
D. Delo,
Andrds,
A» Deldn, i
Arctbe^
K Delif, I
AtrdpdB,
' VeJo. 1
Citada.
hsc
Gy&rds,
IsmdnCs,
Lesbds,
NaxOs,
PandrOsOB^
Faphdtt.
\
h8BC
Pards,
Rhodes;,
Sam<to,
( 9 )
1. Greek Nouns in ds^ frequently change o» into u$, as,
Alpheds^ AlpTieuSf Elios^ EUus^ Epias, Epeus.
2. Greek Nouns sometimes change on into um in the Ac-
cusative ; as, Ddum for Del6n; IWm for iZidn.
3. Latin Nouns in U8 have sometimes on in the Accusative,
like the Greek ; as, Tdephdn, Erimanthdnj for TelepTwm^ 6cc
Greek Nouns in 08 and 6n are thus declined :
hie
hie
hoc
hoc
N. AndrOgMs,
Athos,
N. lUdn,
MaufldlMii,
G. AndrOggf,
CeOB,
G. Ilii,
barbitOn,
— AndrOgdO,
COOB,
D. nio.
pandochMn,
D. AndiOgdO,
hardly
A. niOn,
erotlon.
A. Andrdgdon,
anymore
V. Tlimi,
omlthoboBcIdn,
— AndrOgdO,
of this
A. nio,
distichdn,
V. Andrdgdos,
form 00-
Albldn,
symbdlon.
A. AndrOgdO.
eur.
PdUdn,
BjrmpOnOn.
Note I. Aireus, Orpheus^ and other Greek Nouns in fUf,
are of the third declension mostly, and rarely of the second :
so that OrpM'Us^ Orph^-i, OrphS-Oy OrphB'Umy OrphB-on, and
OrpTiS-iy are seldom found.
II. Achilleiy Orenta, and Ulyssei, are found in the Genitive,
though their Nominatives end in es.
III. GUeuSy ErechtkeuSy and TereuSy have their Genitive
sometimes of the second declension, CHleiy Erechtheii Tireif
though their Nominatives are of the third.
THE TfflRD DECLENSION.
THE third declension, known by the Genitive singular
has eleven final letters, a, Cy o, Cy dy Z, n, r, Sy ty x; as,
Stemmdy Uoy lac, atque tribunaly lisy tndrSy nomeny
Ddvidy et caputy ocdputy et lexy sindputy aer»
Rides for the Crender.
The third has males in -^, -dr, -oSy -ft, -o,
Most Nouns are feminine in -^o and -go/
Verbals in -to hjbc likewise procure,
ILfio -09, *au8y -esy -i^, 'X, and -s impure.
L^o, a liony m.
Sing. Plur.
Nom,hicllo, N. leones.
Gen. l^Onis, G. leonum,
Dat. leoni, D. leonibus,
Ace. leonem, A. leones,
Voc. Jdo, V. leones,
Examples.
Pater, a father.
m6nit6r, an adviser.
flds,a/?a20er,ren,leo.
cupido, desire.
, . . ,, \ imago, an xmage. Vc««:<v«..J^'«^^
Abh l^ooey A. leonibus. \natio, a nalwa* \\5»iwe»>a\j«oa^'
Jupmr atque AmO, Cter&n, POl^^nwWWyPn Kt^^«-
libertas,Zi5erf^
laus, praise.
rupes, a rock.
vailis.^ a 'QaJle%*
( 10 )
Rule for Ihe Gender.
Nouns in -c, -a, -Z, -«, 4, 'Ur^ -menj -ur, -t^.
May to the Neuter kind be placed by us.
S^dile, a seat^ n.
Sing. Plur.
N. hoc s^dile, N. sedilii,
Gen. sedilis, G. sedilium,
sedili, D. sedilibus,
sSdild, A. sedilii,
sedile, V. sedilia,
sedlli. A. sedilibus.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
Rude.
Neuters
in dZ, dr, ^,
declined
are
like
sddile.
Sing. Plur.
N.hocn^mus, N. nemOrft,
Gen. ndm6ris,G. nemdrum,
Dat. nemOri, D. nemOribus,
Ace. n^mus, A. nemOra,
Voc. nemus, V. nemOrft,
Abl. n^mOre.A. ndmOribus.
N^mus, a grove, n.
Ride.
Neuters
in c, a, t,
mSn, ur, us,
declined
are like
nemus.
Examples.
Animal, animal.
vectig^l, tax.
calc^r, a spur.
laqudar, a ceilings
monile, a necklacCm
hastlle, a pike.
Examples.
Lac, milk.
diadem^, a crown.
c&put, the head.
flumen, a river.
murmur, noise.
corpus, a body.
*■ Note I. That letter or syllable, which comes before is in the
Genitive, mostly runs through the other cases ; as, Jlos, floris,
f6ri,JUir&n,Jlor€,Jlores, &c. n&nus, nemdris, n&ndri, nemdre.
2. The Nominative plural of masculines and feminines is
always formed from the Genitive singular, by changing i^ into
€s; as, leonis, leones.
8. The Dative plural is formed from the Dative singular, by
adding has; as, leoni, leonibus; sedili, sedilibus.
I 4. AH Nouns in a of the third declension are originally
Greek, and always have an m before the a; as, stemmd, dogmd^
jfo&nd; except paschd, paschdtis.
5. Lac and halic are the only nouns in c of the third de-
clension.
6. Caput, and its compounds, occipict, oc&ipUis, the hind^
head, and sincipiU, sindpUU, the fore-head, are the only
nouns in t.
Rides for Masculines and Feminines of the Third
Declension.
RULE L
Masculines and feminines have their Accusative singular in
Mfiy as, ledn€m.
EXCEPTIONS,
^hese nouns have both em and im in the Accusative aingular.
. A^tfd/is, c/avis, cutis, restis, strigUis, /<Bbns, puppls, 'pecllte^
ff^>ss^ amniSf lerUis, aviSf securiSj pelvis, turns, mtfis*
( 11 )
These Noans have fm only in the Accusative sin^rular.
2. Cannabis^ sUis<, vu, amUssis, ctteHmis^ bUrU, ravu^ tiusu,
\ These names of rivers have both im and in in the Accusative sing*
' 3. TandU, TibrU, BatU, TigrU, Ar&rU^ Ads^ PhasU, AlbU.
RULE 11.
Masculines and feminines have their Ablative singular in e,
as, leonS.
EXCEPTIONS.
f 1. Nouns which have im and im in the Accusative, have e and t in the
I Ablative; as, Aqudlisy clavUt Slc,
' 2. Ignis, unguis {rus) and imber, have both e and i in the Ablative iixi-
I gular.
3. Nouns which have im only in the Accusative, have i in the Ablative;
as, eanndbis, sUis, &>c,
4. Candlis, veeiis, biptnnU^ have also their Ablative singular in i only.
RULE III.
The Genitive plural of masculines and feminines ends in
um; as, leonurn.
EXCEPTIONS.
1. Nouns of one syllable in as, is, and s with a consonant before it, have
their Grenitive plural in ium; as, as, assfum, lis, litiUm, urbs, urblium,
2. .Nouns in €s and is, not increasing the Genitive singular, make the
Genitive plural in ium ; as, vallis, valliumr, riipSs, rupfum ; but pdnis, ednii,
vdiis, and vdliieris, have um in the Genitive plural.
3. Caro, [cor,] cos, dos, miis, nix, nox, lintir, sal, 6s, (jossis) have ttnti^ is
the Genitive plural.
4. Nouns which have i only, or e and t, in the Ablative, make turn ia
the Genitive plural ; as, imbrium.
Rules for JYeuters of the Third Declension.
I. Neuters in ^, dZ, ar^ have i in the Ablative singular
But far, jubdr, nectar ^ hepdry bdcchdry par, sal, have ۥ
C(Bre, PrcmestS, RedtS, SorddS, have c in the Ablative, not t.
II. Neuters, which have e only in the Ablative, make their
Genitive plural in um.
III. Neuters, which have t only in the Ablative, make their
Genitive plural in mm.
IV. Neuters, which have e in the Ablative, have a in the
Nominative, Accusative, and Vocative plural ; but
V. Neuters, which make i in the Ablative, have ia in the
Nominative, Accusative, and Vocative plural.
* As, camium, eordium^ cUtium^ ddtlum, muYVwo^teWtoJW^ wkt^Vsw^vV*
/rium, idiium, ouium.
( 12 )
Of Greek Nouns of the Third Declension.
To avoid the mistakes frequently made in declining Gteek
Nouns of the Third Declension, the following remarks, with
the examples annexed, will, it is expected, fully suffice.
1. Greek Nouns, expressing proper names, appellatives^ pa-
tronymickSy gentiles, and names of poems, ending in is, and as,
and increasing their Genitive with a d, have alone their Geni-
tive singular in is, sometimes in Cs impure, according to the fol-
lowing examples.
Sing, hie
N. Daphnis,
Sing, hsc
Sing. hflBC
Plur.
N. Belis,
N. Trofts,
N. Tro&dds,
G. Daphnidis,
6. Belldis,
G. Trolldis,
G. Troftdnm,
& DaphnidOs,
&. Belldds,
&. Tro&dds,
&. Tro&don,
D. Daphnid!,
D. Belidi,
D. Troftdi,
D. Troftdlbfls,
A* Daphnim,
A. Belid€m,
A. Tro&dSm,
A. Tro&d&s,
& Daphnin,
Sl Bel!d&,
& Troftda,
V. Tro&des,
V. Daphni,
V. Bell,
V. Trofts,
A. TroBdibtls,
A. Daphnide.
A. Belidd.
I A. Tro&de.
A. Tro&ain.
exam:
PLES.
Adonlfl,
Amaryllis,
Arc&s, (m.)
Atlantis,
Alexis,
Briseis,
Hell&s,
EUs, AiiUs,
Anobis,
D&n&is,
lampfts.
endrdn^
Butiiis,
MneiiB,
PallAfl, 4Ldi8,
Ills,
lapiB,
Nereis,
Olympias,
Oce&nis,
Par!«,
^gis, CecrOpis,
lU&s,
Nais,
Phads,
Dardanis,
Thyfts,
Themis,
Thyrria,
Tant&lls,
Dryte,
Phyllis,
Tibz!8,&c.
Thetis, &c.
Pleifts, &c
^h^annis, Slc,
Many of the above feminines inis Bie declined in the plural
like Troas.
Mascnlines have sometimes -dim in the Accusative sing., but never -dd.
Feminines have also (though very seldom) im and in in the Ace. sing.
Greek Nouns frequently throw away s in their Vocative ; as,
Daphni, Belt, h<Br€si, Orpheu, Qalcha, AchUU, UlyssS, Tiphy.
II. Greek Nouns in is, or ys, have their Genitive sometimes
in ios, and yos pure, and are thus declined :
hie
N. Tiphjs,
G. TiphjfdB,
D. Tiphyi,
A. Tiph^m,
— Tiphj^,
V. Tiphy,
A. Tiph-g-y.*
Atj^s. IlyB.
Sing, hec
N. nsrSsis,
Plur.
hec
N.
h8Br6s6s-is,
Antithteis,
G. hsrSsis,
G.
heer^itLm,
Apher^sis,
— heBrfisids,
— •
hsrSsiOn,
DisrSsis,
— - hierSsSos,
_
hser^sSon,
Mdtathdsis,
D. her6si,
D.
hsrfisibtls,
metrdpdlis.
A. her^sim,
— hsrdsin,
poesis,
Periphrasis,
A.
heerdsdas-Is,
V. hBBrSsi,
V.
hmrfiees-Is,
Prolepsis,
A. hsr6si.
A.
hiarteibtls.
Synthesis.
* Greek Novma in ys, have also their AblaUve in 2; \>7 «a Apo<^t ; v^s
TIphjrfor Tjrpbye.
( 13 )
III. Greek nouns in etis are mostly of the third declenrioot
and have their Genitive singular always in os pure, and aio
thus declined :
Sing.
N. nic Oipheufl,
6. Orphd-08, -Ce,
D. Orph«i-dO,
A. Orphd-ft,
V. Orpheu,
A. Orphdo.
I. Greek Nouns in ahs^ aXy dn^ ar^ as^ ax, en, er, es, in, ts, 0fi,
ops, Cr, OS, us, yn, ynx, yx, have their Genitive in i^, and never
in dSf (except Pdni^, StrymOnds, Sphyngds,) and are thus d^
clined :
Atreus,
Typheui,
Pantheuf,
Thydneui,
Nyseiu,
Perseus,
Cepheus,
NileuB,
Phineoflv
EpOpeus,
(Eneofl,
Proteuf,
Mel&neufl,
Cdpheufl,
Tereus,
Molpeus,
Pdleus,
Theteuf,
Ndreus.
Pentheus.
Tydeuf.
N. hie Arabs,
G. Ar&bis,
D. Ar&bi,
A* Ar&bdoi, et
Ar&bft,
V« Arabs,
A. Ar&bd,
Phryx-y^
Fhceniz-Xcis,
^thdr^rls,
Ciliz-Icls.
N. Ar&bSs,
G. Ar&bflm, et
Ar&bon,
D. Ar&bibfis,
A. Ar&b&s,
V. Arabia,
A. Ar&bibtls,
Simols-entls,
S&l&mls-Inis,
Samnis-Itis,
adr-adds.
AnnIb&l-&IIs,
\ Titan-anis,
Cffisar-arls,
Athamas-ntis,
Thrax-acls,
Siren-dnis,
crater-eris,
Darfis-etis,
MinOs-Ois,
Opa-8-ntis,
Phorcyn-ynls.
lebds-fitls,
Delphln-Inis,
Salamln-Inis,
Memnon-()iiIs^
iGthiops-dpb,
Hectdr-Oris,
Lynx, lyncls,
heros-oiis,
lapyx-y^s,
Lagop-os-ddls,
Melamp-tls-CdIli
I
Obseroations,
There are many Greek adjective Nouns of the Third Declension ; af,
PeUds, Pelasgids^ JfysHs., hminis, PaclolU ; but they are scarcely foimd
in any other Gender than the feminine, and are declined like Troat and
Greek nouns have generally tern, sometimes dn, and very seldom tian, in
their Grenitive plural ; as, epigrammdlon^ hasrision.
Greek nouns in md of the third declension, have sometimes U, instead
ofibusj in their Dative and Ablative plural ; as, pd&ndtis^ for pd6matibtl0.
Bdt has b6um^ not bovum ; and bdhut or bubus, not bihkbus.
THE FOURTH DECLENSION.
THE Fourth Declension, known by the Genitive singular in
us, has two terminations, us and u; as, fructus, comu.
Rule for the Gender.
Nouns of the fourth in -us are masculine;
But those in -u, as neuter we decline.
Fructus, yrwif, m.
8itag. Plur.
N. hie fructds, N. fructus,
Gen. fructus, G. fructu&m,
Dat. fructui, D. fructibils,
Ace* fructmn,A. fructus,
Foe fructus, V. fructus,
Abfl. fructu. A. fructibu*.
Excanplet*
CoetOs, a meeting*
cursus, a race*
gradiis, a step*
gOsttis^ iht (oste.
YqocQlb^ riot.
m6t0iM,fear»
qussttiis, gain>
rlttls, a rite*
( 14 )
Nouns in 4usy •suSy -on^, derived from supines, are of the
fourth declension, tactusy msus^ nexus,
Cornu, a homy n.
Plur.
N. cornua,
G. cornuum,
D. cornibus,
A. cornui,
V. comM,
A. cornibus.
RULE.
The Dative and Ablative plural of the fourth declension end
in ibtis; as, fructibus, cornibus.
N.
Sing,
hoc cornu,
G.
cornu,
D.
cornu.
A-
cornu.
V.
cornu.
A,
cornu.
G^luy frosty
genu, the kneCy
tonitru, thundery
veru, a spit.
Omnibus sed non-i^u^ est Dativis,
Est 4ibus quiesdam pariter Dativis,
Sunt quibus saepe eBt-ubus ac-ihusquey
Dant-ui^t^ solum locus atque partus;
DanUuhus solum spScuSy altus arcus;
Dant-u5ti^ quercusy tribusy ac acus; sed
Haec 'UbuSy portus-qne veru ^^nt^-que
Dant'^hus inde.
Artus, ajointy
l^cus, a Idkey
specus, a cavCy
quercus, an oaky
partus, a birthy
arcus, a hoWy
tribus, a tribCy
&CUS, a needlCy
portus, a harbor.
The blessed name lESUS, and dOmus, a housey are the only
Greek Nouns in us, of the fourth declension ;
Sing.
N. lESUS,
G. lESU,
D. lESU,
A lESUM,
V. lESU,
A. lESU.
Sing.
N. heec ddmtLs,
G. ddmOfl, vel ddml,
D. ddrnfll, vel ddmo,
A. ddmtim,
V. ddmtis,
A. dOmo.
Plur.
N. ddmas,
G. ddmOrOm, vel ddmtltim,
D. ddmibils,
A. dOmOs, vel ddmtls,
y. dOmOs,
A. ddmibos.
Greek Nouns of the 4th in o are feminine. The Latin form.
N. Dido,
G. Didtks,
D. Dido,
A. Dido,
V. Dido,
A. Dido.
Argo,
Sappho,
CUo,
Echo,
Er&tO,
Manto,
Drpno,
ClothO,
CelsnO,
Aello,
Hero,
SpiO.
Dido is also
found decli-
ned after the
Latin form
like lio, of the
3d declension.
N. Dido,
G. Didonis,
D. Didoni,
A. DidonSm,
V. Dido,
A. Didond.
THE FIFTH DECLENSION.
THE fifth declension, known bj^tbe Genitive singular in ei,
has only one termination, nnmelyjJBaif as, res, a thing.
Rule for th»' Gender.
ThQ fifth has feminin€i8 wliich end in iSy
Except the masculine mirtd^Sy
HIC vel HJEG dies the singular's decVrn'^L,
But mascvlitiSb^ oalj the plural we ^niL
( 15 )
Res, a things fern.
Sing.
Plur.
Nom. hsBC res,
N.
res,
All nouns of
Gen. re-i,
6.
renim,
the fifth end
Dat. re-i,
D.
rebus,
in Us : these
Ace. rem,
A.
res,
three except
Voc. res.
Vi
res.
res, spes, and
Abl. re.
A.
rebus.
fidis, faith.
Examples.
Acies, an edge*
glacies, ice.
pemicies, ruin,
rabies, rage,
species, a sight.
dlclcs, a face*
All nouns in -ies are of the fifth declension, except AbUs, arils. Partis,
quiis, which are of the third.
Most Nouns of the fifth declension want the Genitwe, Dative, and AblO"
five plurid, and some of them want the plural altogether : they are said not
to exceed fifty.
General Remarks on all the Declensions.
1. The Grenitive plural of the first, second, third, and fourth declensioiif
is sometimes contracted by poets ; as, ctBlicdhan for ctUiedldrum, deum for
deorum, mensum for mensium, currum for currHuau
\ 2. When the Grenitive of the second declension ends in ii, the last i is
t sometimes taken away by the poets ; as, pgeUli for peeiUii : Auldi is used
for aii/(E, the Grenitive of Uie first ; — curru for carrui in the fourth, KnAffdi
for JidH in the fifth.
3. When the Genitive plural ends in turn, the Accusative plural luw
sometimes %s instead of Bs; as, omnls for omrUs; partis for partis.
OF THE DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES.
ALL Adjectives are of the first, and second, or third
sion — ^there are none of the fourth and fifth.
1. Adjectives of the first and second declensions,
three terminations, are thus declined —
I. Bdntis, bOni, bdnum, good.
Sing. m. f. n.
N. bonus, bdn&, b6num,
G. h6ni, bdnse, bdni,
D. b6nd, b6n8B, bdno,
A. bdniim, b6n^Un, bdnum,
V. bdnd, bdnft, bdnum,
A. bdno, bdna, bdno.
Plur. m. f.
N. bdni, bdnsB,
G. bdn-orum, -ariun,
D. bdnis, bdnis,
A. bdnos, bdnas,
V. bdni, bdnae,
A. bdnis, bdnis.
declen-
having
n.
bdnft,
-orum,
bdnis,
bdn&,
bdn^,
bdnis.
EXAMPLES.
Dignus, hetus, grdtus, parvus, magnus, amicus^
Siccus, perfidus, antiquus^e dScorus, dpdcus,
Sohrius, atque diuHnvts, impiUs, arctuSf opimus,
Matutinus, dvdrus, barbarOs, atque p&riius,
Vicinus, pSrSgrinHs, amcEnus^ caarus^ QxnJboA^
PrddigiLSy igndrHs^ pr^BSOgus^ wpt^j^^ ^gpaua.
Infidusy posticus J crdstinltS) ^Xjopa ^pv^ax^w^^
( 19 )
IL Tener, t^nSri, t^n^riim, tender*
Sing. m.
N. tendr,
G. tSneri,
D. t^ndro,
tenSra, t^n^rum,
tenerse, tSn^ri,
t^nSne, tSnerd,
A. t^nSrOm^ tdner&m, t^nerum,
V. t6ner, tSn^rft, tSn^rum,
Plur. m. y. n.
N. teneri, ten^rse, tdn^ri,
G. tener-orum, -arum, -drum,
D. ten^ris, ^tdndris, tdnSris,
ten^ras, tendrft,
tdn^rsB, tdndra,
tSn^ris, tdn^ris.
A. t^n^ros,
V. teneri,
A« t^n^ro, t^n^ra, tdn^ro. |A. teneris,
jCi6^, mif^, a^er^ laeer. and all compounds 'infer, and ger; as, Qfprf>
fir, biUigSr, retain tlie e like tenir; but iniiger, mdcer, glaber, pHUAir,
vdfir, rHibtr, tBter, dexter, sinUitr, ater, nigir, piger, impfgert nAittr, and
vtttir, lose the e, as, Nom. irUegtr, irUigra, iniegrtun.
All adjectives in us and ^ are declined like b6nQs and tSn^r.
EXCEPT
The following, which have their Gen. in ius and Dat. in t*
Unus et Uitusqae, aliusqu^ scilusy
Ullus et mdlus, 'lib& ac ita alter^
NeOiir et 4ervis, iUir ac u^^ue,
AltMUir sic.
The compounds Utdrvls, Utdrlibet, make also -tut and -t.
ADJECTIVES OF THE TfflRD DECLENSION.
Sing. m.
N. felix,
G. felicis,
D. felici,
A. felicdm,
V. felix,
A. felici.
Of one Termination. Felix, happy.
/. «
felix, felix,
felicis, felicis,
felici, felici,
felicem, felix,
felix, felix,
vel felici.
Plur. m. f. n.
N. felices, felices, fellcQl,
G. felicium, lum, -ium,
D. felicibus, felicibus, -bus,
A. felices, felices, felicift,
V. felices, felices, feliciftf
A. felicibOfly felicibus, -bus.
BUix, trUix, p&mlx, audaxyfirdx, sders, vecons^ anceps^
Stemaxy imans, ddcens, tegens, audiens, amena^ prudefu*
Of two Terminations. Lenis, mild.
Sing. m.
N. lenis,
G. lenis,
D. leni,
A. lenem,
V. lenis,
A. leni.
lenis,
lenis,
leni,
lenem,
lenis,
leni.
n.
len^.
lenis,
leni,
lend,
lend,
leni.
Plur. m.
N. lenes,
G. lenium,
D. lenibtis,
A. lenes,
V. lenes,
A. lenibus.
lenes, lenift,
lenium, leniOm,
Icnibus, lenibus,
lenes, lenift,
lenes, lenift,
lenibtbs, lenibte.
l^is, i^viSy agilis, miHSj dmlis^ extlis, Tiosttlis, cnidelU)
S!^ni/is,puerilis^juv€n%liSy iTirili^, Mldw, lews, &ran\a*
( 17 )
■
Of two Terminations. Ldni6r, (the comparative,) mUder.
Sing. m. f* n.
N. lenidr, lenidr, lenius,
G. lenioris, lenioris, lenioris,
D. leniori, leniori, leniori,
A. leni-orem, -orem, -us,
V. lenidr, lenidr, lenius,
Plur. m. f. ru
N. leniori, leniores, lenlorft,
G. lenior-iim, -um, -Cim,
D. lenidri-bAiy -bCks, -bus,
A. leniordSy lenidrds, lenlOrft,
V. leniori, lenidr^, len!dr&,
A. lenlori-bus, -bOs, -bus.
A. leniore, vil Jeniori.
1. Melior, teneri6r, felici6r, senidr, acri6r, minor,
2. Levior^ lemoTj mittor, civUior, AgUiory like Unifar.
Of three terminations. Acer, sharp.
/■
n.
Sing. 771.
N. acer, vSl acris, acris, acre,
G. acris, acris, acris,
D. acri, acri, acri,
A. acr^m, acrem, acr6,
v. acer, vd acris, acris, acrd,
acri.
Plur. m.
N. acres,
G. acrium,
D. acribus,
A. acres,
V. acres,
A. acribus, acribus, acribus.
/. n.
acres, acri&,
acrium, acrium,
acribus, acribus,
acres, acrid,
acres, acrid,
A. acri, acri,
Campester, vdlucSr, cSUh&r^ dUr^ atqu^ adlohery
Sylvesterque p^distSr, SqiUster, junge, polluter ^
aldcSr^ are alone declined like acer ; but cd&' retains e before r.
Ruhsfor Adjectives of the Tliird Declension.
1. Adjectives of the Third Declension have e or i in the
Ablative singular.
2. But if the Neuter be in e, the Ablative has i only,
3. The Genitive plural ends in iumy and the Neuter of the
Nominative, Accusative, and Vocative plural ends in ia.
4. Except Comparatives, which require -«m and -a.
EXCEPTIONS to the above Rules.
1. Divis, jUtD&Us,, sinex, kospBs; digin^^ sQperatet^ paupir^ tospit^
With eompds^ impds^ consors, lA&r; vigils supplex^ inops, piltbtr^
have e in the Ablative singular, and um in the Genitive plaral.
2. Compounds in -eeps^ -fex^ -«£«, and 'C&rp&r^ have e in the Ablative
singular, and um in the Genitive plural*
Examples. PrincSps^ dr/iqud, fexqne^ iricepsque &^««qu3, tricorp&r*
3. Dea68, hebis, risis, perpis^ prcepCt^ ter€t^ have e in the Ablative, and
wn in the Genitive plural.
4. BiciOdr, cdncdliir^ dUeb\fyr^ 9er<1e&lor^\ivre em^Doft ^^k'a!6N^>^av^^w^^
ihe Genitire plural.
c
( 18 )
5. Mimdr has mBmdri in the Ablative, and memdrijim in the Genitive pi
Par has pari only in the Ablative ; but the compounds compdr, dispar,
impar^ have both e and i in the Ablative.
6. IjdcUplSs has IdcupletB only in the Ablative singular, but l6e1ipUt1um
in the Grenitive plural.
[,^11 the foregoing hace rarely the Neuter singular^ and never almost the
Jfeuter in the Nominative^ Accusative^ and Vocative pluraW]
7. VBtiis has vHird in the Nominative, Accosative, and Vocative plural,
and vitihrum in the Genitive plural.
8. Plus wants the Masculine and Feminine in the singular.
9. Plus has pluri in the Ablative singular. Plur. Nom. pliirBs^ plfiris^
plUrd, Kudpluridy Genitive ji/ftrium. Sec.
10. Adjectives, put substantively, have frequently e in the Ablative ; as,
qffinis^familidris^ rivdlis, sdddlis,
' So pdr, pdris^ n. a match, has pdr6 in the Ablative singular.
NUMERAL ADJECTIVES.
The principal kinds ofJVumerai Adjectives are four,
1. The Cardinal numbers answering to the question Q^ot 7
how many ?
Untis,
one.
Duo,
two.
Tres,
three.
Quatadr,
four.
Quinque,
Sex,
five,
six.
Septem,
Octo,
Ndvdm,
seven,
eight,
nine.
DdcSm,
ten.
Und6cim,
eleven.
Duoddcimf
twelve.
Tredficim,
thirteen.
QuatuOrdScim,
Quind6c!m,
Sdxddcim,
fourteen,
fifteen,
sixteen.
Sept6nd€c!m,
Octod6cim,
Novemdecim.
Viglnti,
Viglnti anils,
Viginti duo, Ac
Triginta,
Triginta tlntls,
Quadraginta,
Quadraginta Onus.
Quinquaginta,
Sezaginta,
Septuaglnta,
Octoglnta,
Nonaglnta,
Cdnttlm,
seventeen,
eighteen,
nineteen,
twenty,
twenty-one,
twenty-two,
thirty,
thirty-one,
forty,
forty-one.
ffty-
sixty,
seventy,
eighty,
ninety,
a hundred.
Cardinal numbers from quatuor to centum^ are indeclinable ;
and from centum to milU are declined like the plural of bonus*
SingtHari cftrfit. Plur.
N. dtlcdntl, dilc6ntoe, -&,
Trficenti, -ee, -a,
Quadringent-i, -ee, -&,
Quinc6nt-I, -sb, -ft,
Sexc6nt-i, -CB, -ft,
Septingent-i, -bbj -ft.
200
300
400
500
600
700
Singtilari c&r6t. Plur.
Octingent-I, -ee, -ft, 800
NongentI, -8B, -a, 90f
Mille, l,Of
Duo miUia, 2,0
D^cem millia, lOX]
Viginti millia, 20,C
Mzlig, the subst&ntive, is thus declined : I^om. Ace. mille, KXi\,m\\ll.
Vom, Ace. mi/Ha; Dat, and Abl. mtUibus; as, duo m\\i\ft.\i<iiQ!LTv\^^
( 19 )
But MiUe^ the Adjective, wants the singular, and is indeclinable in the
plural ; as, Milld mta SictUis trrarU in mdntibut agna, Virg.
Unus has the plural only when it agrees with a Noun which wants the
singular, as, unee litdre, one letter; una moenia, one wall; uni sex dies, one
space of six day$ ; or when several particulars are considered complexly,
as making one compound; as, Qna vestimentA, one rait of clothes*
Duo and Tres are thus declined :
Singulari caret. Plur.
m. f» n.
N. duo, du8B, duo,
G. du-orum, -arum, orum,
D. duobus, duabus, duobus,
A. duos, V. duo, duas, duo,
V. duo, du8B, duo,
A. duobus, duabus, duobus.
Singulari
771.
N. tres,
G. trium,
D. tribus,
A. tres,
V. tres,
A. tribiis.
caret.
/•
tres,
trium,
tribus,
tres,
tres,
tribus.
Plur.
n.
tri&,
trium,
tribus,
trift,
tria, .
tribus.
Ambo, hoth^ is declined like duo.
II. Ordinal iojmbehs, answering to the question QuUus?
what particular one ? are all declined like bonus.
[To transcribe and commit to memory the Ordinal and Distributive
numbers^ with a translation annexed, will be a useful Exercise for the
Learner,^
in, f iU
Primtis,- &, -tlm, Unddclmus, Vigesimus primus, Trecentdsimus,
SecOndus, Dudddcimus, TrlgGsimus, Quadringentdsimus
Tertius, Dficimus tertius, Quadr&geslmtLs, Quingentdsimus,
Quartus, DScimus quartus, Quinquag6simus, Sexcentdsimus,
Quintus, Ddclmus quintus, Sexagdsimus, Septingentesimus,
Sextus, D6clmu8 sextus, Septuagdsimus,
Septimus, DScimus septimus,OctOg6simus,
Octavus, DSclmus octavus, Nonagdsimus,
Nonus, DScimus nonus, Centdsimus,
D6cimus, Vigesimus, Dilcentesimas,
Octingentesimus,
NongentSsImus,
Milldslmus,
Bis milldslmus,
Decies millesimus.
III. Distributive Numbers, answering to the question Qud^^i, to
what number? want the singular number, and are declined like the plural
of frdniitf.
Trdcentdni,
Qu&tercdntdni,
Quinquids centfini,
Sexi€s centeni,
Septids centdni,
Octlfis centdni,
Ndvies centeni,
Milleni,
Bis milleni.
IV. Multiplicative Numbers answer tQ the question QvjotHi^Ux f how
many fold ? as, simplex^ single, duplex^ do\M<e^tT^ltx^>3!caA^\^^>«V^*^S'^^
fourfold, quintHplex^ fSvefold, f€X(uplex,*VxJo\^5«*. ^>j5i&!^^^\s^"w»^
declined like felix*
Singdli, 8B, a.
Unddni, Viceni slngtQi,
Bini,
Duodeni, Tricdni,
Temi,
Trfideni, temi deni, Quadragfini,
Quatemi,
Quatemi ddni, Quinquageni,
Quini,
Quindeni, Sexagini,
Seni,
Seni deni, Septa&gdni,
Septdni,
Septeni deni, Octogeni,
Octoni,
Octoni deni, Nonageni,
NOvfini,
Ndveni deni, Centeni,
Deni,
Viceni, Dttceni,
( 20 )
OF THE COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.
THOSE Adjectives only, which are capable of having their
ifnification increased, or diminished, can be compared.
There are three degrees of comparison, the Positive^ Com-
*iaratim, and Superlative,
The Positive simply declares a quality ; as, longus, long,
lenis, mild; felix, happy.
The Comparative heightens or lessens the quality of the Pos-
itive ; as, longldr, longer^ more long; lenior, milder ^ more mild;
felicior, happier y more happy*
The Superlative heightens or lessens the quality of the Posi-
tive to a very high, or very low degree ; as, longissimus, longest^
most long, very long; lenissimus, mildest, most mUd, very mild;
felicissimus, happiest^ most happy, very happy*
Which, fully compared, stand in this manner :
Po«. Comp. Super. Pot. Comp* • Super*
Longus, longior, lon^ssimus; lenis, lenior, lenissimus.
Durus, hard, durior, durissimus ; feliz, felicior, felicissimus.
The formation of the Degrees*
The Positive is the theme and foundation.
The Comparative is formed from the first case of the Positive
in «, by adding to it or; thus, G. longi, longior, D. leni, lenior,
D. felici, felici&r*
The Superlative is also formed from the first case of the Pos-
itive in i, by adding thereto -ssimus; as, longi, longtsstmOs
leni, lenissimus; felici, felicissimiis*
But facUis, fadllimUs ; diffictlis, difficillimus ; humilis, hu-
millimOs ; simtlis, simillvmus ; dissimilis, disstmillimHs.
If the Positive ends in er, the Superlative is formed by
adding -rimiis to the Nominative ; thus, tSnir, tenerrimus; deer,
€u:errimus. *
Vitus, vetSris, from the old vitir, make vet&rior, veterrimus.
If the Positive ends in us with a vowel before it, the Com-
parative is sometimes made by mdgis ; and the Superlative by
valde, maxime, admddUm, perquam or apprimi put before the
Positive ; thus, ardims, mdgis arduus, maxime ardHiis*
But ardims, pius, impius, strenuus, vdcuus^ are also regular ;
as, arduus, arduior, arduissimus.
The Superlative is also sometimes expressed by per and prm;
as, permagn03f very greats prsediyes, very ric7^«
( 21 )
Irregular Comparisons.
1. Bdnus, melior, 6ptimus, good^ better y best.
Malus, pejdr, pessimus, bad^ worse^ worst.
Magntis, inaj6r, maximus, greats greater j greatest.
Parvus, inin6r, minimus, IMej less, (lesser) least.
Multus, plus, n. plurimus, muchy morey most.
D%v€Sy ditidry ditissimusy rich, richer, richest.
SSnex, sBnlSTy mdnfynus natUy old, elder, eldest.
JuveniSy junUH'y mifHmus ndtUy young, younger, youngest.
•
ft. Nfiqa&m, nfiquidr, nequiMimuB, idle^ idler, idUtt. — natigfiijf.
Cltr&, citdrior, ciUmtLs, on this side, hither^ hithermost,
I Infra, inftrior, inflmtls, et Imus, beneath, lower, lowest.
Intra, interior, mtirofis, within, inner, inmost, inward,
I Extra, eztSrior, eztremtls, et eztlmtba, without, outer, outmost.
Supra, superior, supr6mu8, et silmmiis, above, higher, highest*
Postdrtls, posterior, postremtls, et posthtUnus, last, latest.
Ultra, ultfirior, ultimtUi, beyond, farther, farthest.
Prdpd, prdplor, proximtls, near, nearer, nearest, next.
Pridfim, pridr, prlmtls, late, former, Jirft, best, ehief.
5. Compounds in dicus,ficus, Idquus, and vOlus, have entior, and eriimmus.
thus:
Malddictls, malddicfintior, malddicdntisslmus, railing.
Beadfictls, benfificdntior, bendficdntissimtls, kind.
Magnild-quus, -qu6nt!or, magnildqudntisshnus, boasting.
MaldvOltis, maldyOlentlor, miJdydlentissimus, ill-natured.
4. POSITIVK.
Ahntls, gracious.
Fatilis, weak.
Tnclj^us, famotis.
Ingens, great.
Sacer, futly.
Fidus, faithful,
Naper, lately.
NOvtls, new.
Defective Comparisons.
Comparative. Superlative.
ingf^ntior,
Ocyor, swifter.
deterior, worse.
indytissimus.
sacdrrimus.
fidisslmus.
nuperrimtls.
ndvisslmus.
Ocysslmus.
deteriimus.
5,
These Comparisons are remarkable, and rare.
Cato, CatOnior, i. e. sevfirior Catone, more strict than Cato.
Nero, NerOnior, i. e. SBBvior NerOn3, more cruel than J^ero.
Ipse, ipsissimus ; tuus, tuissimus ; multas, multisslmus.
6. There are hundreds of Adjectives, capable of Comparison, which }'et are
not compared ; some of these are^
Magnanimus, mlriu, ciaudfts^ salvUs^ TnXmfiT> dbla'to^
Dilirfu, rUdis, et rttigorU, calvHa^ Iglsi^dA.
Oe,
( 22 )
PRONOUN.
A PRONOUN is a part of speech used instead of a Noun
A Pronoun is a short way of repeating the preceding Noun ;
as,
Marcus Tidlius amamt cives^ et illi amaverunt ilium.
Mtirk Tully loved the citizens^ and they loved him*
There are ninet^n simple Pronouns : Ego^ tu^ sui, ilUy ipsi,
vtlCy hicj is^ quis, qui, meus^ tuus^ sutts^ noster^ vester^ nostras,
vestrcLSj c6jdSy and cujus.
Ego, iu, Sid, are Substantives, the other sixteen are Adjec-
tives.
THE DECLENSIOIJ OF PRONOUNS.
I. Singtdariter*
N. Ego, /, my self y
G. mei, of me, of myself
D. mihi, to me, myself
A. me, me, myself,
V.
Pluraliter,
N. nos, toe, ourselves,
G. nostrum, v. nostri, of us^
D. nobis, to us, to ourselves,
A. nos, us, ourselves,
V
A. me, toUh, from, in, by, me. lA. nobis, with us, ourselves.
Plurcditer.
II. Singulariter.
N. tu, tJiou, you, yourself,
G. tin, of thee, you, yourself,
D. tibi, to thee, you, yourself,
A. te, thee, you, yourself,
V. tu, O thou, you,
A. te, toith thee, you, yourself
N. vos, ye, you, yourselves,
G. vestrum, v. vestri, of you,
D. vobis, to you, yourselves,
A. vos, you, yourselves,
V. vos, O ye, you,
A. vobis, with you, yourselves.
Thou^ thee, and ye, are used for you, whei) we are speaking in a particular
or emphatical manner ; as, thou art the man, for tou art the tnan ; I saw
ihee, for I saw you ; ye shall ask me, for you shall ask me.
Sui, of himself, of herself, of itself
III. Singulariter.
N
G. sui, of himself of herself, &c.
D. sibi, to himself, herself, &c.
A. se, himself, herself, itself,
V.
A. se, trnth himself, herself, &c.
Plurcditer.
N.
G. sui, of themselves,
D. sibi, to themselves,
A. se, themselves,
V.
A. se, with themselves.
EgomH, the compound, is declined like Ego ; met is not varied.
2it/if, the compound, is declined like te; but te ia not 'vaxvodi.
O,mu0uif P. sibi, sibi, A.fl»A V. A.«6a6.
rV. Singulariter.
N. ill^, ill&, illud, he, she, that, it,
G. illius,illius,illius,q/7^tm,Aer,
D. illl, illi, illi, to him, her, it,
A. ilium, ill&m, illud, hvm, her,
V. iUe, ilia, illud, O that.
A. illo, ilia, illo, with him, her*
( 23 )
Pluraliter.
m» fm n»
N. illl, illae, illft, they, those^
G. ill -drum, -arum, -drum,
D. illis, illis, illis, to those,
A. illds, illas, ilia, those,
V. illl, illae, ilia, O those.
A. illis, illis, illis, hy those.
lets, lata, IflttLd, he, she, thai, is declined like ille.
Ipsd, Ipsk, ipstim, A«m»e(/*, herself, itself is also declined like ille; but
ipse makes ipsum, not fpstld, in the Nom. Ace. and Voc. ging. Neuter.
y. Singidartter
m* J* n»
N. hie, haec, hoc, this,
G. hujus, hujus, hujus, of this,
D. hulc, huic, huic, to this,
A. hunc, hanc, hoc, this,
V. hie, haec, hoc (vix occurrit)
A. hoc, hac, hoc, toith this,
VI. Singtdariter,
N. is, ea, id, he, she, that, it,
G. ejus, ejus, ejOs, of him, her,
D. ei, ei, ei, to him, her, it,
A. dum, earn, id, him, her, it,
V :
A. eo, ea, eo, with him, her, it.
Pluraliter,
N. hi, bae hffic these,
G. h-6rum, -arui.\ orum,
D. his, his, his, to these,
A. hos, has, hsec, these,
V. hi, hfife, haec.
A. his, his, his, wilh these.
Pluraliter,
N. ii, 6m, ea, they, those,
G, eoriim, earOm, eorum,
D. lis, V, ^is, to them, those,
A. ^ds, das, M, them, those,
V
A. lis, vel eis, with them.
Quis, quaa, quod, vel quid, who 7 which 7 what 7 (interrog.)
VII. Singulariter, i Pluraliter,
N. quis, quae, quod, vel quid ?
G. cujus, cujus, cujus, whose 7
D. cui, cui, cui, to whom 7
A. quem, quam, quod, v. quid ?
V.
A. qu6, qua, quo, with whom 7
N. qui, quae, quae, who 7
G. quorum, quarum, quorum,
D. queis, v. quibus, to whom 7
A. quos, quas, quae, whom 7
V .
A. quels, v, quibus, hy whom f
Qius, qu», quod, v. quid, indtfinite, any one, is declined like quis (interrogii)
Qui, quae, quod, who, which, that, (relative.)
VIII. Singulariter.
N. qui, quae, quod, who 7
G. cujus, cujus, cujus, of whom,
D. cui, cui, cui, to whom,
A. qu^m, quam, qudd, whom,
V.
Pluraliter.
N. qui, quae, quae, who,
G. quorum, quarum, quorum,
D. queis, vel quibus, to whom,
A. quoa^ c^uas^ q^^s&^m^Vjuia.^
A. quo, qua, quo, qui, qui, qul.W* c^\xe\a, -oel q^^>\^>>>^ -^^woto.*
Qai the RelaUre htm also qui in th» A\A, m iSL ^BwA«t% «o.e^T«»x^s«««^
( 24 )
IX. Meus, 5. tMs, c, and suus, d. are declined like bdn&s*
X. Noster, e. and vest^r,/. are declined like hn€r,
XI. Tuus, 8UUS, and vester, want the Vocative : and
All nouns and pronouns, which we cannot call on, Or addreas
ourselves to, have no Vocative.
XII. Noster and meus have the Vocative ; thus : V. nostSr,
nostra, nostrum, V. mi, meus, me^, meum.
XIII. Nostras, g« vestras, h, cuias, i. and all gentiles m as;
as, Arpinas, are declined like fehx.
XIV. Nom. cujus, k, cuj^, cujum ; Ace. Sing, cuj&m, Ace.
plur. cuj&.
b. my or mine, c, thy or thine, d. his own, her own, its own,
their own, e. our, or ours, jT. your, or yours, g. of our country,
A. of your country, i. of what or which country, fe. whose, as,
Cujum, pecus, whose flock ? Virg.
The Declension of Compound Pronouns.
Ego ipse, J mytdf,
8mg. Nom. ego ipsd, G. mdi ipsius, D. mihi ipsi, A. mfi ipstim, V. IpeS.
%^-Iste and hie N. isthic, isthsc, isthoc, v. isthuc, thaU
Ace. iat-hunc, -hanc, -hoc, v. -hue, A. iat-hoc, ist-hac, ist-hoc.
Nom. plural neuter isthsec, Accusative plural neuter isthsBC.
3. — Idem^ the tame^ compounded of is and dem, is thus declined :
Sing.
Nom. Idgm, e&dem, iddm,
Gen. ejosdbm, ejosddm, ejtksddm,
Dat. eidSm, eid6m, elddm,
Ace. eUndSm, eandSm, ld6m,
Voc. Iddm, e&dem, iddm,
Abl. eoddm, eadem, eodem.
Plur,
N. ildem, Sedem, S&dSm,
G. eortkn-dem, eartkndem, -dem,
D. 6isd€m, vel iisd^m,
A. SOsddm, ^asddm, 6&ddm,
V. iidSm, dsddm, 6&dem,
A. disddm, vd ilsdSm.
4. Q^is, compounded with -Tiam, 'piam, -quam, -que, -quis,
N. Quisnam, qusnam, quodnam, vel quidnam ; G. cujOsnam, &c. toko?
N. Quispiam, quspiam, quodpiam, vef quidpiam; cujtuipiam, &c. any one-
N. Quisquam, quasquam, quodquam, vd quidquam, cujUsquam, &c. any one^
N. Quisque, qusque, quodque, vd quidque ; eujQsque, &e. every one,
N. Quisquis, quidquid, vel quicquid ; cujuscujus, cuicui, whoever*
Accusative qiddquid^ vel quicquid^ Vocative — , Abl. qudquo^ qudqtu^
quOqra, Nom. Ace. plur. neut. quteqtuB, Dat. and Abl. plur. quibusquibus.
Quisquam has also quicquam vel quidquam; Ace. quenquam vel quent'
piam without the feminine. The plural is scarcely used.
5. Quis, compounded with all — ec — si — ne — num.
N. Aliquis, aliqua, aliquOd, vel aliquid ; G. ftlicajfls, &e. some*
N, Ecquls, ecqua v. ecqum, ecqudd, vel ecquid; eceujtbs, &e. who?
nr' ^ ^"^^' ** ^'"^ ^^ qu6d, vd si quid •, ev cvslVSa^ &Ai. au-y otit.
^' S^ ^"^^! ^^ 9"*» *^® qu6d, V, ne quid; ive c\ii\iaiav&"i.Uil ttu\| w\fc*
-*▼• Nam qaisj num qua, num quod, v. num quid; nuni cuyto, ftt^e. is tKcr* an.-jj*
( 25 )
ACquIfl, ecquis, siquls, noquls, numquis, have qua in tlie Nom. Sing, iem- ^
inine, and in the Nominative and Accusative plural neuter.
Note. Siquis, ndquis, nOmquis, are frequently read separately ; and are
found thus, si quis, nA quls, nOm quis.
0. — Qtii compounded with -cunqut—^m — UbH — v\9.
N. Quicunque, quecunque, quodcunque ; G. cojOscQnque, whoever,
N. Quid&m, queed&m, quodd&m, v. quidd&m ; cdjusdam, some.
N. QuiUMt, quellbit, quodlibdt, v. quidliMt ; cHjtlslibdt, any one*
N. Quivis, qusBVls, quodvis, vel quidvis ; ctljtlsvls, any cue, any.
Nom. unosqulsqud, un&quequd, unumquodque, vel Onumquldque.
Nom. quOt-usquisque, -&quequ8e, -umquodque, vel -umquldque.
Note 1. All these compounds of quit and ^i, want the vocative; ex-
c^t quUque^ aliquie^ quiRb^t^ Unusquieqtiei and peihaps some others.
2. ^uidam has quendam^ quondam^ quoddam^ vel ^uiddam^ in the Aoe.
singular; and qudrHndamy qtidrSindamt qudrUndam, in the Gen. plural;
n being put instead of m, for the better sound.
Quod^ aMqu6d, quodvU^ quoddam^ &c. are used when they agree with a
substantive in the same case.
Quid^ attquid^ quidvis^ quiddam, either have no eubstantive expressed, or,
like nouns eubstaniive^ govern one in the genitive.
3. These syllabic adjectioUs mXt^ -/?, -c^, -p/?, dtn?, make the significa-
tion more pointed and emphatical, and sometimes supply the measure of
poets ; as, ilgom^lt ttun^tj tuti^ ndem^U vbemiU hujaeei^ me&ptH, hiecinif.
i 4. Of cum^ and these ablatives, m£, te, s^, ndbie, v6bU, qui^ or quo^ and
quibiis^ are compounded meeum, tSeuniy seeiim^ nAbieeum, vdbiecUm^ quieum^
and qudeum^ fa%b€t»eunu
REMARKS ON ENGLISH PRONOUNS.
1. In the Nominative we use /, thou^ you^ he, she, toe, ye,
they, and voho; but in the other cases we use me, thee, you, hm,
her, us, you, them, and wJiom.
2. When we speak of a person, we use who and whom; as,
I love the man, who loves his country. The boy, whom learning
delights, will gain love.
3. When we speak of a thing, we use which; as, the book,
which you gave me, is lost. The grass, which grows in the
field, withers.
4. That is frequently used for who, whom, and which; as,
the man that loves his country. The boy that learning de-
lights. The book that you gave me. The grass that grows in
the field.
5. What is often used for the thing which; or that which;
asy what you said is true; instead of, tJie thing whkh you said
is true ; or, tJiat which you said is true.
6. Whom, whichf and that^ are oiletv \ei\. wi\.\ ^a^^^tkksslX
saw, for the man whom I saw. The booVi ^ow ^^e^ Ta»^ Vix ^
book tohieh you gave me ; or, tVxQ book, tkot ^ow \^n^ \ft»*
n
(.26 )
7. Whose and its are Genitives, instead of, of whom, of it.
8. The following 'phrases are ungrammatical — Who did you
sup with ? Who did you give it to ? WAo did you live with 1
Who do you follow ? Who did you get it from ? TFAo did he
send by 1 Who did he buy it for ? That is the man who I men-
tioned. In all these, who should be whom*
9. We should never use its for it is; but if we abbreviate it is,
we should write His,
10. Them is never used in the Nominative, or in any other
case, like an cuijective, but always like a noun stibstantive by
itself; we cannot, therefore, say, them are good apples. Teach
them boys. Hand them papers. In all which, and similar forms
of speech, we should utter and write, these, or tJiose.
11. This in the plural makes these, and that makes tJiose.
12. This respects the nearest, and that the farthest off.
VERB.
A VERB is a part of speech which signifies to be
to do^ or to suffer. Or,
A verb is that part of speech which expresses an
affirmation of persons and things.
Any word that makes complete sense with a mmn, or pro-
noun, is a verb; as, the sun shines; 1 love. It is called a verb
or WORD, because it is the chief word in every sentence.
The principal kinds of verbs are the active, passive, neu-
ter, and deponent.
■• 1. An Active verb affirms action of its Nominative, or per-
son before it ; as, vinco, / conquer.
An Active verb is also called Transitive, when the action
passes over to the object, and has an effect on it; as vinco irdm,
I conquer anger ; vinco host&n, I conquer the enemy.
Transitive is only another name for Active.
An Active verb can always admit after it, with good sense,
whom ? or what ? as, whom do you conquer ? tohat do you con-
quer?
2. A Passive verb affirms the suffering, passion, or reception
of an action; as, vincor, lam conquered.
3. A Neuter verb properly affirms neither action nor paS'
sion; but simply expresses the being, state, or condition of
things; as, dormio, to sleep, sid^o, to sit, sto^ to stand, vinlo, to
come, duro, to persevere ^ mdnSo, to stay, clamo, tf^l^xsX.^ quV^^c^.
to rest. ^
( 27 )
A Neuter verb has frequently a passive signification; as,
vapulo, to be whipped, ^a^o, to be inflamed, ycru^o, to be hot.
Neuter verbs cannot, with good sense, admit wJumi or lohat
after them ; as, whom do I sleep ?
4. A Deponent verb has a passive termination, but an €ictive
or neuter signification ,* as, IdqtUyr^ to speak, mdridr, to die.
There are also nevteb-fassive, FREavENTATivE, inceptive,
D£Sn>ERATIV£, COMMON and SUBSTANTIVE VERBS.
1. A J^euter-PoBsive verb is htdfActute and half Passive in its lermina-
tion, but its signification is either wholly passive; SM^fio^ to be made ; or
wholly active^ or neuter^ as audXoy to aare, gaiid^o, to rejoice, mareo, to
be sad.
2. Frequentative verbs signify frequency of action^ and are all of the
first conjugation.
Frequentatives, derived from the first conjugation, are formed from the
/as/ supine^ by changing alu into xto; as, elamitOy to Bhoui frequently^ from
clamo.
But other frequentative verbs are formed from the last supine of verbs
of the second, thirds laid fourth conjugations, by changing u into o; curso,
to run often, from curro ; sallo^ to leap often, from salio.
These form other frequentalives, as, eurso^ eursito ; piUso, pulstlo ; sallo^
sallilo*
3. Inceptive verbs signify that a thing is begun, and tending to perfec-
tion ; as, calisco, to begin to grow warm.
Inceptive verbs are formed by adding -co to the second person singular
of the Indicative active of their primitives ; as, eal^o, ealis^ calesco* Incep-
tives are all of the third conjugation.
4. Desiderative verbs signify a desire of action; as, ccena/uno, desire to
sup.
Desideratives are all formed from the last supine, by adding to it -rio;
as, esurto, to desire to eat ; or to be hungry.
5. A Common verb has a passive termination, but an active or passive
signification, as, crtmtrwr^ I accuse, or I am accused.
6. Substantive verbs signify simply the affirmation of being, or exist-
ence, as, sum^fto^forhn^ existo.
VERBS are varied or declined by voices^ moods^
tenses, numbers, and persons ; there are two voices,
the Active and Passive.
1. VOICE expresses the different circumstances in which we
consider an object, whether as acting, or being acted on.
2. The Active voice signifies action ; as, amo^ I love ; duco^
I lead.
3. The Passive voice signifies suffering, or being the object !
of an action ; as, amor^ I am loved, ducCr^ I am led.
'4. MOODS are the various manrk/er^ oi e^^\fe^^vei%^^ i^s^sv
Beatjon of a verb : there are four mood^^ V\\e lnd\.cal\»e, ^x^-
Junctive, Imp^^aive^ and Injimlim.
( 28 )
5. Hie Indicative mood declares, or affirms positively ; as,
dnti^, I love ; dmaMnij I did love ; amdr^ I am loved.
6. The Subjunctive mood, which is branched out intctlie
Potential and Optative, is generally joined to another word, and
cannot make a full meaning by Itself; as. Si me dmetiSy mid
servate prcBceptd, if ye love me, keep my conmiandments.
7. Tlfd Imperative mood commands, exhorts, or entreats ; as,
dmd, love thou. The Imperative mood always wants the first
person, both singular and pluxal.
8. The Infinitive mood expresses the signification of the
verb, without limiting it to any number or person, having the
sign TO commonly prefixed ; as, amare, to love.
The Ir^nOioe mood is put sometimes for a noun substantive.
9. TENSES express the time when any person or thing is
suppo^ to be, to uct, or to suffer: there are ftve tenses, or
imies, the Pre^nt, the Preter-imperfect, the Preter-perfeet, the
Preter-pluperfecty and the Future*
10. The Present tense speaks qf the time present ; as, seribo, I write,
or, I do write ; i, e. I am writing.
11. The Impetfecl toDBe speaks of an action now doing, but not fully
4one ; as, ecriiibam, I wrote, or did write; t. e. I was writing.
12. The Preler-perfeet tense shows that an action is fuUy finished ; as,
serLpsi, I have written ; i. ^ I have finished writing.
IS. The Preter-plnpafect tense refers to some time, more than perfectly
past, and imports that the action was done a/, or before, that time ; as,
scripBcram ^pisto^m, I fuid written a letter ; i, e. before that time.
14. The Future tense speaks of an action that will be done hereafter;
as, scribam, I shall or will write.
[There is also a Future-perfect tense which refers to some time yet to
come, and imports that a thing as yet future shall be past and Jini^ied at,
or be/ore that time ; as, cum scripsero, tu leges, when I shall hitve written,
you shall read.]
15. NUMBER marks how many we suppose to be, to act, or to suffer.
16. There are two mmbers, the Singular, and the Plural.
17. PERSON shows to what the meaning of the verb is applied : there
are three Persons in each number.
18. Theirs/ person speaks; the second person is spoken to; and the
third person is spoken of.
19. Ego is the ^rs/.peroon sing. 7\i is the second person singular.
£0* JVbs is thejhwi person plur. Vos is the second person plural.
£I» ///^ is the third person sing. lUi is the lliird ip«si%o^ ^\\»«X,
( 29 )
Of Conjugation*
22. Conjugation is the classing, or joining together all the
parts of a verb, according to voicCj niood^ tense^ number^ and
person*
23. There blxq four conjugations of regular verbs, which are
known bj the following marks, or characters.
24. The first conjugation has a long before -r^, of the Infini*
tive ; as, dmdrSj to love.
25. The second conjugation has e long before -r^, of the In-
fmitive ; as, ddcerS^ to teach.
26. The third conjugation haa e short before -r^, of the Infin-
itive ; as, tigSrS, to cover.
27. The fourth conjugation has $ long before -rf » of the In-
finitive ; as, audirSy to hear.
28. Bni'do^ dar^, d^di^ daium^ to pve^ and these ibur of ite eompounds,
have a short before -r^, of the Infinitiye ; as,
CircUm^i -dar^^ cireUmdMi^ circflmdatum^ to clasp Hund.
Pessiindo^pesiUndar^y pestitnd^di^ petsfiridaturny to ruin.
V^SnUndo^ venftndar^, venUndMi^ venUndatum^ to sell.
SatUdo^ satisdar^^ tatUd^di, satUdatunh to satisfy.
— T
THE FORM OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION. v
THE ACTIVE VOICE.
The Principal Parts.
IndicaHve PrcBS, Infinitive. Perfect. Supine.
Amo, &mare, &niavi, &matum, to love
THE INDICATIVE MOOD.
Present Tense.
^ ^ 1 Ego amo, Ilovey or do love^
.g < 2 Tu Umas, Thou lovest, or dost love^ or you lovcj
^ ( 3 Ille &m&t. He loves^ he lovethi or doth love.
• ^ 1 Nos amamus. We love, or do love^
^ < 2 Vos fimatis, Ye or you love, ot ^<(> Vyoe^
^ (3 IJJi &jmnt, They lot5e* ox do lwe%
D
( 80 )
The Imperfect Tense.
1 Ego &mab&in, I loved, or did love,
2 Tu amabas, You loved, or did love,
3 Ille kmahki. He loved, or did love.
1 Nos ftmabamus, We loved, or did love,
2 Yds ^mabatis, Ye loved, or did love,
3 Illi ^unabant, They loved, or did love*
The Perfect Tense.
1 Ego ftmavi, / have laved,
2 Tu ftmavisti, You have loved,
S Ille &mavit, Jffe hath, or has hved.
1 Nos ^mavimus. We have loved,
2 Vos Smavistis, Ye have loved,
3 Illi ftmav-erunt, v- -er6, T/i€y have Zbvecl.
The Pluperfect Tense.
1 Ego flmarer&m, / had loved,
2 Tu ftiHdveras, You had loved,
3 Ille amaverat, JETe had loved.
1 Nos ftmaveramus, We had Zovee2,
2 Vos amaveratis, Ye had Zov6<^,
3 Illi amaverant, They had Zovecl.
The Future Tense.
; C 1 Ego Umabo, / shall or will love,
.g^ < 2 Tu ^Unabis, You shall or will love,
% f 3 Hid ftmabit, He shall or will love.
1 Nos amabunus, We shall or will love.
,2 Vos ^Unabitis, Fe shall or will love,
^ f 3 Illi amabunt, They shall or will love.
Thou precedes -ihee^ -est, -dost, -edst, -idtt, -thalt, -^oiU, -mayst, -eantt
•art, -wert*
l^ou is scarcely ever used, but in the Scripture style, and when we ad-
dress ourselves to Almighty God.
The termination eth is used in solemn language, but es in common.
**?%< careful tectcher loill often ask the LaHn of these.
Homo, a man. Via, a man.
The man loves — ^men love — ^men do lov& — ^good men do love.
The man loved — ^men loved — ^men did love — happy men loved.
The man has loved — ^men have loved — ^mild men have loved.
The man had loved — ^men had loved — ^milder men had loved.
Tbe man will lore — ^men will love— eharp metuNvViWoNQ,
( 31 )
THE SUBJUNCTIVE, POTENTIAL, OPTATIVE,
The Present Tense.
ftm^m, /may or can love, let me love, may I love,
Ames, You may or can love, may you love,
&met, He may or can love, let him love, may Ae love*
ftmemus. We may or can love, let u« Z(we, may we love,
&metis. Ye may or can love, may you love,
iment, TTiey may or can love, let <^6m love, may fA^y Zove.
. C ftmar^m,
.S^ < &mares,
^ { &maret,
^ ^&maremus,
nS <&maretis,
^ f imarent.
. C ftmaverim,
^^ < imav^ris,
'^ { ^mav^rit,
^ I amaverimus,
i^ < dmavSritis,
** f &maverint.
. ^SmavissSm,
,&^ < imavisses,
^ f fimaviss^t,
^ C &mayissemus,
.iS < imavissetis,
^ f &mavissent.
The Imperfect Tense.
/might, could, should, or would love,
You might, could, should, or would love.
He might, could, should, or would love.
We might, could, would, or should love,
Ye might, could, would, or should love.
They might, could, would, or should love.
The Perfect Tense.
/ may, or might have loved.
You may, or might have hyved.
He may, or might have loved.
We may, or might have hved, * #
Ye may, or might have lomedj
They may, or might have hmed.
The Pluperfect Tense.
/
You
He
We
Ye
They
' might,
could,
would,
should,
have,
^or had
loved.
Pbtbus, Peter. Pybamvs et Thisbb.
He has loved, he loved, he did love, Pyrftmtbi did love.
He had loved, Peter had loved, Thisbfi did love.
I will love, Peter will love, good men will love, mild men will love.
I may love, I can love, may I love? let me love, let good men love.
Let Pyr&mtUi love, may Pyr&mtbs love, let Peter love.
Let us love, let Pyr&mits and Thisbd love, we might have loved.
I might love, I could love, I would love, I should love.
Pyr&miis and Thisbb— —should love^ vre a\iO\]\dL\A:<9^Vss«^.
He ndght bttve or had loved, Pyi&mQB isoi^^xl \v«.^« Vsri^^*
The man might have or had loved, the men toi^tVw^'Vo'^^*
*v
( 82 )
The Future Tense.
^ C &m&9ii^Oy / shall have loved,
,^ < ftiiiivdris, Thou shalt have lovedj
^ f amav^rit, He shall have loved*
•
^ ^ dmavenmus, We shall have loved^
S < amav^ritis. Ye shall have loved,
^ ( amavennt, They shall have Zovecf.
THE IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Present Tense.
go i lima, veil amato tu, love thou, or do ifAou love,
'^ i &mato ille, let him love; let a man love,
^ \ Ornate, v. amatotd vos, /oi^ ^6, or do ye love,
S| ( imanto illi, let them love ; let men love.
THE INFINITIVE MOOD.
Present Tense, fimarS, to love.
Perfect Smfivisse, to have, or had loved.
Future ftmaturum esse v. fuisse, to be about to love.
Example* I believe that good boys love good boys. What is the Latin?
THE PARTICIPLES.
ThQ Participle of the Present, Smans, loving.
The Participle of the Future, amatu-rus, -ra, -rum, about to lave.
THE GERUNDS.
N. dmandum, loving,
G. ^mandi, of loving,
D. amando, to loving,
A. &mandum, loving,
A. &niando, wiih,from, in, or by loving.
THE SUPINES.
The first supine, amatum, to love.
The last supine, fimatu, to love, or to be loved.
THE PASSIVE VOICE.
Amdr, fimari, ^matus sum, to be loved.
THE INDICATIVE MOOD.
Present Tense.
Amdr, I am loved.
,^< amans, vil Sxasix^^ Thou art l<y^ed^
^ fsmatur^ He ia lao«d>
( 88 )
^ C &iiiam(ir, We are loved,
»S < ftmamini, Ye are loved,
^ f amantur, Tliey are hved.
The Imperfect Tense.
. C kmah&r, I was ^ed,
.^ < amabaris, v. amabarS, You were loved,
^ ^ ftmabatur, He was /ovecf.
t: I ftmabamOr, We were Zoirec^,
^ < amabamini, Fe were loved,
^ ( ftmabantur, 7%ey were loved.
The Perfect Tense.
• C &matus sum, vel fui, / have been loved,
.g < Smatus ds, v^Z fuisti, Thou hast been Zoved,
^ ( &matus est, veZ fuit. He hath been Zoved.
i: C Smati sumiis, veZ fulmiis. We have been Zove^,
^ < &mati estis, vel fuistis. Ye have been loved,
^ f &mati sunt, fuerunt, v, fuer^, 7!^ have been loved-
The Pluperfect Tense.
^ C fimatus ^r&m, vil fuer^m, / had been loved,
,g < amatus eras, vil fudras. Thou hadst been loved,
% ( amatus ^r&t, v^Z fuSr&t, He had been Zovecf .
i: C &mati eramus, v£Z fu^ramus. We had been ZovecZ,
^ < amati eratis, vil fueratifs. Ye had been loved,
^ ( &mati erant, v^Z fuerant, JTiey had been ZovecZ.
The Future Tense.
imabdr, /shall, or will be loved,
imabMs, V, amaberd. Thou shalt, or wilt be loved,
&mabitur. He shall, or will be loved.
amabimur. We shall, or will be loved,
fimabimini. Ye shall, or will be loved,
^mabuntur. They shall, or will be loved.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE, POTENTIAL, OPTATIVE.
The Present Tense.
. C timer, / may, or can be loved, may I be lovedfr
.g < fimeris, v, &mer^. You may, or can be loved, may you be loved,
^ ( imetur. He may, or can be loved, let him be loved.
ViR, a man^ Femina, a tDoman, Donum, a gift.
The man ia loved, the man has been loved, the gift is loved.
The men are loved, the men have been loved, guts have been loved.
The woman is loved, the woman haft beenlo^^A^VSaft ^^\k3M^\««aAsyi^^
7%0 women are ioved, the women llave\>een.\o'^^^^m<ft ^iS\»\s»9:^^ *
D5l
k.
( 84 )
C dmemiir, We may, or can be loved, may ti>e be laoed,
fS < ^Unemini, Ye may, or can be loved, may you be loved^
^ f &mentur, 77^2^ may, or can be loved, let ifAem be loved.
The Imperfect Tense.
^Unarer, / might, could, would, should be loved,
&mareris, v. ftmarere, You might, ■ be loved,
amaretur. He might, ■ be loved,
&maremur, We might, ■ be loved,
llmaremini, Ye might, ■ ' be loveif^
amarentur, Thep might, — — — — . be loved*
The Perfect Tense.
§,matus aim, vd fuerim, / may have been lovedy
amatus sis, vd fii^riSy TTiou mayst have been lovBd^
amatiis sit, vH fuerit, He may have been loved*
dmati simds, v, fuerimus, We may have been loved,
imati sltis, v. fu^ritis. Ye may have been loved,
imatl sint, v, fuerint, JTiey may have been loved.
The Pluperfect Tense.
. . C &matus essem, v. fuissSm, / C might,
,g^ < ftmatus esses, vel fuisses. You could,
^ ( dmatus esset, v€l fuisset. He would,
1^ C amati essemus, v. fuissemus. We ' should,
^ < §jnati essetis, vil fulssetis. Ye have, or
^ f Smati essent, vd fuissent. They L had been
The Future Tense.
. C &matus fuero, I shall have been loved,
S^ < amatus fueris. Thou shalt have been loved*
^ f Amatus fuerit. He shall have been loved.
C i amati fuerimus. We shall have Been loved^
S < llmati fueritis. Ye shall have been loved,
^ \ S,mati fuerint. They shall have been lotisd.
THE IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Present Tense.
^ ( fimare, v, amat5r tu, be thou loved,
{g I amator ille, let him be loiied.
g i amamini vos, be ye loved,
SJ ( dmantOr illi, . let them be loved.
THE INFINITIVE MOOD.
Present Tense, Smari, 1. to be loved.
Perfect Tense, amatum esse, v. fuisse, 2. to have, or had been —
Future Tense, amatum iri, 3. to he about to be loved.
loved.
1. The Present of the infinitive Passive is never varied. But
5. The Perfect of the Infinitive Passive is varied according to the gender^
Hunger, and case of the noun going before.
5: The Jf^iure of the Infinitive Passive is never ^m©^.
■>
)
( 85 )
THE PARTICIPLES.
The Participle of the Perfect, ftma-tus, -t&, -turn, loved.
The Participle of the Future, aman-dus, -d&, -dum, to be loved*
The Partieiple of the Future in 'dus imports necessity, duty,
or obligation, more than it doea fiUurity,
A good boy is to be loved, a good girl is to be loved.
Good boys are to be loved, good girls are to be loved.
A good gift is to be loved, good ^fts are to be loved.
I believe that good boys are loved.
I believe that good boys have been loved.
I believe that good giils have been loved.
I beliftve that many gifts have been loved.
SECOND CONJUGATION.
THE ACTIVE VOICE.
Ddc^o, ddcer^, ddcui, doctum, to teach.
THE INDICATIVE MOOD.
Singtdariter. Pluraliter.
Pres. Ddgeo, ddces, dficet, ddcemus, ddcetis, ddcent.
Imp. docebam, ddcebas, ddceb&t, ddceba-mus, -tis, docebant.
Perf. ddcm, docuisti, ddcd-it, -imus, -istis, -erunt, v. ddcuer^.
Plup. ddcueram, docueras, ddcue-rat, -ramus, -ratis, -r&nt,
Fi4t. ddcebo, ddcebis, ddc-ebit, ebimus, -ebitis, ddcebunt.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE, POTENTIAL, OPTATIVE.
Pres. Ddceam, doceas, doc-edt, -^amus, >^atis, ddceant.
Imp. ddcerem, ddceres, ddc-eret, -eremus, -eretis, -docerent.
Perf. ddcuerim, docfleris, docu-erit, -Srimus, -iritis, -6rint.
Plup. ddcuiss^m, doculsses, docuiss-^t, -emus, -etis, docuissent.
Fut. ddcuero, ddcueris, ddcu-erit, -erimus, -eritis, docuermt.
THE IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Prea. Ddce, ddce-to, tu, -to ille ; ddc-ete, -etOtd vos, docento illi.
THE INFINITWB lAOOD-
J'ref. DdcerS, Perf. dOcuissd, Put. doctaitov, ^«a^,*«a* ^^«^'
( 36 )
PARTICIPLES.
Pres» DOcens ;
Fut. docturus,
doctura,
docturum.
GERUNDS.
N. ddcendum,
G. ddcendi,
D. dOcendo,
A. dOcen-dum, -do.
SUPINES.
1. supine J
doc turn;
2. supinCf
doctu.
THE PASSIVE VOICE.
DdceOr, ddceri, doctus sum, to be taught.
THE INDICATIVE MOOD.
Singulariter. Pluraliter.
Pres. D6ce6r, ddceris, vel d6ce-re, -tur, -mur, -mini, -ntur.
Lnp. ddceb-ar, aris, vel -are, -atur, -amur, -amini, -antur.
Perf. doctus sum, vel fui, doctus es, vel fuisti, <Jv.
PZfijp. doctus er&m, vel fuer&m, doctus eras, vel fueras, <^.
Fut. ddce-bdr, -beris, vel -bere, -bitur, -bimur, -bimini, -buntur
THE SUBJUNCTIVE, POTENTIAL, OPTATIVE.
Pres. DOcear, docea-ris, v. -re, -tur, -mur, -mini, ddceantur.
hnp. dOcerer, docere-ris, v. -re, -tur, -mur, -mini, -ntur.
Perf. doctus sim, t?. fuerim, doctus sis, v. fueris, 4^.
Plup. doctus ess^m, v. fuissem, doctus esses, v. fuisses, 4*c.
Fut. doctus fuero, doctus fuSris, doctus fuerit, <J<c.
THE IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Sing. Plur.
Pres. Dficere, v. d6ce-t6r, tu, -tOr ille ; -mini vos, ddcentor illi.
THE INFINITIVE MOOD.
Pres. Ddceri, Perf. doctum edse, v. fuisse, Fut. doctum iri.
THE PARTICIPLES.
The Participle of the Perfect, doc-tus, -ta, -tCim.
The Participle of the Future, docen-dus, -da, -dum.
Sedtdusy puer, a careful boy, sapiens^ wise, Joannes^ John.
A careful boy is taught, careful boys are taught, John is taught.
A careful boy has been taught, have been taught.
Let careful boys be taught, may careful boys be taught.
We are glad that careful, wise, boys are taught.
We are glad that careful boys have been taught.
fVe are glad that careful boys wiU be taught) WiaX. ^wisfcXicyj^ — .
The girl is to be taught. Good, wise, ^\8 at© lo \jfe \a.\x^\.
( 37;
THE THIRD CONJUGATION.
THE ACTIVE VOICE.
T^gd, t^g^re, texi, tectum, to cover^ to hide.
THE INDICATIVE MOOD.
Singtdariter. Pluraliter.
Pres. T^go, tSgis, tegit, tdgimus, tegitis, t^gunt.
Imp. tggebkm^ t^gebas, tege-b&t, -b^mus, -batis, t^gebant.
Perf. texi, texisti, texit, teximus, texistis, texerunt, v. texere*
Plup. texdram, texeras, texe-r&t, -ramus, -ratis, texerant.
Fut. teg&m, tegeSy teget, tegemus, tegeUs, tdgent.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE, POTENTIAL, OPTATIVE.
Pres. Teg&m, t^gas, teg&t, tegamus, tegatis, tegant.
Imp. tegerdm, t^geres, tege-ret, -remus, -retis, t€g€rent.
Perf. texerim, texeris, texe-rit, -rimus, -ritis, texSrint.
Plup. texissdm, texisses, texiss-et, -emus, -etifs, texissent.
Fut. texero, texeris, texe-rit, -rimus, -ritis, texerint.
THE IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Sing. Plur.
Pres. Tege, tegito tu, tdgito ille ; tgg-ite, -itote vos, tegunto illi.
THE INFINITIVE MOOD.
Pres. Teg5r€, Perf. texisse, Fut. tecturum, essd, v. fuisse.
PARTICIPLES.
Pres. T^gens,
Fut. tecturus,*
tectur^,
tecturum.
GERUNDS.
N. tegendum,
G. tegendi,
D. tegendo,
A. tegen-dum, -do.
SUPINES.
1. supine^
tecttim;
2. supine^
tectu.
* Love is to cover, i. e. about to cover, faults.
The judicious Teacher vnll often put these and the like sen-
tences to the Student^ to he turned into Latin.
Active verbs govern the Accusative.
Amdr, -oris, love, culpa, a fault.
Love covers faults, let love cover faults.
Love will cover faults, love shall cover faults.
We hear that love covers faults.
We hear that love has covered faults.
We hear ihat love will covet fa\ii\B.
We beheye that love do«B cqnqi ^^\kVl««
( 38 )
THE PASSIVE VOICE.
Teg6r, tegi, tectus sum, to be covered.
THE INDICA.TIVE MOOD.
Sing. Plur.
Pres. T^gOr, tfige-ris, v. -re, teg-Ttiir, -imur, -!inini, teguntiir.
Imp. tegeb^, t^geba-ris, vel -re, -tur, -mur, -mini, -ntur.
*" Perf. tectus sum, vel fui, tectus es, vel fuisti, A^.
Plup. tectus er&m, vd fueram, tectus ^ras, vel meras, S^.
JFW. t§g^, teg-eris, v. -ere, -etur, -emur, -emini, tegentur.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE, POTENTIAL, &c.
Pres. Tegir, teg-aris, v. teg-are, -atur, -amur, -^unini, -antur.
Imp. tegereiy teger-eris, v. -ere, -etur, -emur, emini, -entur.
- Perf. tectus sim, v. fuerim, tectus sis, v. fueris, Src.
Plup. tectiis essem, v. fuissem, tectus esses, v. fuisses, ^.
Fut. tectus fuero, tectus fueris, tectus fuerit, tecti, ^.
THE IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Pres. Teg^re, teg-itor tu, -it6r ille ; -imini vos, t^guntdr illi.
THE INFINITIVE MOOD.
Pres. T^gif Perf. tectum esse, v. fuisse, ¥%xt. tectum iri.
THE PARTICIPLES.
The Participle of the Perfect, tectus, tectH, tectum.
The Participle of the Future, tegendus, tegend-S,, -um.
The fault is not, t. e. ought not, to be covered.
THE FOURTH CONJUGATION.
THE ACTIVE VOICE.
Audio, audire, audivi, auditum, to hear.
THE INDICATIVE MOOD.
Sing. Plur.
Pres. Audio, audis, audit, audimus, auditis, audiunt.
Imp. audieb&m, audiebas, audieb-it, -amus, -atis, audiebant
Perf. audivi, audiv-isti, -it, -imus, -istis, -erunt, v. audiver^.
Plup. audiver^mi, audiv-eras, -erat, -dramus, -eratis, -erant.
Fut. audi&m, audies, audiet, audi-emus, -etis, audient.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE, POTENTIAL, OPTATIVE.
Sing. Plur.
Pres. Audiim, audias, audidt, audi-amus, -atis, -ant.
Sdo^ I know. Culpa, a fault. Crimen, a fault*
The fault is covered, faults are covered, faults will be covered.
I know, ihai the fault is covered, that faults are covered.
I know, ihai the fault had been covered, that {a\]iV\a\ivi«>)«csxi <:x3is«t«6L«
J know, ihai the fault will be covered, that faxiVtB \iSS\)oe ^iONct^^,
( 39 )
Imp* audirem, audires, audi-ret, -remus, -retis, audirent.
Perf. audiverim, audiveris, audiv-erit, -erimus, -iritis, -Sriht.
PZup.audivissem, audivisses, audiviss-et, -emus, -etis, -ent.
Fut. audivero, audiveris, audiv^-rit, -rimtis, -ritis, -rint.
^ THE IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Pres. Audi, aud-ito tu, -ito ille ; aud-ite, -itotd Yos, -lunto iUi.
THE INFINITIVE MOOD.
Pres. Audire, Perf. audivisse, Fut. auditurum esse, v. fui80&
PARTICIPLES.
Pres* Audiens,
FuU audlturus,
auditura,
auditurum.
GERUNDS.
N. Audiendum,
G. audiendi,
D. audiendo,
A. audiend-um, -o.
SUPINES.
1. aupiney
auditum ;
2. supine^
audita.
THE PASSIVE VOICE.
Audidr, audiri, auditus sum, to he heard.
THE INDICATIVE MOOD.
Sing. Plur.
Pres. Audidr, aud-iris, v. -ire, -itur, -imur, -imini, audiuntOr.
Imp. audiebar, audieb-aris, v. -are, -atur, -amur, -amini, -aDtOr.
Perf. auditus sum, vel fui, auditus es, vel fuisli, ^.
Plup. auditus eram, v. fueram, auditus eras, v. fueras, Ai:.
Fut. . audiar, audi-eris, v. -ere, -etur, -emur, -emini, audientiir.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE, POTENTIAL, OPTATIVE.
Pres. Audi§,r, audi-aris, v. audi-are, -atur, -amur, -amini, -antOr.
Imp. audirer, audire-ris, v. -re, -tur, -mur, -mini, audirentur.
Perf. auditus sim, v. fuerim, auditiis sis, v. fu^ris, ifv.
Plup. auditus essdm, v. fuissem, auditus esses, v. fuisses, 4^.
Fut. auditus f^dro, auditus fuens, auditus fu^iit, 4^.
THE IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Sing. Plur.
Pres. Audiri, aud-it6r tu, aud-itdr ille, -immi yds, -luntOr illi.
THE INFINITIVE MOOD.
Pres. Audiri, Perf. aud-itum esse, v. fuissS, Fut. -itdm iri.
The Students shoiMhe ready to turn these into Latin.
I have heard — ^I may hear, let me hear — ^let them be heard.
You might hear, you could hear — ^you might be heard.
I may hear, I can hoar, I should hear — ^I shall have been heardt
I shidl have heard — hear ye — do ye hear — are you heard?
I know that ye hear, that ye do heax^ that ^oml ^^\i«^^«
- J know, that you are ready to heai, i. e. about Xo'V^ax*
( 40 )
THE PARTICIPLES.
The Participle of the Perfect, audi-tus, -ta, -turn.
The Participle of the Future, audien-dus, -da, -diiin.
PraBco, a crier^ prsecones, criers.
The crier is heard, criers are heard — were heard.
The crier has been heard, criers have been heard.
The crier will be heard, criers will be heard.
I wish that {utxnam) the crier may be heard — ^might be heard.
O that (uttnam) criers could be heard — would be heard.
You know, that the crier is heard — ^ye know that the criers are heard.
You know, that the crier has been heard — that criers have been heard.
You know, that the crier will be heard — that criers will be heard.
REMARKS.
Note 1. AU verbs of the second conjugation end in eo.
2. All verbs of the fourth conjugation end in io, except vinto^ to be
sold.
3. These^ with their compounds, are the ordy verbs of the third conju-
gation, which end in io :
H(BC capio^ fand^Jactoy (Jacxd, sp^cto olim) •
Ac/^dtd, ftigtd, euptd, rapio^ sapidque^
.^. "Btparid, qtiati6, c6mpdstaq}i6, tertYa poscit.
4. Verbs of the third conjugation in to retain i
before -wn/, "Unto^ -ibam^ -tfm, -e/w, -endUs, "endS^
The formation from each of the principal parts.
From
From
From-
From
1. Aho, om^rn, subj.
Ahajib.
Amavi.
Amatum.
2. DocEO, is fbrmed
amdr^j
amdv^rdm^
amdhij
docedm^ subj.
amiaUr,
amaverim^
amaiurus^
3. Tego, tilgam^ indie.
amabam^
amavissein,
amcauriim,
tegam^ subj.
amabo^
amdv^ro.
esse Y, fui$Mti
4. Audio, is formed
avfia^
amavisse.
amdtus.
audiam^ indie.
amdnSi
audiam, subj.
amdndum.
n. The Present of the Infinitive Passive of the firsts second^ and fourth
conjugations, is formed from the Infinitive Active, by changing ^ into i;
as, antdr^, amdri ; ^cSr^,^cSri; audir^,atidirt; but
III. The Present of the Infinitive Passive of the third conjugation, ii
formed by changing or into i; as, /^gdr, tiSgi, tectus sum; or, o into t; as,
t^go^ tegi,
rV. The Infinitive Present of deponent verbs in tor of the third conju-
gation, is formed by throwing away or: thus, gradwr^gradi — aggrH'
dior^ aggredi, — marior^ m^rl, — imorior^ «mofi, — oriSr, orl< — ea^rtdr^ ex6ri%
— potior^ pati-t — p6rp^ti6r^ pSrp^U^ — compatior, tfompoiK.
y. The Infinitive Passive of verbs in to of the third conjugatiozi, may
Ae formed by throwing away or : thus, captor^ coqpvr-^aciAT^iSutitr-^dM&
J^or, d£ctpi, — reftctor, r^tci.
( 41 )
REMARKS.
Are the regular verba of the preceding four Conjugation$ always Eng'
lished as in the above examples? They are not always so Englisfied; for,
1. When continuation of a thine is signified, the tenses of the Active .
Toice may be Englished otherwise man in the foregoing examples; thus,
The ACTIVE VOICE^ Indicative Mood, Present Tense.
1. Sing. Ego amo, I am loving, for, / love, or, do love. Sec.
2. Sing. Ego doc^o, I am teaching, for, / teach, or, do teach, ice.
3. Sing. Ego t^go, I am covering, for, / cover, or, do cover, See.
^ _ 4. Sing. Ego audio, I am hearing, for, / hear, or, do hear, icc^
Certain parts also of the Passive voice, when conCtntuxtion of a thing is
signified, are thus rendered in English:
The PASSIVE VOICE, Indicative Mood, Present Tense.
Domus csdificdtur, the house is building, not tfie houss is buUt; opus
perftcitttr, the work is finishing, not is finished*
n. The Perfect <$? the Indicative is oflen Englished as the Imperfect, as,
numquam amavi hunc hominem, 1 never loved this man. Juv.
^^ ni. The Perfect of the Indicative is very often Englished by HAD, after
ant^quam, postqudm, u&t, or ut for postquam; as, ubi sicuit eong^riem^
when he Aoii cut the mass. Ut salutavit me, after he had saluted me.
[IV. WILL, the. sign of the Future Active and Passive, is often express-
ed by volo; as, volo audire te, I will hear you. Visne saltUari sicut S^'anus?
will you, t. e. do you wish to be saluted like Sejanus? Juv. Will not^ is
often expressed by nolo; as, nolo audire te, I will not hear you.
''. V. MAY, CAN, MIGHT, COULD, WOULD, SHOULD, the mgna of
the Present and Imperfect of the Subjunctive, are sometimes rendered in
Latin by Itcet, possum, v6lo, dibeo, d^cet, oport^t, and the Infinitive, espe-
cially when the sense is emphatical ; as, licetne mihi exire, may I go out —
is it lawful for me to go out? Nu possum die^re quare, neither can I saj
why ; Mart. LtcBrei tibi per me, you might for me. Ut quivis facile pos-
sit credere, that any one cotUd readily believe. Certe velles ire mecumf
surely you would go with me. Oportet Catonem esse fortem^ Cato should
^be brave, Cato ot^ht to be brave.]
^ VI. The Present of the Subjunctive, after cum, eur, dum, quam, fuod^
si, sin, nisi, etsi, etiamsi, quandoquidem, and ut, for quamvis, is often
EngUshed like the Present of the Indicative ; as, cum &^am, when I go
away. Scio causam cur dAcas ltd, I know the cause why you say so. See
Syntax 76.
Vn. The Present of the Subjunctive, after quasi, tanquam, is sometimes
EngUshed as the Imperfect ; as, quasi intelMgarU, as if they understood.
*^ VIIL The Subjunctive Present is often Englished by WOULD; as. In
faeinus jurasse putis, you would think that they had sworn to eommit
wickedness. Ov. JVt faciat, except he would do it Quid facias, what
would you do ? Juv. Si cSdat ira mdi^, if the rage of the sea would •
cease. Ov. With many other examples, which are to be found among the
Latin poets.
'DL The Subjunctive Present is {reqxienlfXy '£A!^\^<e^^ V5 ^CSVSVX^n <««.-.
QuiM^-tempiretalaehrimis? Who could T©ft«Att?TOTi\\»^T%X Vxx^-,^^
fiadtm imu9 noetis, qui* fUnXra /ando expUc^t ? N^^*^ <i<*>»^ xwsSs^^ ^
Fa
^
( 42 )
slaughter of that night? Id. Non illud opus tenuUsima atamXna Dtufon/,
the iinest threads could not exceed that work. Ot. Rector Olympi non
agai ho§ curriis, the governor of Olympus could not drive this chariot. Ov.
X. The Subjunctive Present is also Englished by SHOULD; as, Quid
bdla surgerUia dicam ? Why should I mention the rising wars ? Viro.
Quid tempeatdtea autiimni dicam? Why ahould I enumerate the storms of
autumn ? Vitiia queia ignoacaa, foibles, which you ahould forgive. Cur
ttri^r? Why ahould I endeavor?
XI. The Future of the Indicative, and the Future of the Subjunctive,
are very frequently used promiscuously ; as, Juvero aut conailio aut re, I
will assist you either with counsel, or with money, dix^irit forUuae aliquia^
some one will perhaps say.
XII. SHALL HAVE, the proper Engliah of the Subjunctive Future,
are oflen both omitted, especially after conjunctions ; as, Si vic^ria coro*
^ ndb^ria, if you conquer, you will be crowned. Si negaverit, if he denies it.
Xm. The Future of the Indicative is also Englished like the Imperative;
aa, ibia et r^/SrSa, go and tell. Virg.
XIV. The Future of the Subjunctive is sometimes also used for the Im-
perative ; as, T\t vid^ria, see you to it JV^ dixeria, do not say it.
The ienaea of the SUBJUNCTIVE mood, with some conjunction, ad-
verb, indefinite, or relative going before, are generally Engliahed like the '
same tenses of the Indicative.
^ ' XV. TO, the sign of the Infinitive, ia moatly left out, when an Aeeuaative
goes immediately before, and then the Infinitive is Englished according to
the following examplea, THAT being put before it, but often underst^xU
See the fourth Rule of Syntax, here fully exemplified.
** Certain Verba require an Aceuaative Caae before the Infinitive Mood.**
Petrua dictt te l^g^re,
Petrua dixit te ligire,
Petrua dicit te legiaae,
Petrua dixit te legiaae,
Petrua dint te lectarum eaae,
Petrua dixit te lecturum eaae,
Petrua dicit te lectUrum fuiaae,
Petrua dixit voa lutams fuiaae.
Peter says that you are reading.
Peter said that you were reading.
Peter says that you did read.
Peter said that you had read.
Peter says that you unll read.
Peter said you would read.
Peter savs you would have read.
Peter said you would have road.
2. Examplea of the verb Sum, esse, ftiissS, filttutbg.
Dicit Comeliam eaae heatam,
Dicit omnea viroa eaae heatoa,
Dicit omnea pueUaa eaae beataa,
Dicit puellaa fuiaae beataa,
Dicit puellaa futuraa eaae beataa.
he says that Cornelia ia happy,
he says theU all men are happy,
he says all girls are happy,
he says th/xt girls have been happy,
he says that girls will be happy.
3. Examplea of the Infinitive Paaaive>
Scio lulum amari, I know that lulus ia loved.
Sdo lahim amatum eaae y. fuiaae, I know lulus haa been loved.
SHo Eltaam amatum eaae v. fuiaae, I know Eliza haa been loved.
Scio fratrea amatoa eaae y, fuiaae, I know brothers have been loved.
Sdo a6rdrea amataa eaae v. fuiaae, I know sisters have been loved.
S!eio/ratres amatum iri, I know that brethren wiU be loved
45fcft? Mfn^es amatum iri^ 1 know that »B\«t% vnUUVjpwA.
( 43 )
IRREGULAR VERBS.
The Irregular Verbs are SUM, EO, QUEO, VOLO,
NOLO, MALO, FERO, and FIO, with their compounds.
SUM, ESSE, FVi, FUTURVs, to be.
Ikdicativi Praesens.
Sing*
Ego sum, / am,
tu 6s, thou art, you are,
ille est, he is,
nos sumus, we are,
vos estis, ye are,
illi sunt, they are.
Sing* Imperfectum.
Ego eram, I was,
tu eras, thmi wast, you were,
ille dr^t, he was,
nos eramus, we were,
vos Gratis, ye were,
illi erant, tJiey were.
Sing, Perfectum.
Ego fui, I have been,
tu fuisti, thou hast been,
ille fuit, he has been, he was,
nos fuimus, we have been,
vos fuistis, ye have been,
illi fu-erunt, v, -ere, they —
Sing, Plusquamperfectum.
Ego fuerdm, / had been,
tu fueras, thou hadst been,
ille fuerUt, he had been,
nos fueramus, we had been,
vos fueratis, ye had been,
illi fuerant, they had been.
Sing. Futurum.
Ero, / shall, or will be,
6ris, thou shalt, or wilt be,
6rit, he shall, or will be,
6rimus, we shall, or will be,
Sritia, ye shall, or wM he,
^runt, they sJuUl^ or will be.
SuBJUWcnvi Praesens.
Sing,
Sim, I may or can be, let me be
sis, you may or can be, may you be,
sit, he may or can be, let him be,
simus, we may or can be, let us be,
sitis, ye may or can be, may you be,
sint, they may or can be, let them be.
Sing. Imperfectum.
Essem, / might, could,
esses, you might, could,
essdt, he might, could,
essemus, we might, could^ —
essetis, ye might, could,
essent, they might, could, -
Sing, Perfectum.
Fuetim, I may have been,
fueris, you may have been,
fuerit, he may have been,
fuerimus, we may have been,
fueritls, ye may have been,
fuerint, they may have been.
Sing, Plusquamperfectiun.
be,
be^
be.
be.
be,
be.
Fuissem,
/
' might.
fuisses.
you
could.
fuisset.
he
would.
fuissemus,
we
should.
fuissetis.
y^
have, or had
fuissent.
they
^been.
Sing. Futurum.
Fuero, / shall have been,
fudris, thou shalt have been,
fuerit, he shall have been.
Cu^nnt, they «UfliXl ^ww)e \>«nv^
( 44 )
Imferativi Praesens.
Es, V. esto tu, he thou^ he you,
esto ille, let him he*
este, vel estote vos, he ye,
sunto illi, let them he*
IiTFiiriTivi Prsssens.
Pres, Esse, to he,
Perf. fuiss6, to have, or Jiadheen,
Fut. futurum esse, vel fuissd,
to he ahout to he*
PARTicipnyM Jvturi.
Futu-rus, -ra, -rum, ahout to he.
The compounds of sum are ahsum, adsum, desumy inUrsum,
ohsum, prosum, possum, suhsum, supersum; and inSum, which
■ wants the preterites.
Prosum, to he profitable, to profit, has a d before those parts
* of sum which begin with an e; thus, prosum, prodSs, and not
prois.
Possum, compounded of p6tis, able, and sum, is thus conju-
gated :
POSSUM, posse, pdtui, to he ahle, to can.
THE INDICATIVE MOOD.
Sing, Plur.
Pres* Possum, pdtes, p5test, possumus, pdtestis, possunt.
Imp. pdteram, pot-eras, -erat, -eramus, -eratis, -^rant.
Perf, p6tui, pCtuistI, pCtuit, p6tu-imus, -istis, -erunt, v, -erd.
PZwp. pOtueram, pdtueras, p6tuer-at, -amus, -atis, -ant.
Fut. p6tero, pCteris, pCterit, p6ter-imus, -itis, -tint.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE, POTENTIAL, OPTATIVE.
Pres, Possim, possis, possit, posslmus, possitis, possint.
^ Imp. possem, posses, posset, possemus, possetis, possent.
Perf, pCtuerim, pCtueris, p6tue-rit, -rimus, -ritis, -rint.
Plup. pCtuissem, p5tuisses, p6tuiss-^t, -emus, -etis, -eat.
Fut. pdtuero, pdtu^ris, p6tudr-it, -imtis, -itis, -int.
V
THE INFINITIVE MOOD.
Pres. Posse, Perf. pdtuisse — Catera desunt.
EO.
Eo, ire, ivi, itiim, to go.
THE INDICATIVE MOOD.
Sing. Plur.
Pres.Eo, is, it, imus, itis, eunt.
^p. ib&iB, ibas, ibat, ibamus, i\wLl\s, \>mliv\.,
P^f^ IrJ, ivistif ivity ivimus, Iviatis, \\-^T>m\.^'»,-«i^,
< 45 )
Sing. Plur,
Plup. iveram, iv^ras, iv^r&t, iveramiis, iv^ratis* iv^rant.
Fut. ib5, ibis, ibit, ibimus, ibMs, ibimt.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE, POTENTIAL, OPTATIVE.
Pres. E&m, eoB^ e&t, eamus, ^tis, gant.
Imp. irem, ires, iret, iremus, iretis, irent.
Perf. iverim, ivSris, iverit, iveriraus, ivSritis, iverint.
Plup. ivissem, ivisses, ivisset, ivissemus, ivissetis, ivissent.
Fut. Ivero, iv^ris, iverit, iverimiis, ivSritis, iverint.
THE IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Pres. I, ito tu, ito ille ; ite, vd itote vos, ^unto illi.
THE INFINITIVE MOOD.
Pres. Ire, Petf. iviss^, Fut. iturum esse, v. fuisse.
PARTICIPLES.
Pret. iens, G. ^untis,
Fut. itu-riis, -r&, -rum.
GERUNDS.
eundum,
eun-di, -do, -dum.
SUPINES.
1. itum,
2. itu.
The compounds of £0 are &d8o, adire, adivi, adYtom, to go to.
AbSo, ezeo, 5b$o, r^dSo, siib^, p^o, depSrSo, dispSreo, coSo, InSo,
intSrSo, intro^o, anteto, prodSo, pnetSrto, transSo, circtLto; &diens, ade-
untis, adeunduixL, Sec. but ambto, ambire, axnblvi, ambltttm, to surround^ \a
a regular verb of the fourth conjugation.
QUEO, quire, qulvi, quYttUn, to be able^ to ean^ is conjugated like EO.
NEQUEO, nSquIrS, nSquIvi, nSquttOm, to cannot^ is conjugated like EO.
QUEO and NEQUEO want the Imperative^ Participle*^ and Gerund*.
^
VOLO.
VdLO, yell^ ydlui, to he trillings to will.
THE INDICATIVE MOOD.
Sing. Plur.
Pres. Vdlo, vis, vult, vdlumiis, vultis, vdlunt
hnp. ydleb&m, vdlebas, vdlebat, vdleb-amus, -atis, -ant.
Petf. vdlui, voluisti, vdlut-it, -imus, -istis, -enint, v. ere.
Plup. y51ugr&m, vdlueras, voluc-rat, -ramus, -ratis, -rant.
Fut. ydl&m, vdles, vdlet, vdlemus, vdletlfs, v6lent.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE, POTENTIAL, OPTATIVE.
Pres. Vglun, y^lis, yglit, v^limiis, y€Ul\ti, nI^VvqX.,
Jb|p. rellimy relies^ yell^t, veUemui, ^^\\e^AA^ n€>\«i3lV.
£S
( 46 )
Perf. v61uerfm, v6lueris, vfiluerit, v6luer-imus, -itis, -int.
Plwp. vdluissem, voluisses, voluiss-et, -emus, -etis, -ent.
P%a. voluero, vdluerls, vdluerit, vdluer-imus, -Itis, -int.
THE INFINITIVE MOOD.
Pres* Velle, Perf* y5luisse. Part* Pr<BS. vdlens. Catera desunt.
NOLO.
NoLo,"^ nolle, nolm, to be unwilling^ to will not*
THE INDICATIVE MOOD.
Sing. Plur.
Pres. Nolo, non tis, non vult, nolumils, non vultis, nOlunt.
Imp. nolebam, nolebas, n^le-bat, -bamus, -batis, -bant.
Perf. nolui, noluisti, noluit, nolu-imus, -istis, -erunt, v, -er3.
Plup, n6luerS,m, nolueras, noluerat, noluer-amus, -atis, -ant.
Fut.' udlam, noles, nolet, nOlemus, noletis, nolent.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE, POTENTIAL, OPTATIVE.
Sing. Plur.
Pres, Nolim, nolis, nolit, nolimiis, nolitis, nolint.
Imp. noUem, noUes, nollet, noUemus, nolletis, nollent.
Perf. noluerim, nolueris, noliierit, nolue-rimus, -ritis, noluerint
' Plup. noluissem, noluisses, noluiss-et, -emus, -etis, noluissent
Flit, noluero, nolueris, noliierit, nolue-rimus, -rltis, noluerint.
THE IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Pres. Noli, nolito tu : nolite, nolitote vos.
THE INFINITIVE MOOD.
Pres.^ Kolle, Perf. noluisse, Part. Pres. nolens. Catera desunt.
MALO.
MALOit malle, maliii, to he more tnUing, to rather.
THE INDICATIVE MOOD.
Sing. Plur.
Pres. Malo, mavis, mavult, maliimus, mavultis, malunt.
Imp. maleb&m, malebas, malebat, maleba-mus, -tis, -nt.
* .Ydo IB compounded of non «&d tAlo
t Malo is compounded of ma^t va^iftVi.
( 47 )
Perf* malui, maluisti, malii-l't, -imus, -istis, -erunt, v. ere.
P/t/p. malueram, malueras, malue-r^t, -ramus, -ratis, -rant«
Fut, mal^m, males, malet, malemus, maletis, malent.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE, POTENTIAL, OPTATIVE.
Pres. Malim, mails, malTt, mallmus, malltis, malint.
Imp. mallem, malles, mallet, mallemus, malle-tis, -nt.
Perf. maluerim, malueris, maluerit, maluer-imus, -itis, -int.
PZt/p. maluissem, malui sses, maluiss-et, -emus, -etis, -ent.
FuU maluero, malueris, maluerit, maluer-imiis, -itis, -int.
THE INFINITIVE MOOD.
Pre9* Malle, Ptrf, maluisse. Catera demnt.
THE ACTIVE VOICE.
FERO.
Feso, ferr^, tuli, latum, to bring, to hear.
THE INDICATIVE MOOD.
Sing. Plur.
Pres. Fero, fers, fert, ferimiis, fertis, ierunt.
Imp. fereb^m, ferebas, ferebat, ferebamiis, fere-batis, -bant.
Perf. tuli, tulisti, tulit, tulimus, tulistis, tiilerunt, v. tulere.
Plup. tuleram, tiileras, tulerat, tuleramus, tuleratis, tulerant. ^
Fut. fer^m, feres, feret, feremus, feretis, ferent,
THE SUBJUNCTIVE, POTENTIAL, OPTATIVE.
Pres. Feram, feras, ferat, feramiis, feratis, ferant.
Imp. ferrem, ferres, ferret, ferremus, ferretis, ferrent.
Perf. tulerim, tuleris, tulerit, tulerimus, tuleritis, tulerint.
Plup. tulissem, tulisses, tulisset, tulissemus, tulissetis, tdlitgent.
Put. tulerOy tuleris, tulerit, tulerimus, tuleritis, tulerint.
THE IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Prei. Fer,* ferto tu, ferto ille ; ferte, v. fertote vos, ferunto illi.
THE INFINITIVE MOOD.
Prei. Ftoe, Perf. tulisse, Fut. latiiriim ess^, v. fuisse.
PARTICIPLES.
Pres. Ferens,
Fut. latu-rus, -ra, -riim,
GERUNDS.
ferendiim,
feren-di, -do, -dum.
SUPINES.
1. latum.
2- \al^
♦ Tb9 Laapentirea die^ tffte, /Sc, flu «« ^»«^ ^^^ *»*^ *^^^ ^^^ ^^^
( 48 )
THE PASSIVE VOICE.
Febob, ferri, latus sum, vd fui, to he brought.
THE INDICATIVE MOOD.
Sing. " Plur.
Pres. Feror, ferns, v. ferre, fer-tur, -imur, -immi, -untur.
Imp. ferebar, fere-bans, v. -bare, -batur, -bamur, -bamini, -bantiir.
Perf. latus sum, v, fui, latiis es, v. fuisti, <^.
Plup. latus, eram, v. fuerILm, latus eras, v. fueras, <^.
FuL fsrar, fe-reris, ». -rere, fe-retur, -remur, -remmi, -rentur.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE, POTENTIAL, OPTATIVE.
Pres, Ferar, fe-raris, v. -rare, -ratur, -ramiir, -rammi, -rantur.
Imp. ferrer, fer-reris, v. -rere, -retur, -remiir, -remini, -rentur.
Perf. latus sim, v. fuerim, latus sis, v. fueris, <^.
Plup. latus essem, v. fuissem, latus esses, vel fuisses, 4*^.
Fut. latus fuero, latus fueris, latiis fuerit, lati, d^G.
THE IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Pres. Ferre, fertSr tu, fertSr ille ; ferimmi vos, feruntdr illi.
THE INFINITIVE MOOD.
Pres. Ferri, Perf. latum esse, vd fuisse, Fut. latum iri.
THE PARTICIPLES.
Participle of the Perfect Tense, latus, lata, latum.
Participle of the Future Tense, feren-diis, -da, -dum.
These Compounds of febo are thus conjugated.
AffSro, affdrre, attiili, allattLm, of ad and fero, to hring to,
AtkfSro, auferrg, absttUi, ablatiim, of aba and f Sro, to take from,
Differo, differre, disttUi, dilatiim, of dia and fSro, to put off.
Conf i$ro, confen^, conttUi, collattim, of con and f ^o, to compare.
Eff Sro, off drre, extiUi, elatiim, of ex and f 8ro, to exprcBs*
InfSro, infsrrS, intttli, illattLm, of in and fSro, to bring in,
OffSro, offerrS, obtiili, oblatiim, of ob and f Sro, to offer.
The rest of the compounds, as, perf Sro, to endure^ antSf&o, cirettmfSro,
praefero, profSro, transfSro, are regular.
^ ■ . „ ■
Flo."*
Fio, fieri, factiis siim, v. fui, to he madcy to hecome.
THE INDICATIVE MOOD.
Sing. Plur.
Pres, Fio, fis, fit, fimus, fitis, fjiint
Imp. fieb&m, fiebas, fiebat, fie-bamiis, -batis, -bant
Perf. factus sum, vd fui, factus es, vd fuisti, 4*^.
'^'jffo is the Paamre of/aeio^ to makcy instead of factor^ which is not nted^
Aat all the componnda offSeto^ which c\iaxi|^ a mXA v^ro t^.^ax; a«i
4^*^i^t qfftH^ cffe€tu9 mm, j»erf?c%or, perficl, perf «ctu» turn.
( 49 )
Plup, factus eram, v. ftier&in, factus eras, v. fueras, 4*c.
'Fut. fiam, fies, fiet, fiemus, fletis, fient.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE, POTENTIAL, OPTATIVE.
Pres, fiam, fias, fiat, Tamils, fiatis, fiant.
Imp. fier«m, fieres, fieret, fieremiis, fieretis, fierent.
Perf. factus sim, vel fuerim, factus sis, vel fueris, <J«.
Plup, factus essem, vel fuissem, factus esses, vel fuisses, ^*
Fut. factus fiierd, factus fueris, factus fuerit, facti, 4*^.
THE IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Pres* Fi, v. fito tu, fito ille, fite, v. fitote vos, fiunto illi.
THE INFINITIVE MOOD.
Pres. Fieri, Petf. factum esse, w. fuisse, Fut. factum iri.
THE PARTICIPLES.
Participle of the Perfect, fac-tus, -tS, -tiim.
Participle of the Future, facien-dus, -da, -dum.
To Fio, may properly be subjoined these
NEUTER-PASSIVE VERBS.
SSleo, sbldrS, sdlttus sum, to uae^ to be accustom^,
AvDEo, audere, austls sum, to dare, to adventure.
Gaudeo, gauddre, gavisils, sum, to rgoice, to be glad.
FiDo, fiderS, f Idi, flsus sum, to trust, to confide in.
DiFFiDO, diffid^rS, diffldl, diffisils sum, to distrust.
CoNFlDO, conf iderS, conf idi, conf Isils sum, to trust in.
MoiREO, moerdrS, mcestiis sum, to be sad, to mourn.
/" REMARKS.
1. ABOLEO, duro, mdn^o, sisto, sapio, are sometimes nei^
ter^ sometimes active; as, mem6ria aboleverat, the remembrance
had been lost ; abolere mem^riam, to blot out the remembrance ;
supplicium manet te; punishment awaits you; siste s5rdrem,
call my sister. Vibg.
2. Common verbs. — Crimtndr, aspemdr^ cdmttdr^ ddmindr^
digndTy sectdr, stipiildr, fat^ory adtpiscdr^ under a passive ter*
mination, have an active, or passive signification; as, cnminor,
I accuse, or, I am accused. Ego meam rem s&pio, / understand
my business. Plaut.
^ 3. Verbs, redundant in termination, with different forms to
express the same sense, are, — Assent^o, assenttor, — pdpulo^
pdpulor, — purgo, pUrgdri—fabrico, fabricdr^^-com'gM^>, cow^
pMifTi — partio, partidr,-~'4mperi%o^ impcrt\6rv--^a«ryfnw>^ W?nj-
mOr, — mifr^o, m^r^drj-^^fnuni^ro^ muvXrw^ — ^nv>^ •jwc^ti—
iwaiHOf luxurior.
( 50 )
REMARKS.
4. The following verbs are redundant in canjugatian.
Mostly.
Denso,
densare,
l&vo,
l^var^,
Imo,
linere,
strldeo,
stridere,
m6ri6r,
m6ri,
orior,
orens, on,
cieo,
CIO,
Seldom.
denseo,
densere
lavo,
lavere,
linio,
linire,
strido,
stridere,
m^rior,
moriri,
6rior,
6riris, 5riri,
ciere,
cire.
Mostly,
ferveo,
fervere,
fulgeo,
fulgere,
fodio,
fSdere,
tergeo,
tergere,
potior,
poteris,
tueor,
tueris, tueri,
civT,
civi.
Seldom.
fervo.
fervSre.
fulgo.
fulgere.
fbdio.
fodire.
tergo.
tergere.
p5tidr.
p6tiris.
tuor.
tueris, till.
citum, to move.
citum, to mote.
5. EDO, to eat, is redundant, being like esse and those parts
of sum which begin with e ; thus,
IND. Pres. Edo, es, est, Plur. ^vos estis.
SUB. Imp. Essem, esses, esset, essemus, essetis, essent.
IMP. Pres. Es, vel esto, Plur. este, v. estote, Inf. Pres. ess&
But ^do is also regularly conjugated like t^go, third conj.
IND. Pres, Ed6, edis, edit, Plur. edimus, editis, edunt.
DEFECTIVE VERBS.
I. A 10, 1 say, INQUAM, I say, FOREM, I might he, AUSIM,
lean dare, FAXIM, I may, or, might have done it, AVE, haUl
SALVE, hail! [your servant] CEDO, give me, tdl me, QUiSSO,
I pray.
INDICATIVE, Present.
Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur.
Aio, ais, ait, — ^Illi aiunt, Imp. aieb-am, -as, -^t, -amus, -atis, -ant.
Per/. — tu aisti, ille ait. Sub. Pres. tu aias, aiat, — aiatis, aiant.
Impes. ai tu, do you say. Part, of the Pres. aiens, saying.
INDICATIVE, Present.
Sing. Plur.
Ego inqu&m, inquis, inquit, inquimus, inquitis, inquYunt.
J^jf. — illc inquieh&t, — illi inquiebant. Perf. inquisti, ille in-
quit. I\it. inquiea, inquiet. Ihp«&. inc^ue, Vu^^Xo \m^ to^ KWm^
do /Aou say. Pamt. Pres. inquiens, saving*
( 51 )
SUBJUNCTIVE, Imperfect, and Plupetfect.
Sing* Plur.
Ego fbr^m, fSres, fdret, fbremiis, f^retis, fbrent.
Ego afR^rem, ajQfdres, afibret, aflTdremiis, afibretis, ajSbrent.
IinriN. Fut. fiSre, to be, to be about to be, the same as fuiurum
esse.
Infin. Fut, afifbre, to be, or, to be about to be, the same as fu-
turum esse,
SUBJUNCTIVE, Present.
Sing. Sing. Plur.
Ego ausim, ausis, ausTt, Perf. faxim, faxis, faxTt, — ^faxint.
Put. faxo, faxis, faxit, — yos faxltis, illi faxint.
Note. Faxim, and faxo, are used for fecMm, and fec^ro.
IMPERATIVE. INFINITIVE.
Sing. Plur.
Ave, a veto tu, Svete, avetote vos, hail ye, Avere, to hail.
Salve, salveto tu, salvete, salvetote vos, hail ye. Salvere, to hail.
IMPER. Sing, cedo tu, tell thou, Plur. cedite vos, tell ye.
INDIC. Pres. Ego quaeso, / pray, Plur. Nos quaesumus, ice
pray.
II. ODI, MEMINI, CCEPI, are called Preteritive verbs,
because they have only the Preterite tense, and those which are
formed from it ;
1. Odi, oderam, oderim, odissem, odero, odisse, to hate.
2. Memin-i, -^ram, -erim, -issem, -ero, -isse, to remember.
3. Coepi, coepe-ram, coepe-rim, coepissem, coepero, coepiss^,
to begin.
4. Nov-i, nov-eram, -erim, novissem, -ero, novisse, to know.
Though novi comes from nosco, noscere, novi, notum, to know.
But under these they also comprehend the signification of the
other tenses ; as, m^mtnt, 1 remember, or, 1 have remembered ;
odi, I hate, or, I have hated ; novi, I know, or, 1 have known ;
c(Bpi, I have begun, but not ccepi, I begin.
Part. perosOs, having greatly hated, exosHs, hating, hated.
Ihper. Sing, memento tu; Plur. mementote vos, remem-
ber ye.
III. IND. Pres. Ddns^ and Farts, &re used ; but dSr and for are not.
SUB. Pres. D&ns v. dire; fins y.f&ri seldom; d^r and fiir are never
used.
The compounds (iff6r, and ^r, are rare; addor Bnd redder are com-
mon.
IV. Other Defective Verbs are but single "wot^*^ %xi^ vyia^. w^^V^^^
PoetB! at, Infit, he begins, deftt, if U wonting ; %1b^ iox iS. ^\^^\S >l«^ ^**^^
mltXatforu vultts, if ye wiU; aodds, for a\ aud^^il v*^ dott.
( 68 )
IMPERSONAL VERBS
ARE so called because the wwrd or Nominative^ which is either imdw>
stood or expressed, before them, cannot be a person^ but a thing,
1. Impersonal verbs are mostly used in that which is called the tftsrtf
person singular., to which it, instead of he, is applied ; as, delect&t, i( itr
lights^ dScgt, it heeomeSi conUngit, it happens^ expgdit, it prqfits.
Impersonal verbs are also used, but rarelj, in the third person plural ;
as, Parvumy parva decent* Hor.
INDICATIVE.
I.
II.
III.
IV.
Pres. Delectat,
Imp. delectabat,
Perf. delectavit,
Plup. delectaver&t,
Fut. delectabit.
Decet,
decebat,
decuit,
decuerat,
decebit.
Contingit,
contingebat,
contigit,
contigerat,
continget.
Expedit,
expediebat
exp^ivit,
expediverat,
expediet*
SUBJUNCTIVE, &c.
Pres. Delectet,
Imp. delectaret,
Perf. delectaverit,
Plup. delectavisset,
Fut. delectaverit.
Deceat,
deceret,
decuerit,
decuisset,
decuerit.
Contingat,
contingeret,
contigerit,
contigisset,
contigerit.
Expedi&t,
expediret,
expediv^rit,
expedivisset,
expediT&rit.
INFINITIVE.
Pres. Delectare,
Perf. deleetavisse.
Decere,
decuisse.
Contingere,
contigisse.
EzpedirS,
expediyiBS^
Stat, prsstEt,
Spectat,
Jiivat,
* Vac&t,
Restat,
Constat,
placet,
patet,
latSt,
s51gt,
attmSt,
perttnSt,
acctdit,
condacit,
f^it,
BUfflClt,
destnit,
affictt,
conv&iYt.
ev&itt.
fit,sttbirt.
nSquit.
CGBptt.
prst&rit
2. Most Passive verbs may he used impersonally in the passive voice ; as,
turbattlr, there is a disturbance, Viro. responddtiir, it is answered; creditor,
it is believed; impSditttr, it is hindered; but more especially those which
otherwise have no passive voice; thus.
INDICATIVE.
I. II.
B is fought. It is provided.
Pr. Pugnatur, Cavetur,
Im. pugnabatur, cavebatur,
/^ pugmtum eat^ cautiim est,
/% pugnatiim erat, cautiim erit,
^^pugnabitur. cavebitur.
III.
It is run.
Curritiir,
currebatur,
cursum est,
rv.
Bis come*
Venitur,
veniebatiir
ventum est,
( 5S )
SUBJUNCTIVE, &c.
Pr, Pugnetiir, C&veatur, Curratur, V^niatiir,
/m. pugnaretur, caveretur, curreretur, veniretur,
P. pugnatum sit, cautum sit, cursum sit, vcntum sit,
PL pugnatum esset,' cautum esset, cursum, dz;c. ventum, 6ui.
jFIu. pugnatum fuerit, cautum, &;c. cursum, 6£c. ventumy dec.
INFINITIVE.
Pr, Pugnari, Caveri, Curri, Veniri,
P. pugnatum esse, cautum esse, cursum esse, ventum esse,
jFIu. pugnatum iri. cautum iri. cursum iri. ventum iri.
Examples,
Turbatur, sedctur, surgitiir, servitiir,
Erratur, Ridetur, Ambigitiir, Soevltur.
Impersonal verbs have seldom the Imperative Mood.
NEUTER VERBS
ARE sometimes Englished like Passive verbs ; thus,
; I. Conjugation, Indic. Pres. iEgroto, / am sick, aegrotas,
} thou art nek, aegrotat, he is sick. So exulo, to he banished ,
flagro, to be inflamed ; vapulo, to be whipt ; but otherwise are
construed duro, to endure ; sto, to stand, dec.
II. Conjugation, Indic. Pres. Valeo, / am able, vales, you
are able, valet, he is able, &;c. So albeo, to be white, ferveo, to
he hoif palleo, to be pale, ardeo, to be warm ; but otherwise are
construed sed^, to sit, maneo, to stay, placeo, to please, dec.
III. Conjugation, Indic. Pres. S^tugo, I am busy, satligis,
you are busy, d^c. So assuesco, to be accustomed, calesco, to
begin to be warm ; but otherwise are curro, to run, quiesco, to
rest, vivo, to live, dec.
IV. Conjugation, Indic Pres. SaevTo, I am cruel, ssevis,
thou art cruel, dec. So insanio, to be mad. CaecutTo, to be hlind^
dec.; but otherwise are gcstio, to rejoice greatly; venio, to
come, dec.
Neuter verbs have commonly two participles ; the one in -ns,
and the other in -riis ; as, veniens, coming, venturus, about to
come.
DEPONENT VERBS
ARE Englished like Active verbs, and are of all conjuga-
tions; thus,
I. Indicative Pres. Ego opinor, / think, or do thihk^ tu
5pinaris, dec. like dmdr.
II. Indicative Pres. Ego fateSr, I confess, or do confess^
tu fateris, dec. like ddc^dr.
III. Indicative Pres. Ego sequ6r, IfoUow, or do foll<no^
tu sequeris, dec. like t^gdr.
IV. Indicative Pres. Ego laigl^T, I bellow^ ot d» "be^to^
m hargiria, 4&c. like amdUir.
F
( M )
1. Dep6nent and eomnum Terbs haye generally four paiiiciples ; as, lar-
l^ns, hutowing^ lar^turtts, about to hettow^ largittLs, having hetiowtdy or
whjo have hestotoed^ largtendiis, to be bestowed ; dignans, vouchMcfing^ dig-
natortis, about to vouchsafe^ dignattis, Aavin^ vouefisafed^ or who have voucA^
safed^ dignandil8,'/o be vouchsafed.
2. Depdnent verbs have mostly gerunds and supines; as, N. largTfindliixi,
bestowing^ 6. largiendi, of bestowing^ D. largiendo, &c.
The supines, 1. largltilm, to bestow,, 2. largltu, to be bestowed,
3. In some Deponent verbs, the Participle of the perfect hath both an
Active and Passive signification, though that of the verb itself is only ac-
tive ; as, testatus, having testified^ or being testified; so ezpertiis, meditatOs,
mentitils, mddiUatQs, obllttis, veneratiis.
PARTICIPLE.
A Participle is a part of speech derived from a
verb, and always imports time.
% All Participles with respect to declension are adjectives.
% Participles in -n«, as, &m&ns, dttcfins, t^gens, audiens, are declined
like felix.
4. Participles, losing their signification of time^ become participial ad'
jectiveSySLad admit of the degrees of comparison; as, amans, amantior, aman-
tissimus.
5. Participles of the Perfect in -tus^ 'Sus^ 'xus, and the only one in "Uus^
mortuiis, are declined like J^niis,
6. Participles of the Future, in -rus, -dus^ are declined like bonus,
7. Participles in •duts, import necessity^ duty, or obligation, rather than
futurity.
8. It is essential to a participle, to come immediately from a verb.
A participle generally includes time : therefore ignarus, ignorant, HUf*
gans, neat, circumspectus, circumspect, /a/9u«, false, /7r^u«u8, prodigal, are
not participles, because they do not signify time; and tunicatiis, coated,
larvdtus, masked, and such like, are not participles, because they come
from nouns, and not from verbs.
9. The English of the Perfect Participle ends mostly in -rf, -t, or -n;
as, loved, taught, seen; and consists of only one word, though being is some"
times added to it ; as, amdtiis, being loved.
10. A PARTICIPLE and a noun, without the addition of another word^
cannot make complete sense either in English or Latin ; as, I written, ego
scriptiis, / seen, ego i^stts.
ADVERB.
AN ADVERB is a part of speech, joined in the
construction^ to a noun^ adjective, verb, parttcipfe^ or
^Aer advetb^ to express some circumstoifaie^ c^ua\\l>J^
( M )
or manner of their si^ification; as, splendYde, men-
daz, commendably feme — nunc frondent sylvae, now
the woods are green — b^nS, notdm, well known — baud
ultro — not designedly. Hor.
I. The following adverbs of quality, quantity, time, order,
manner^ ^. occur frequently in the course of reading.
ADEO, 80, 80 much,
Admbdiim, very^ very much,
AgS, come; come on; welly well.
Alia, another way^ some other way,
Altas, ont while^ at other times,
Altbi, elsewhere^ in another place,
Altter, otherwise^ after another way.
Amplitb, nwrcy longer^ sooner.
Bis, twice^ two ways^ two times,
CflBtSriim, buty in all other respects,
Ceu, as, even as^ like as, as it were,
Ciio, suddenly, quickly,
Claacttltiin, privily, secretly,
CoeltttlB, from heaven,
Comtniiii, nigh, at handy hand to hand,
Consulto, purposely^ deliberately,
Conttntlo, of course^ immediately,
Cras, to-morrowy in time to come.
Cor, why, whereforey for what cause,
Dentqu^ Jinallyy lastlyy in short,
Denuo, of newy anewy afresh,
Dtn, diutius, longy a long time,
Divinttiis, divinely y from God,
Duntax&t, onlyy at least, to wit,
Ecc^ to, beholdy see !
En, lOy secy behold !
Emtniis,yar offy at a distance,
£o, to thatplaccy thith/:ry to such a pass.
EodSm, to the sameplaccy to the same.
ESqutdSm, indeedy trulyy verily,
Ett&m, eUsOy even aSy yeSy yeay further.
IRjtemplo, forthwithy instantly,
Fermd, fSre, ahnosty nearly,
F5rls, abroad, Fbras, out of doors.
Ton, forte, perhapsy by chance,
Fors&n, forsttUn, perhaps,
Fortass^, fortassis, perhaps,
Frostra, inc&sstbn, in vain, amiss,
FundYttis, from the groundy utterly,
Hac, this wayy by this wayy this place,
Hactfintts, hitherto, thus far,
Haud, not, in no wise, Non, not,
Hiirl, yesterday, hie, here, illic, there,
HddU, to^ajfy hue, hitker.
IdentidSm, now and then,
InjQria, wrongfully,
Intdrdiim, S,ltquando, sometimes,
Tnt($roa, in the meantime.
Interim, in the meantime,
Itertim, agairiy repeatedly.
Intro, withiny intus, within.
Jam, nowy already y immediately.
Jam, by and byy hereafter,
Latine, in Latin,
LoDg6, at a distancey by far,
Maxime, chieflyy mosty yes,
M ddius fidiils. Mecastor.
Mehercle. Pol. ^dSpol.
Min'ime, leasty not at ally no way.
M5do, onlyy providedyjust now
Mox, immediatelyy by and by,
Ne, whether? [interrog.]
N6, noty [forbidding] as, ne timS.
Nd — quidem, not eveiiy not so much as,
[These two never stand together."]
Nffi, verilyy trulyy yes.
NempS, that t», surelyy namely,
N6 dum, mucli less.
Ndquaqu&m, not at all.
Nimis, too muchy nam iiim, too much
Nirairtlm, namelyy indeed,
Nondiira, not yety not as yet.
Nonntlnquam, sometimes.
Nunqu&m, 7ieo^,nunquam non, ever*
Obviam, to meet, in the way.
Glim, at present,
iOIim, in time past, formerly,
'Glim, in time to come, hereafter,
Omnino, whollyy yeSy altogether,
Par'itgr, equally y alsOy in like manner,
Partim, partly y in part.
Pariim, littUy ill, not well,
TAullsper, a little while, paulo, a littU
PdnS, almosty nearly.
PSntttts, entirelyy altogether,
Perqu&m, very much,
[Potto, moTtorer^ f \iT\>vCTTft»n..
PcteltldlCk^tHe dan ^^^'
HmoMBttUs, as befaUs men, oi men tw JPfttm» ipJC^iaVinxxm^ toXV^tx tVvt^S
( 56 )
Pnesdrftn, eapeeialli/, chiefly*
Pnesto, here^ on the spot.
Pridie, the day before^ pridem, lately,
Primo, primiiiB, JirsU
Prbcul, far off^ far from,
Prbfccto, truly^ indeed^ certainly,
Prttpe, near^ almost^ nearly,
PropgmSdiim, almost^ nearly,
Prorsiis, quite^ altogether^ wholly,
Puta, suppose^ to wit,
Quando, when ? at what time ?
Quarto, quartiim, fourthly.
Quasi, a£ if as it were^ like,
Quater, four times,
Quemadhibdum, after what manner.
Qui, how? quid, why? quoad, tUl,
Quidcm, indeed^ truly.
Quo? whither^ to what place?
QuOd, that^ because,
QuOminiis, that^ from^ not-that.
QuOmbdo ? how ? after what manner?
Qubties, Aow o/ifen.? Interrog.
Qu5ti6s, as often as. Indef.
Recens, newly ^ freshly^ lately.'
Rursiim, again^ on the contrary,
Rursiis, again^ a second time,
SeBpe, sBBpitts, ssepissime, often.
S&t, s&tt8, enough^ sufficient^.
Scilic)$t, namely^ that is to say.
SScundo, sectmdtim, secondly.
S^mel, once, never but once,
Senaim, perceptibly^ by degrees.
Seorsum, apart^ separately,
Simtil, together^ also, as soon as,
Soliim, only, Solummbdo, only,
Speci&tim, especially,, particularly,
Sursum, upwards^ up, above,
Tanquam, as if as well as,
Tantum, only, so much,
TantOmmbdo, only,
Ter, thrice, three times,
Temere, temeriter, rashly, readily,
Tbties, so often.
Tunc, turn, then, at that time,
Ubi? where? in what place?
Ubique, every where,
Una, together, along with.
Unquam, ever, at any time.
Usque, till, always, even, as long as,
Vespere, vesperi, in the evening,
Vicissim, by turns, alternately,
Viritim, man by man, separately,
Vix, scarcely, hardly, with difficulty.
Vulgo, commonly, publicly
II. Derivative Adverbs compared somewhat like their prim*
itives.
Acriter, acrtiis, ac6rrtm6, sharply, earnestly,
JEgTQ, BBgriiis, BBgerrime, feebly, hardly, with difficulty,
f. Audacter, audacitls, audacissime, boldly, daringly.
Bene, meriiis, optime, well, rightly, luckily,
Celeriler, ceJeritts, celerrime, quickly, hastily,
Cito, citiiis, citissime, suddenly, quickly, swiftly.
Diligenter, diligentiiis, diligentissimfi, diligently, carefully,
D'lO, diafitis, diatissime, a long time, a very long time.
Facile, facilitts, f acillime, easily, readily, without much tido,
Feliciter, felicius, felicissimS, happily, luckily, fortunately,
Forlitgr, fortitts, fortissim©, bravely, courageously,
JticOnde, jiicundiiis, jacundissime, pleasantly, merrily, gladly,
Leniter, leniiis, lenissime, mildly, gently, patiently,
LSviter, ISviiis, levissime, lightly, carelessly, slightly*
Libenter, libentius, libentissime, willingly.
Magnified, magnificenttus, magnificentissime, grandly,
Magntim, magis, maxtmS, greatly, more, chiefly.
Mais, pejtts, pessim6, badly, improperly, unfortunately.
MultUm, plus, plurimtim, much, more, mjost, very much,
Pridgm, pritls, prlmtim, lately, some while since.
Partim, mintts, minimfi, little, but a little, too little, ill,
Pr5pg, prbpttls, proximfi, nearly, near at hand, hard by,
SaJabritSr, salabriiis, salftbgrrim©, htalihfxdly^ safely,
Ten&citSr, tenacitis, tSnacisstmfe, firmly., relentioely.
l/tTlXt^r, txtilifis, atilisstme, prqfitahly., usefuUt).
( 67 )
1. Adverbfl ezpreis compendiously in one word, what must otherwise
h&Te required two or more : as, hie, for hoc loco ; semper, for omni tern*
pori, L&tine, in Latin, for Latina lingua, in the Latin tongue,
2. Hine, abhinc, inde, unde, are sometimes used for adjective*, and rela-
tives; as, hinc, for ab his, — inde, for ^us, — unde, for cujuSi — quo, — ^tit-
hus, — quorum, &c.
3* Certain nouns and verbs are sometimes accounted adverbs; as, nU,
nihil, ricins, puta, — nihU ille deos, nil camnna curat, Virg. SUi ricins
orto — quomodo, i, e, (quo modo) quamohrem — ob quam rem ; sciticet — scire
Hcei — ^illico — in loco; magnopiri; — magno opM ; videlicet — vidire licet;
iUicet — Ire Ucet ; nimirum — ni [est] mirum ; quari — qua ri, &c.
4. Interrogative Adverbs of time and place, doubled, or compounded
with the adjection cuNauE, soever, are thus Englished, iibiubi, or vincun-
que, wheresoever : and the same construction holds also in certain other
words; as, quisquis, or quicunque, whosoever; quantiis quantiis, or quan'
tuscUnque, how great soever ; iilut for uteunque, however.
PREPOSITION.
A PREPOSITION is an indeclinable part of
speech, set before a noun; as, aptus ad amicitiam^
fit for friendship; omnibus in terris^ in all the coun-
tries.
Prepositions are so called, because they are generally placed
before the noun to which they are joined.
Prepos^Uions joined with no noun, become adverbs; as, ante,
formerly, post, afterwards, contra, on the contrary.
These twenty-eight Pkefositioxs are set before the Accusative
case*
I. Ad, to, according to.
Apttd, at, near, aynong.
Ants, before, since, ago,
Advdrsiis, against, towards,
AdvdrftLm, against, towards.
Contra, against, contrary to,
Cis, citra, on this side, unth^mt.
Circa, circtLm, about, round,
Erga, towards, opposite to.
Extra, ufithout, beyond.
IntSr, between, among, in time.
Intra, vsithin, on this side.
Infra, beneath, below,
JuxUkt according to^ near i
Juxta, nigh to, near,
Juxta, by, [hard by."]
Ob, for, on account of.
Propter, for, on account of.
Per, by, through, during, among,
PrstSr, besides, except, contrary to,
PSnSs, in the power of.
Post, after, behind, since,
PonS, after, behind,
SSctis, by, nigh to,
SocOndtUn, according to, near.
Supra, abwe, before,
TranB, betioud^ wer^ wrt t\wt «*^«» ^^^
TJltn^ /artKer > IteyoinA.
F2
M
I
These fifteen Prepositions are set before the Ablative.
De, concerning^ after,
E, rf^from, out of.
Ex, oftfrom^ out of
'PTC>yfor, instead of,
PraB, before, in comparison of,
Palam, vjith the knowledge of.
Sin^, without,
Tentbs, up to, as far as.
II. A, from, 6y, after.
Ah, from, by, after,
Abs, /ro?n, by, after.
Absque, without, \butfor,'\
Ciim, with, along with.
Clam, without the knowledge of.
Coram, before, before the face,
Dd, of, about, respecting.
III. These four are set sometimes before thB Acctuative, and sometimes
before the Ablative case.
— In, in, among, into, towards, against, SUb, under, stiper, ahove, sub-
t&T, beneath.
Versus, towards, also governs the Accusative, ad being understood.
IV. These are called Inseparable Prepositions, being never found but in
compound words ; am, round, dl, asunder, dis, asunder, r^, again, siy aside,
ton, together.
EXAMPLES.
Ambto, to surround,
Divdllo, to pull asunder,
Distraho, to draw asunder.
Rglggo, to read again,
Sepono, to lay aside,
Concrdsco, to grow together*
Prepositions, in composition, frequently retain their original significa-
tion; as, adeo, I go to; abeo, / go away, I go from; ingrSdlor, / erUer, 1
go into ; yet
1. In, in composition, frequently expresses negation; as, impr^bo, to
disapprove ; iniquus, unjust ; Insequalis, inequal ; inaudax, cowardly ; but
2. In, in composition, sometimes increases the signification ; as, infrac-
tUs, greatly broken ; incantis, very grey ; incurvtis, very crooked,
3. Per often signifies very ; as, permagntls, very great, much.
Per sometimes deprives; as, perfidtb, /rcacAcroiM; perjXloc^, perfured,
'^ 4. Pra also sometimes signifies very; as, praedlves, very rich; prseval^
to be very strong,
5. Sub, commonly lessens, in composition, signifying little ; as, subtris-
tts, a little sad; subridSo, to laugh a little, to smile,
6. Ob, has sometimes the signification of malS, bad; as, obnuncio, to teU
bad news ; to give unfavorahle reports,
7. De frequently has the signification of deorsum, doum ; as, dectdo, to
fall down; descendo, to go down.
8. De sometimes signifies ^rea%, or much; as, de&iao, to love greatly ;
ddmlrSr, to admire much. But .
9. De sometimes changes a word to an opposite sense, and signifies pri-
vation ; as, ddmens, mad ; ddcQlbr, discolored,
10. Ex sometimes increases the signification ; as, exclamo, to call aloud;
but
11. Ex also signifies /?maf ion; fUi,ezB9sigVLiBt without blood; eic&nlmo,
to discourage, to dishearten,
12. Prepositions in composition frequently change^ lose^ or
assume some letter, or letters ; as, trdjtcio, for transjido^ prd^
d^^se^ for proesse; r^d^o^ for r^eo ; indig^o, for inHgeo ; pM^
^0, for perlucio; occtdOy for obeido ; comburo^ (ot oowiMro;
^^ forprdlavo,' occtdoy for obcido.
( 59 )
INTERJECTION.
AN INTERJECTION is an indeclinable part of
speef % thrown in between the parts of a sentence, to
express a sudden and irregular passion^ or affection ;
accordingly,
Some Interjections express
1. Grief; as, Ah ! hei ! heu ! eheu ! ah! alas! ah ! oA/ ahah!
% Wonder; as, Papae ! O strange ! Ehem ! hah ! proh ! oh ! 01
3. Praise ; as, Euge ! well done I O brave /
4. Exclaiming; as, Ah! pro! proh! OI Eja! away/
5. Imprecation; as, Vsb! wo/ alas/ alack/
6. Laughter; as, Ha/ ha/ he/
7. Aversion; as, apage, azcay/ begone/
8. Rejoicing; as, lo! huzza/ evax! ho/ brave/
9. Calling; as, heus! so/ ho/ soho/ do you hear/
These nouns and verbs are also used as interjections.
Q^<Bso/ malum/ sodes/ ac turpe/ et dmdbo/ n^fdsqne.
Some Interjections are natural sounds, and common to all
languages ; as, oh / ah / O/
Interjections sometimes express a whole sentence in one
word.
COJ[)fJUNOfPION.
A CONJUNCTION is an indeclinable part of
speech, which joins sentences together, and therebyli^
shows their dependence on one another.
Some Conjunctions are called
1. Copulative ; as, et, ac, atque, and; etiam, quSque, item,
also; cum, tum, both, and. Nee, neque, neu, neve, neither,
nor. Et, both, et, and.
2. Disjunctive ; as, aut, ve, vel, seu, sive, either, or.
3. Concessive; as, etsi, etiam^i, tametsi, licet, quanquiim,
quamvis, though.
4. Adversative; as, sed, veriim, autem, &t, ast, atqui,
but; tamen, attamen, verumtamen, yet, nevertheless, notvnth-
standing.
5. Causal ; as, nam, namque, emm, for; qui^, quippe, qud«
niam, because; qu5d, that, because.
6. iLLATri'E ; as, ergo, igitur, ideo, idcirco, it^que^ therefore ,
prolnde, therefore; cum, quiim, seeing, when ; c^^\i^&ojj».^«»^
seeing that, since, forasmuch as,
7. Final ; as^ ut, uti, that^ to ilie end tKot^ «o tVA*
( 60 )
8. Conditional ; as, si, if, sin, but if; dummSffo, promded,
upon condition that ; siquidem, if indeed.
9. Suspensive, or Dubitative ; as, an, anne, whethery niiin,
whether, anne, whether, not ; necne, or not.
10. Exceptive, or Restrictive ; as, ni, nisi, unless, except.
11. Diminutive ; as, saltern, at least, certe, at least, surely.
12. Expletive ; as, autem, vero, but, truly; quldem, equldem,
indeed.
13. Ordinative ; as, deinde, thereafter; denique, fnaUy;
insiiper, moreover; caeteriim, but.
14. Declarative ; as, videlicet, silicet, nempe, namely.
15. These conjunctions, que — ve — ne — and, or, whether,
never stand alone. They are called Enclitics, because they
throw back the accent upon the foregoing syllable, if it be
long, as,
Indoctusque pilcB, disctve, trdchive, qutiscit. HoR.
But the Enclitics qu^, v^, ne, joined to a s?u>rt vowel, do not
affect its pronunciation ; it still remains short, as,
Arbut^os fatus, montdndqiie frdgd Ugebdnt. Ov
Tantdne, vos gin^ris t^nuU fiducia vestri. Virg.
Signdque sex fdribus dextrls totidemque sinistris. Ov.
Note 1. The same words, as they are taken in different views, are both
adverbs and conjunctions ; as, an, anne^ num, are suspensive conjunction0»
and interrogative adverbs ; but as they are both indeclinable, we need not
be very exact in distinguishing them. ^
2. Other parts of speech compounded^ supply the place of conjunctions,
or adverbs ; as, post^a, afterwards ; praeterea, besides ; nihilominiis, newr-
theless; qvLomm^, that, from ; t6\6t&, in reality, indeed.
3. These conjunctions, according to their natural order, stand first in a
sentence ; Ac, atque, avt^ vH^ <ioe, ai^ sM, verum, nam, qwmdoquxd^m,
quocirca, quare^ sin, slquidem, prasttrquam. Sec.
4. These conjunctions and adverbs, ^nim, aut^m, viro, quoque, qutdtm,
contrary to their natural order, always stand the second words in a sen-
tence.
( 61 )
RUUES FOR THE GENDERS OF NOUNS.
THE Genders of Nouns are known by their significcUion, or
termination.
Rules to know the Gender by the signification.
What Nouns denote a HE, are masculine,
But every SHE cis female, we decline.
EXEMPLA.
BuHriSy Ajdx, CcBsdr, Phorhds, Didmedis. Rex, consul.
PenthSsUea, sdror. Dido, Sirenque Thalia. Ux6r, mulier.
But 6pera, a man-slave, copiae, forces; vigiliaB, watchmen;
sie feminine; and mancipiiim, scortum, prostibulum, servUiumy
are neuter, deriving their gender from their termination.
THE SECOND GENERAL RULE.
Months^ rivers^ winds^ and mountains^ pass for hes,
Trees^ countries^ cities^ ships^ and isles^ are shes.
EXEMPLA.
Martms HIC Hebrus, Zephyrus, pariterque, CUhcBron.
Popidus, JSm^nia, et Roma, HMC Centauries, dt Andrds.
Are all the names oi months, rivers, winds, and mountains.
masculine ? No.
Rhdddpe, Matrdnd, ^
JEtnd, Lethe, Sina.
r
What hills or rivers end in e, or a.
Are mostly yemaZe*, except Crim&rd. m.
Some names of mountains and rivers derive their gender from
their termination; as, Peli'dn-i, n. (also m.) Soract-i-is, n. Ismar
droriim, Dindym-d-orum, n. <Sf*c. HMC Styx, Stygts. But Ardr
Nor, and Adrid, the names of rivers, are masculine.
Are all the names of trees feminine ? No.
Call Rhamnus, Spinus males, and Trees in -st^r.
Trees neuter end in -wr, and some in -^r.
HOC Acer, Rolmr, Siler, atque SubSr,
HIC vel HMC Lotus, •Cytisus, Ciiprissus,
HIC vel HiEC Dumus, Rubtts et Ldrix; sed
HIC Oleaster.
By thete rules, well committed to memoiy w^^ \mA!Bts^ali^^^^ %\xy^«cN.
hjra a. solid fbund^tion ; Without whkihi uo onft C9iXi\^ ^^jwd^^^^. «kJwJ«^*
( «« ).
Are all the names of countries feminine ? No.
PontuSy a country of the Lesser Asid^ alone is masculine.
Are all the names of cities feminine? No.
1. Cities in i, and 6, and AgrdgdSj
Are males ; -^, -Z, -wr, -wm, for neuter pass.
Ut CrdMl, Sulm6y C<BrS, HispdJ, Tihur, Aqutniim.
Give other examples of cities in — i » u m.
2. Delphi, Feif , JRu^t, jPrw^tno, LugdunUm, EbordcHm,
CarUdlum, Edinhurgum, Londinum, Oxonmrn, Tusdilim,
AnxUr, a city of the Volsci, is both nuiscidine and neuter.
Are all other names of cities feminine ? No.
Cities in -usy making -untis in the Genitive, are masculine.
3. HIC Amdthus, et Opt/«, C^rd^u^que, Tun^^que, Cdnopus,
4. Totrn^ in i singular and a plural, are neuter;
As nether decline Gadir, Argds, and Tuder.
IllUurgi, Artdxaid, Bactrd, Ecbdtdnd, Hierdsdlymd.
5. AhyddSj the name of a city, is both masculine and feminine*
Are all names of islands of the feminine gender ? No.
6. Sdson, Sasonis, the name of an island, is alone mo^euZtne.
•
DECLINATIO PRIMA.
. Rules to know the Gender by the termination, or, ending.
V\\aivDk feminH generis sunt nomin^ primcB;
Sed dubil talpa ac ddmd; neutrum pdschd requirit.
f Sin fuerintve ndtentve, m^res, tu mdsculd dices;
Biblidpold, prdphetd, scribd, scurrd, pdetd ;
Adrid mas aequor, pariterque cOmetd, pldneta.
GR^CA.
1. HI mares, — as, — €s Lycidas, Achates.
FeminaB HM multse, ut DsmkequS Lachne;
Candac^ mitts; MeiQequS dives,
Callidpe^t^e.
2> iBneas, Anchises, Archytas, PythagOras, Hylas, Amjmtaa.
B6r€as, Leucates, Lycftbas, Polites, Philoctetes, larbas*
S* Patronfmica in -des, ut Atridts maacuVaL «>\mlo
PatroDymlctL in -ne ut iVerin€ mu\V€V>i\a svmto^
. ( 68 )
DECLINATIO SECUNDA.
1. The second has males in -ir^ -cr, and -us ;
As^ vir, puer, ager, HIC dominus.
\ Feminina excepta,
Alvus H^C, vannus, ddmus, ac ^remus,
Carbasus, nardus, diametrus, ArctOs,
Ficus, €t byssus, syn6dus, p&pyrus
Antiddtus^ue.
RiU diphthongus, di&Iectus, balus,
RUi crystallus, methddus^z/^, ndta
I Ex Odos ; costus, pharus, dc h^aniaque
HMC siH qiuBTunt,
Dubia excepta.
HIC vel HMC dondnt ^tdmus, c&melusy
Barbitus, grossus, cdlus et ph&selus,
HIC vel H^C dondt balanus cdpUlis
Pr€ssd vinustis,
Neutrd exceptd,
HOC melos, virus pelagus, ch^os dant;
Valgus at HIC, HOC.
IL All nouns with netMrs place, that end in -um,
Except such prefer names as Glycer*um.
To this Declension do belong, Lesbds, Naxds,
Greek terminations -ds^ -dn, -os; Alpheds, Eleds.
On is neuter; as, IliOn^ Alln6n, harhUdn.
But masculine are -d^, and -o^. AndrdgSds, AtJtos,
DECLINATIO TERTIA.
1. The third has m^tks in -cr, -or^ -o^, -w, -o,
Most nouns axe feminine in -rfo, and -go.
ImhBr^ dZorque Idhos^ HIC ren^ leoy imdgo, cupido,
Exceptd Neutrd in -^, dr, -as*
Gingiber, laser, pip^r, dtque tuber,
Spinth^r, et cicer, lav^r et cadaver,
Verbdre HOC sequOr, sis^r aiqtU maxmot)
/ Vb6reic6rt ver, it€r, Oe, &d6rque«
O.S9U6 papaveT.
( «4 )
Fimirdnd et neutra in -oTj -os^ -n, -o.
Arbdr, HMC arbos, c^rd, dantque cos, dos,
Alcyon, sindon, et aedon, icon.
Pollen, HOC unguen ddbU aique gluten,
HOC simul inguen.
Masculind in -<2o, -go,
HIC daMnt cudo, ligo, tendo et ordo,
HIC dabunt mkrgo, fSrus et Cupldo,
HIC dahU mango ^mtd aique cardo ;
Grando sed HiEC dat.
11. Verbals in -io HjEC likewise procure^
HjEC, -as, -aus, -es, -is, -x, and -s impure.
Lectio^ libertds, laus, rupes, vallis et arx, mens.
Mascullna in -io.
Ast in 'io^ num&rum aut corpus signdntid ddnt HIC.
Terni6, pugio, gobio, it histrio, centurio^MC.
Artdcreas neutrum; sic vas, vasisqueyw^iirMm/
ChrcRca di in as, -knils fiicientid masculd sunto,
Ut Phorbas, AtMmas, elephas, adamas^z^^ gigas^ue.
Vas vddis, mas HIC simid as ^Stlssis.
Assis et partes putd bessis, jnoybint;
HIC triens, sextans, stmul dtqui quadrans,
HIC deunx, quincunx, pdrUerque dodrans ;
Uncia dt HMC est.
Neutra in Ss.
iEs, SBiis, neutrum; neutra Jubc in -es haud vdrtantur,
Hippdmanes, panaces, nepenthes, cum cacdethes.
' Masculina in -es, 'is, -x, -«.
Rex, Phoenix, bombyx, chalybs, varix,
Grex, vortex, sorex, volvox, calix,
] Gryps, cespes, hylax, limes, ensis,
Glis, fomes, torns, gurges, mensis,
5. Dis, Phaeax, vepres, vermis, vertex,
Bes, callis, caulis, fustis, vervex,
Mons, spadix, rudens, vectls, foUiSy
Pons, term^, axis, t&]^, colUs^
N&talis, fornix, l^bes, QAufifi,
10. Satell^s, verresy irldena, poWex,
{ 66 )
Lienis, auspex, sentis, apex,
Dens, orbis, codex, remex, l^tex,
Pes, palmes, popl^s, stipes, tram^Sy
Phryx, p&ries, caudex, tudes, am^s.
t 15. Seps, unguis, magnes, sanguis, pulex,
Thrax, frutex, miirex, hydrops, culex,
Acinaces, postis, piscis, fascis, ' ^
Fens, coccyx, lapis, cJmex, cassTs,
, r All nouns in -nis ; aSy panis, igniSy
20. Cucumis, natrix, vomis^ thorax,
And auceps, merops, torrens, ramex.
IIL JVouns in -c, -a, -Z, -c, -/, -ar, -men, -wr, -«*,
May with the neuter kind be class'd by us.
EXEMPLA.
LdCj dtddemay animal^ mdrSj sinciput, hspar, et agmen*
Murmur^ ^hury n^tts, et thusj jungito neutris*
I Masculina, in -7, -ar, -us, -men.
Conafil HIC mugil salar, atquS furfur,
j Turtur it vultuis lepiis, atquS sol, mus,
Pus^u^, composta HIC tribuent ; l&gopus
£L£C p^ii ttsque^
Sal is masculine and neSter ; Flamen and Hymen are fMiscU'
line; halec (a kind of pickle) is found ^/emtmne and neider*
Femintna in -us,
H^C ddbunt tellus, pecus, et juventus,
Servitus, incus, ddbit H^C senectus ;
H^C s§,lus, virtus, palus * atque subscus
H^C simul optant. *Hor*
HIC vel UMC.
The poets these for males or females take,
Just as it serves their turn for verse^s sake.
Lynx, bubo, perdix, amnis, finis,
Calx, limax, obex, torquTs, cinis,
Scrobs, pulvlts, clunis, pumex, sandix,
C&nalisy corMs, ftdeps, imbrex,
I Sdipfl, gnu, et nlex, angvita, cotVax^
Pftlumbisy seipeiiB, lint&C) Vni^Vi*
( 66 )
TJiese are common, HIC et HiEC.
Some nouns there are a general sense that have^
Denote each sex, and so both genders crave.
Conjux dtquS parens, infans, p&triielis et hseres,
Affinis, vindex, judex, dtix, miles, ^t hostis,
Augur ^t antistes, jiivenis, conviva, sacerdos,
^_ Muni^u^ceps, vates, &d5lescens, civis ^t auctor.
Gustos, nemo, c5mes, testis, sus, bos^t^^, canis^e,
Interpres^M^ cliens, princeps, prses, martyr, it obses,
Praesiil, homo, praeses^ue dpifex, ales^t^^'-sddaljs.
These nouns are reckoned common in signification, but
not in construction.
Advena, ruric5la atque senex, juvenis^ue lanista,
Exlex, fur^t^ pedes, cocles, rabula atqui hdmiciday
Agricdla, auriga, index, praesul, transfuga^ lixa,
Pincerna, assecla, dc opifex, eques, hospes, it obses,
Interpres, princeps, conviva, pu^l,.vigil, exul,
Inc51a, Trojugena dc prses, Indigena dtqui Latinus,
DECLINATIO QUARTA.
JS'ouns of the fourth in -m are masctdine,
But those in -w as neuter we decline.
Feminina excepta.
Querciis, ^nUaqui tribus, s5criis, H-^C nuriis, HiE simiil idus.
Porticus HiEC, d5mus, et manus, ILEC acus diqtii r^ulrutU.
Femtnind secundae et quartse.
Ficus €t pinus, (cSliis it cupressus,
HIC vel HiEC) laurus, ddmus atqui cornus,
Flexiris quarta pdrtter secunda, et
HiEC tiM donant.
Peniis and specus are m.f. or n. and of the second^ thirdy and
fourth declensions. Nom. Hic, ks:c, hoc penus, G. peni,
penus, et pen5ris — declined like ddminiis, fructus, and nemus.
•
DECLINATIO QUINTA.
Plurim& femmei generis sunt nomlni quintse ;
His at dempt^ videbia nempe m^riqueiit^ HIC :
HIC aut HJEC numgro ptiino ; isX 131 tvXfe «&«»&»
( 67 )
HETEROCLITA.
Nomin^ quae v&riant, vel deficiunt, superantve
Casibus, aut §,lias ; isthsec heteroclita sunto.
VARIANTIA.
1. Dindymus, Taygetus, Tandrus ^ are masculine in the sing.
McmdlOsy PangcBuSj Ismdrus, > but neuter in the plural,
Masstciis^ AvernOs, Tartarus ^ J To these add Gargdrus, /
2. Fraenum and Idcus, wiih rastrum and jdcus, hi, el kmc.
Have fraeni and loci, with rastri and joci, hi, et hjec.
And fraena and loca, tcitk rastra and joca, hi, et hmc.
>
Hoc sunt Neutrd singular! ; masciila et femtnind plurali.
3. Argds HOC ccelum, elysium^u^ ddnt HI,
Balneum frigens epulum H^ r^quirunt
(Balnea at neutra Juv^nalis inquit)
Delicium^ue. ^y
4. CarbdsHs vero H^C p^riter sUpellex^
Pergdmus quondam Prtdmi pdtentis ;
Pergdmd at Tnmm numero diiali
Neutrd leguntur.
DEFICIENTIA.
D€clindt^idn^f g^n&ri^ numero et cctsu dicta sunt.
1. APTOTA.
QuaXid sunt semis^^ smapi it Moly^u^ gummi,
Et p^^grina ; Ut Hebron, Eliezer, Machir, Abijam,
LU^{B; dt Alpha — fru^, nequam, tot, qu5t, 6puaque,
2. MONOPTOTA.
Inquies, expes, potis, inci-tas, -ta, *
Compede,* ambage, inficias, €t astu,
Fauc^ cum pondo ; v^^o^que sexto,
" Illtus ergo."
Dicis, ^ nauci — ndmfyi^d quarttB,
Jussu ^ injussu, simul et relatu,
Et diu, noctu, admdnitu^u^ promptu,
JungUo natu.
1
( 68 )
3. DIPTOTA.
Hsec mddd ddnt casus diid hir, vdlupe atqu^ nScesse,
Inst^r ^ /stu,* vespere vesper, tt impete, spdnte,
Impetis, ^ spontis, etc verbere verberTs,f 6ptat»
Jugeris ordt jugere, fors it forte riquirit.
(
4. DIPTOTA.
Dot tabi, tabo, repetundarum, repetundis,
Siippetise ddnt suppetias, chaos dtqui cMo dot,
InferiaB ddnt Tnferias, paulum ddtd paulo,
Tantundem format tantldem, mille^t^e milli.
5. DIPTOTA, quae Genitivo plurali carent.
Rufa, fores, maria, ora, ambages, aera^t^^ doles.
6. DIPTOTA non variantia.
I Pd^que nifds^ ip6sy atque milosy Tsmpe cacdethes;
iV«?, nihil et gratis, cete nunquam ^rSriantur.
Instar, adorqu^ necessum — ^plura his forte videbis.
7. TRIPTOTA.
Dot sordis, sdrdem, sorde ; dtqui viciaqui, vicemque*
Et vice, ddtqui preci^w^ precem^rtt^ prece ; et di-c^ -cam -caau
Dot mactus, macte et macti ; dc opis dc ope, opem ddt,
, 8. TRIPTOTA, GHiiivo, DativOy Ablativo plur. viduS.
Cassibus spectes viduata trinis
Rus metus, mel, thus, it hyems, simiil far :
Nomina et quintce, nisi res dies^ue,
Q^(B diid servant,
9. NOMINA quae Gen. plur. c&rent.
Fax^ti^ vicis, labes, lux, proles, ffex, 86h6lesqiief
AiquS necis : sol, solum ; os, orum, non im^nda*
10. NOMINATIVI i>bsdl€H.
Frux, peciis, HMC ditio, nex, daps, vix InvirMnlMr.
^ Sing, N. Hoo ABftiiy Ace asta nomen urbis.
fiur. N. rerbMj 6. verb&ttm, D. VQr\)^\>^MK''«c\:^£a^%Mu
( ©9 )
Haec niiineris netUrd binls sed cass& vTdentur.
Deg^ner et puber, vil pubes, pauper, ^ uber.
Disc5]5r atqu^ memorqu^, tricorpor, compds ^ impos,
JEt dives, Idcuples, sospeaqu^j bipes^u^ silperstes,
Perpes, praepes, hebes, deses, reses, €t teres, ales ;
Junge vigil) supplex, sons, insons, comis, inops^t^e,
Intercus^^, redux, impubis, seminecis<2'U6. .
Carter at 6bs6lU — H^C victrix, altnx, stmul HOC plus.
NOUNS, which mostly want the plural:
All proper names (1), and times of life (2),
With vices (3), which have caused much strife,
Herbs (4), metals (5), liquors (6), nouns abstract (7),
Grain (8), virtues fair (9), and terms of art (10),
Things weighed (11), or measured (12), want the plural^
Though of such nouns admit not sure all. '
EXEMPLA,
(1) JEneaSy Anna^ &c. except they be plural only; as,
Gracchi, the Gracchi; (2) juventiis, youth, senectus, old age;
(3) avaritia, covetousness, ebrietas, drunkenness; (4) apium,
parsley, algS, sea-weed; (5) aurum, gold; plumbum, lead; (6)
oleum, oU, saliv^, spittle ; (7) magnitude, greatness, longitudo,
length ; (8) ad6r, wheat, piper, pepper ; (9) justiti^, justice,
temperantia, temperance; (10) m^dicin^, physic, the515gi&,
divinity; (11) gluten, glue, cera, wax; (12) arenIL, sand, sal,
salt.
Nouns, which cannot, with good sense, admit of the plural
number, generally want it ; as, sanguis, blood, aer, the air, &c.
yet the poets frequently, for the sake of the measure, use the
plural instead of the singular*
Distributive numbers, as singiili, bint, temi, want the sing.
PUrtqu^ and pauci, the plural, are often used ; but plerus-
que and paucUs, the singulars, are rarely found.
MtisdUd sunt tdntum h(Bc niim^rd c^ntentd s^cundo
' Furfures, manes, lemures, et artus,
Aique majores, superi^ue cani,
Inferi, fines, pr6ceTesque vcpres,
Codicilli, antes, Luceres^tie sentes,
Atque Penates.
Ccelites, fsLScesquS f5rl, mmores,
Posteri, fastus, ^miil dc Quirites,
Liberi, luSiqu^ sliles, &moTea,
Atgn^ iiatales, partt^qu^ caaaeE,
Indigeteaque.
7" a. o < i
( 70 )
H(Bc suntfemin^i g^nSrts num^riqui «^cuii<K.
Literse, partes, phalerse^u^ bigae,
Et facilitates, tenebrse, plagsB^ue,
Nundinse, nugae, induciae, salinae^
FrvBBtigissque.
Feriae et nonae, salebrae, calendae,
Et minae, dirae, dc apinaegu^ valvae,
Cyclades, thermae, exuviae atqu^ cunaSy
DiYitisBque,
Sic d^pes, fruges, Dry&des^^ gerrse,
Ac fores, idus, decimae dtqu^ scalae,
Nuptiae ac aedes, scatebrse, qu&drigae,
Exequiae^t^.
AiquS fortunae, excubiaB^t^^ lactes,
SicquS Chelae, Alpes, Charites^u^ Gades,
Ac 5pes, tricae, insidiae^e vires,
Vindiciaej'Me.
Atque Cumae (urbes) Ulubrae^'tt^, Thebad,
Sic Mycenae alia, liquidae^t^^ Baiae,
Elt graves Cannae, ceUhres Athenae ;
Claz5men8e^2£6.
Sic et Minturnaegt^^ Fidenae, Acerrae,
Formiae, Nursae, Capuae, Calesque,
Parcae it Antennae, Str5phades^t«e dirae,
Thermopylae^we.
Eumenides, furiae^ue fUcetiae &. induviaegt^e,
Primitiae, iGsquiliaegue Hyades, nc munditiae^tie.
Rarius Jubc primo, pluralt neutrd Uguntur.
Lautia, principia ei b5n^, ^icqui crepundia, scruta,
Compita et intestina, juga et lament^^u^ tesqua,
Castra ac hyberna dc, aestiv^^t/^ rnuni^, flabra,
JEY praecordia, lustra, ^ serta ac drgi&, justa,
I Anna, exacta, ac rostr^, Ceraunia, mMtitia atquet
Biblia et aulaea, ac c6nchyli&, pasciiHy sacra ;
Bellaria atque repotia, «ic cunabtila et exta*
ComUi-a, -drum, an assembly of ihe whole Roman peoph.
At vix hoc primd plUrali neutrd Ug&ntwr*
Mcenii, tompdrfi, sic sponsali^, viflcei^SL^ junge
f/fdr&gr br^?ra, aiju^ magalia, U ''\m (Mrir ^pA.
( 70 )
H<Bc suntfemtnH g^nSrts num^riqu^ s^cundU
Literae, partes, ph&lerse^u^ bigae,
Et facilitates, tenebrse, plagsB^ua,
Nundinse, nugse, inducise, sallnsB)
PrsBstigisegue.
Feriae €t nonse, salebne, calendse,
Et minse, dirse, dc apinsegu^ valvsB,
Cyclades, thermae, exuviae atqu^ cunaSy
Drvititeque,
Sic dapes, fruges, Dry&des^^ genrsB,
Ac fdres, idus, decimae dtquS scalae,
Nuptiae ac aedes, scatebrse, quadr^ae,
Ex^quiae^e.
AiquS fortunae, excubiaB^t^^ lactes,
SicquS Chelae, Alpes, Charites^u^ Gades,
Ac 5pes, tricae, insidiae^jt^ vires,
Vindiciaej'uc.
Atque Ctimae (urbes) Ulubrae^ti^, ThebaB,
Sic Mycenae mUBj liquTdae^u^ Baiae,
Et gravis Cannae, c^Uhris Athenae ;
Claz5mense^2£e.
Sic et Mintumaegt^^ Flfdenae, Acerrae,
Formtae, Nursae, Capiiae, C^lesque,
Parcae ^t Antennae, Strdphades^ue dirae,
Thermopylaegue.
Eumenides, furiae^ue fUcettae H induviaegtie,
Primitiae, iGsquiliae^t^ Hy^des, nc mmi^iiiBque*
Rarius Jubc primd, pluralt neutrd UgurUur*
Lautia, pnncipia et b5n^, Hcqu^ crepundia, scruta,
Compita et intestina, juga it lamenta^u^ tesqua,
Castra ac hyberna dc, aestiv^^^ inuni^, flabra,
Et praecordia, lustra, ^ serta dc drgi&, justa,
[ Arma, exacta, dc rostr^, Cerauni^, mMtitia atque^
Biblia it aulaea, dc c6nchj^li&, pasciilly sacra ;
Bellaria dtqui rep6tia» sic cunabiila & exta*
Comiti-&y -drum, an assembly of the whole Roman people.
At vix Jubc ptimd pUarali nefOrii UgSmXur.
Mceni&f tempdr^, sic sponaaliS., viecer& ; junge
( 71 )
HaBC ndmin& eandem slgnificationem plurali, saepius &pud
pdetdSf quam singulari, sibi arrdgant.
EXEMPLA.
Alt&, c6m8B, currus, cervices, inguin&, rictus,
Et tedae, thalami^t/^, t5ri, jejunia vultus,
Orft, jiibse^^ ignes, Hymensei, teinp5r&, mores,
~ PectcJrS, keu/ 6dia; atquS cr^puscula, r6b5r&, terga
Exilia, dc irse, €t connubi^, nummS, eolla,
Gaudii., hjBtdy aundqui sTlenti^, llmina, H orae,
Littora, ephippi^^ue otia, corpora, guttura, cnmis,
Regna, r5gl, perjuri^ ; tsedi^, prsemift, corda.
"^ REDUNDANTIA Nominativo.
H(Bc quasi luxurtdnt vdrtds imttdnttd, fbnnds*
Dot baculus baculum, clypeus clypeum^ti^ c5metes,
Atqu^ comets, tiara, tiaras, materies^ue
Materia, dc elephas elephantus, barbitus atqtte
Barbitds, dtque ltd barbitdn, et cinis dtquH ciner dot.
Fdrmdt hdnos &> honor, labdr, dtqu^ l^bOs^t^ r^quiritj
^ Panthera dc panther, vomis ddt vomer ^ uncus,
DatquS propheta prophetes, it cuciimis, cucumer ddt,
Tignum et tignus, ddos 5d5r et, crater^^u^ crater.
Arb5r et arbos, ^Ether, ^Ethera dc usqu^ r^qtnrunL
Teucrus *^»irTeucer, M eleagrus sic M eleager.
Delphin, delphinusque lienque lienis h^bebit.
REDUNDANTIA cdsihus dbliquis.
Calcha-s, -ae, et Calchantis, Gang-es, -se, et Gangis.
Euphra-tes, -tee, et -tis, Mulci-ber, -beri, ^t Mulciberis.
Angipor-tus, -tl, et -tus, vas (vasis) plur. v&s^, vasorum.
Juge-rum, -ri, et jugeris, AbL jugere, plur, juge-ra, -rum.
Ti-gris, -gris, ^ tigridis ; requi-es, -etis. Ace. requiem.
Pe-niis. -ni, -nus, -jidris ; specus, specl, specus, specdris. .
Sufficiant pueris hsec, si discantur ad unguem ;
Cum multis quae jam prisci meminere Poetae.
( 72 )
THE FORMATION OF VERBS.
PRIMA CONJUGATIO.
JlVI prcetSrtto ddhit ATUM pnmd sUpino.
VERBS of the first conjugation form their perfect tense in
•am, and supine in -atum; as,
Amo, ^mare, amavi, ILmatiim, to love.
EXAMPLES.
Sper5, fatigS, noto, castigo, vindico, euro.
-^stimS, velo, fugo, laudo, v6cd, vulnerS, muto.
Placo, patro, celo, improhd, vito, litigo, sedo.
Et rogo, velo, puto, invoco, pulso, nego, p^r6, mando.
ImpetrS, concito, devoro, sublevo, vendico, colo.
Denego, c6nv5c6, comparS, denotd, praBgravd, fundo.
Colligo, derogo, comprobd, H indico, dono, trucido.
Commuto, appello, educo, H efiero, kt dbser5, lego.
Aggero, delego, alqu^^ revelo, supputo, privo,
Et 16cd, collocd, destino, culpo, coronS, laboro.
Commodd, despero^u^ saluto, milito, nudo.
Formido ac elimino, dedecSro atque decoro.
Irrito, fortuno, inspico, verbero, luxo.
Instigo, extrico, profligo, devoro, sano. •
Commigro, demigro, mitigo, sibilo, copulo, navo.
Persevere, perseverare, perseve-ravi, -ratum, to hold on,
EXCEPTIONS.
Do, dare, dedi, datum. Compounds sal%8'Circum-'pe8sun-''o^«um*
Cubo, ciibare, cubiii, ciibitum, to lie doum, to go to bed.
accubd, deciibS, incubo, occubd, procubS. C. recubo, to recline.
SoUQ, sdnare, sonui, sonitum, to sound, to ring. C. ad. con. in.
assQn5, consono, insdno, persono, resono, desono, circumsono.
Ton6, tonare, tonui, tonitiim, to thunder, to roar, C. ad-circum.
att6n6,circumtono, intono: retdn-o, -are, -ui, 'itum,to sound again.
D5mo, domare, domui, domitum, to tame, to conquer, C. e-per.
perddmo, perdom-are, -ui, perdomitum, to subdue entirely.
Veto, vetare, vetui, vetitum, to forbid, to hinder: C. none.
Crepo, crepare, crepui, crepitum, to crack, to make a noise.
discrepo, discrepare, discrepavi, et discr^p-ui, -itum, to differ.
increpd, increpare, increpavi, et increp-ui, -itum, to chide*
Mico, micare, micui, — to shine, to glitter, C. inter-pro- but
emicd, emicaref emicui, emicatum, to leap out. Viso.
^unico, dfmicaref dimicavi, dtimicatum, to Jvght, to slnriiMiV.
( 73 )
Sto, stare, steti, statiiin, to stand, C. — stiti, -stitum et -statum.
obsto, obstare, obstiti, obstitum et obstatum, to hinder, C. ad-con-
Jiivo, juvare, juvi, jutum, [juvatum] to help, C. adjuvo.
L^vo, lILvare, lavi, lotum, lautum et lavatum, to wash, C. of the 3d.
diliio, dlluere, dilui, dilutum, to wash, temper, mix, C. pro-e-di.
FrTco, fricare, fricui, frictum, to rub, C. defrico, r^frico-in.
Plico, — ^plicare, to fold, to knit together, C. du-tn-multi-re-sup.
duplico, triplico, multiplico, replico, supplic-o, Jiave avi-atum.
applico, complico, implico, have -ui, -itum, and -avi, -atum.
explico, explicare, explicui, explicitum, to spread out, unfold.
explico, explicare, explicavi, explicatum, to explain, interpret,
Seco, secare, seciii, sectum, to cut. C. con-de-dis-cx-re-se-inter.
Neco, necare, necui, necavi, necatum, to kill, to slay, C. e-inter.
eneco, enecare, enecavi, et enecui, enectum, enecatum, to slay,
interne-co,-care,-cavi,-ciii,-ctuni,-catum, to put all to the srcord,
Poto, potare, potavi, potatum, et potum, potus sum, to drink,
Labo, labare, — 4o waver, tofaU, decay, Nexo, nexare, — to knit.
Sicut AMdnflictis hoc deponent la prima.
Asperndr, scrutor, ven6r, furor, l^cvXorque,
Ac epiilor, mddulor, versor, contemplor, 6pinor,
^'Assentor, meditor, causor, palor, medicari,
Ampullor, Isetor^ua adversor, scitdr, &dulor.
" 5. Sic op^rOr, solor, mordr, dtior, ac miseror vos!
Lamentor, jocor, it poplalor, luctor, peregrinor,
Rusticor, insidior, rixor, modulor, minor, hosti,
^ Mirdr, §.qu6r, stomachor, vag6r, aemuldr, aucupor, efibr.
Grassor, abominor, et veneror, precor, usqu^ reluctor.
^ 10. CcJmminor,^* commissor, prsestolor^t^e peculor.
Crimmor aJbqii^ lucror, tutor^t*^ negotldr, hortor.
Sciscitor it cunctor, percontor, morigeror nam,
Prssdor, et arbitror, amplexor, domindr^t^ recordor.
^ Conspicor it nugor convivor, convitior non,
15. Gratulor et stipiilor, grator, mercor^t^^ refragor.
_ SuspiccJr dc imitor, conor, rimor, spatior nunc.
Auspic5r, it testor, diversor, machinor artes.
Gloridr, it conflictcJr, it imprecdr, auxilior^ue /
Sermdcindr, famulor^ue, interpreter ore serind,
20. Halliicindr, frustror, scurror, plscor, speculor nunc,
Bacchdr, consilior, juvenor, ratiocinor apte,
^ Jurgdr, feridr, execr5r, indignor^u^ supindr.
Suayfor dtqu^ c&lumni5r : aversor, stipiilor jam*
Mutiior. Hisplura augurdr Inv^mencUi mdelAa*
( »4 )
SECUNDA CONJUGATIO.
AUird prcdinto ddt UI, dclt ITUM-qui slipind.
ACTIVE VERBS in NEO— BEO— REO.
MONEO| m5nere, m^nui, m^nitum, to warn, to inform*
admdneo, comm5neo, subm6neo. Prsemdneo, tojorewarru
Praebeo, praebere, praebui, praebitum, to afford, to give.
IVIereo, merere, merui, meritum, to deserve, to merit, C. con.
commereo, demereo, emereo, prsBinereo. Promereo, to oblige.
Debeo, debere, debui, debitum, to owe, to be in debt, to be due.
Terreo, terrere, terrui, territum, to affright, C. abs-de-con-per.
Habeo, habere, habui, habitum, to have, C. change a into i.
adhibeo, adhibere, adhibui, adhibitum, to apply, to use, C. con.
cohibeo, cohibere, cohibui, cohibitum, to curb, refrain, keep.
exhibeo, exhibere, exhibui, exhibitum, to show, to exhibit.
inhibeo, inhibere, inhibui, inhibitum, to hold in, to restrain.
perhibeo, perbibere, perhibui, perhibitum, to affirm, to say.
prohibeo, prohibere, prohibui, prohibitum, to forbid, debar.
rddhibeo, redhibere, redhibiii, redhibitum, to take back, but
posth&beo, posthabere, posth&bui, posthabitum, to postpone.
BEO— CEO— REO.
Jubeo, jubere, jussi, jussuin, to bid, to command, to order.
Sorbeo, sorbere, sorbui, sorptum, to sup, to swallow, C. ab.
absorbeo, absorbere, absorbui, absorptum, [ex-re want suptne»»'\
Doceo, docere, d5cui, doctum, to teach, C. ad-con-de-e-per-siib.
perdoceo, perddcere, perdScui, perdoctum, to teach perfectly.
Arceo, arcere, arcui, — to drive, C. con-ex, turn a into e.
coerceo, coercere, coercui, coercitum, to restrain, to cotfine.
exerceo, exercere, exercui, exercitum, to exercise, to practise.
Miaceo, -ere, -ui, mistum, mixtum, to mix, Q. ad-com-in-inter.
r^mis-ceo, -cere, -ciii, remistum et remixtum, to mix again.
Torreo, torrere, torriii, tostum, to roast, C. extorreo, to dry.
-NEO— VEO— PLEO—
Teneo, tenere, tenui, tentum, to hold, C. change e into a.
retin-eo, -ere, -ui, retentum, to retain, C. con-de-dis-ab-sud, sub.
attmeo, pertineo : abstin-eo, -ere, -ui, to abstain, want the sup.
Foveo, fbvere, fovi, fotiim, to cherish, C. con-re-foveo.
Mdveo, mdvere, movi, motiim, to move, C. di-e-prd-per-rMoHM*
Vfiveo, v6vere, vovi, votum, to vow, or wish, C. dev6veo«
PJeo is obsolete; C. expleo, explere, explevi, expletum, tofiL
sup'pleOf -plere, -plevi, -pletum, to 8upplt|) C. ^om-^^Axsir^ii^'^
<«
^
( 75 )
These Verbs in DEO double the perfect of the Simples, but not
of the Compounds.
Mordeo, mordere, m5m6rdi, morsum, to bite, Ck ad-de.
remordeo, remordere, remordi, remorsum, to bite back.
Pendeo, pendere, pependi, pensum, to hang, C. de-im-pro.
dependeo, dependere, dependi, depensum, to Jiang on, depend*
Spondeo, spondere, spospondi, sponsum, to promise, C. de-re.
respondeo, respondere, respond!, r.esponsum, to answer,
Tondeo, tondere, tdtondi, tonsum, to clip, C. at-circum-de*
detondeo, detondere, detondi, detonsum, to clip off.
GEO— CEO— QUEO.
Mulgeo, mulgere, mulsi, mulsum, mulctmn, to inilk,C e-im.
Urgeo, urgere, ursi, — to urge, C. ad-ex-per-sub.
Mulceo, mulcere, mulsi, mulsum, to stroke, C. de-per-re.
Torqueo, torquere, torsi, tortum, to twist, C. dis-ex-re.
Tergeo, tergere, tersi, tersum, to wipe, C. abs-de-ex-per.
CTeo, ciere, civi, citum, to move, to stir up, C ac-con-ex.
excieo, exciere, exclvi, excitum, to excite, to summon,
Augeo, augere, auxi, auctum, to increase, C. ad-ex.
Lugeo, lugere, luxi, luctum, to lament, C. e-pro-sub.
-" DEO— MEO— LEO.
Video, vTdere, vidi, visum, to see, C. in-per-prae-pro-re.
Timeo, timere, timui, — to fear, C. per-sub-ex.
Deleo, delere, delevi, deletum, to blot out, deface, expunge*
Sileo, silere, silui, — to be sUent, to be calm. Active and neuter
^TEO— CEO. Active and neuter.
L&t^o, latere, latui, latitiim, to lie hid, C, all want the sup*
deliteo, delitere, delitui, — to be hid from, to lie hid from.
interlat-eo,-ere, -ui, — ^perlat-eo, -ere, -ui, — sublat-eo, -ere,-ui,—
Taceo, tScere, tacui, taciturn, to be silent, C. turn & into i.
contic-eo, ere-ui, obtTc-eo, -ere-ili, -retyc-eo, -ere-m, without sup
^ VEO— CEO— REO— DEO— GEO. Transitive.
C&v^o, cSvere, cavi, cautilm, to beware, C. praecaveo.
Faveo, favere, favi, fautum, to favor, to be propitious.
Ndceo, ndcere, nocui, ndcitum, to hurt, to injure,
Pareo, parere, parui, paritum, to obey, to be subject to, C. ap-com*
Pl&ceo, placere, placui, pl&citum, to please, C, com-per ; but
dispUceo, displicere, displi-ciii, -citum, to displease, turns d into T.
Sti^eO) studere, studui to study, to desire eamestl^^dxjfM^^
8uad^, suadere, suasi, suasum, to admse, C ^x^-'^x^nsa.^^^*
ladulg&o, ittdalgere, indulsi, indu\tum,to indulge^ t« caTW«-
/
( 76 )
Neuteb Vebbs in LEO— REO— CEO.
Doleo, d5lere, dolui, ddlitum, to he grieved, C. con-in-per.
conddleo, conddlere, condolui, condolitum, to sympathize with^
perdoleo, -ere, -ui, -itum, to be much grieved, C. eon-in.
Careo, carere, c^rui, caritum, cassum, (cassus sum) to want.
Liceo, licere, licui, licitum, to he valued, (a singular verb.)
JS,ceo, jacere, j^cui, [jacitum] to lie, C. ad-inter-prae-sub.
Exdleo, exdlere, exolevi, exoletum, to grow out of use, to fade*
inoleo, inolere, inolevi, inol-Uum, et -etum, to grow into use*
Obs51eo, obsolere, obs51evi, obsoletum, to fade, to be^qfut of use.
Neuter Verbs in LEO — ^NEO.
01^0, olere, olui, olitum, to smell, C. ob-re-sub.
5boleo, obdlere, obolui, obolitum, to smell strong of
reddleo, redolere, red51ui, redolitum, to send forth a smell.
siibdleo, subolere, subolui, subolitum, to smell a little.
Ab51eo, abolere, abolevi, Obolitum, to aholish, to destroy.
Ad51eo, adolere, adolevi, adultum, to grow up, (to bum.)
Co&leo, coalere, cdalui, coalitum, to grow together, coalesce.
VSleo, valere, valui, valitum, to be strong, C. aequi-con-in-prae.
Fleo, flere, flevi, fletum, to weep, C. afleo, adfleo, defleo.
Neo, nere, nevi, netum, to spin. Neuter, and also Active.
Maneo, manere, mansi, mansum, to stay, C. e-per-re.
Neuter Verbs in DEO— REO— SEO.
Rideo, ridere, risi, risum, to laugh, C. ar-de-ir-sub-rideo.
Hsereo, hserere, hsesi, hsesum, to stick, to stay, C. ad-co-in.
Ardeo, ardere, arsi, arsum, to burn, C. exardeo, inardeo.
Censeo, censere, censui, censum, to think, to show an opinion.
suc-cen-seo-sere-censuIrpensum,to5ean^2// C. accenseo, to ode?*
recens-eo, -ere, recensui, recensum, to rehearse, to survey.
Neuter Verbs in DEO— GEO— CEO.
Sedeo, sedere, sedi, sessum, to sit, C. of sedeo, change ^ into X.
C. as-sideo, con-dis-in-ob-pos- ^br potis, prae-re-sub-per-sideo.
circum-sideo, [vel circumsedeo] -sedi-sessum, to besiege.
Super-sideo, [vel supersedeo] sidere-sedi-sessum, to forbear.
Prandeo, prandere, prandi, pransum, [pransus sum] to dine.
Fulgeo, fulgere, fulsi, — to glitter, to shine, C. af-ef-pwe-rS-intcr.
Algeo, algere, alsi, — to be cold, to catch cold, to be starved. Juv»
FrigSo, frigeref frixi, — to be cold^ C. perfrigeo^ refrigeo*
Turj^^o, turgercy tursi, — to «ioe2Z, to be puffed up, to "be <viveni«
Xf, jQcere, luxi, — to shine^ to give UgHt, C* ^4i^-^\A-^«^*
( ri )
Neitteb Vesbs which want the Supines.
o-ere, albui, to he white. M arce-o-re, marcui, to he feeble*
-ere, arui, to be toithered. Nigr-eo-ere, nigrui, to be black*
$o-ere-ui, to be hard, know.
o-ere-ui, to be warm.
-eo-ere-ui, to be red hot*
kS-ere-ui, to be grey*
^o-ere-ui, to be famous.
>-ere, egui, to need, want.
-eo-ere-ui, to be needy.
•eo-ere-iii, to be eminent*
eo-ere-ui, to be afraid.
eo-ere, ferbui, to be hot.
i-eo-ere-ui, to bear leaves.
30-ere, florui, to flourish.
-ueo-uere-iii, to be faint.
•eo-ere, licui, to be melted.
BO-ere, madui, to be wet.
Nit-e6-ere, nitui, to be bright.
Pall-eo-ere, pallui, to be pale,
Pat-eo-ere, patiii, to be open.
Pute-o-re, putui, to be nauseous.
Putre-o-re, putrui, to be putrid.
Rig-eo-ere, rigui, to be stiff.
Rub-eo-ere, riibui, to be red.
Sil-eo-ere, silui, to be silent.
Splend-eo-ere, -ui, to be clear.
Stup-eo-ere-ui, to be amazed.
Tep-eo-ere, tepui, to be warm.
Torp-eo-ere-iii, to be dull.
Tiime-o-re, tumui, to be swelled.
Vir-eo-ere, viriii, to be green.
Vig-eo-ere, vigiii, to be lively.
TER Verbs which want both the Perfects and the Supines.
, avere, to be eager.
o, calvere, to be bald,
y, cevere, to fawn on.
§0, densere, to thicken.
o, flaverc, to be yellow.
le-o-re, to gnash the teeth.
eo, glabrere, to be bald.
o, hebere, to be dull.
io, humere, to be moist.
!0, lactere, to stick milk.
Liveo, livere, to be black ^ blue.
Nideo, nidere, to glitter. Obs.
Promin-eo-ere, to stand out.
Polleo, pollere, to be mighty*
Renid-eo-ere, to shine*
Scateo, scatere, to be full*
Sordeo, sordere, to be mean*
Squal-eo-ere, to be nasty*
Strideo, stiidere, to roar, crack*
Uveo, uvere, to be moist.
y
Deponent Verbs of the second conjugation.
>r, fateri, fassus sum, to confess, Comp. turn a into i.
teoT, confiteri, confessus sum, to confess, C. con.
)or, difiiteri, difiessus sum, to deny, disown, C. dis.
eor, profTteri, prdfessus sum, to profess, declare, own.
►r, liccri, licitus sum, to value, to offer a price, to bidfor*
or, mederi, medicatus sum, to cure, to heal, to remedy*
)r, mereri, meritus sum, to deserve, C de-com-e.
eor, misereri, misertus sum, to pity, to have mercy on.
;Sor, polliceri, pollicitus sum, to promise voluntarily*
reri, ratus sum, to suppose, to judge. Deriv. irritus.
', tueri, tuitus sum, to defend, to behold. Q. \\!^!s^^\^
T, v^reri, verituB sum, to fear. C. lleN«t^Qt, wiXsn'est^vst.
r, videriy visua sum, to ^eem, to appear.
H
( 78 )
TERTIA CONJUGATIO.
PrcBtSntifdrmOsqng Supini has tertiA posdt.
VERBS in AGIO— ICIO.
F^cio, flcere, feci, factum, to do^ to make, C. turn a into i shorL
perficio, perf icere, perfeci, perfectum, to finish, C. af-con-in.
afiicio, afflfcere, affeci, affectum, to affect, to influence, C. con-pro.
ofHcio, oflficere, offeci, — to hurt, C. re-ef-inter-de-prae-suf-
arefacio, calefacio, madefacio, tepefacio, benefacio, exper-
gefacio, satisfacio, malefacio, olfacio, patefacio, retain a.
Jacio, jacere, jeci, jactum, to cast, to throw, C. change a into i.
rejicio, rejicere, rejeci, rejectum, to reject, C. ab-ad-con-de.
Lacio is obsolete, but the Comp. ad-per turn a into i short.
allicio, allicere, allexi, allectum, to allure, to attract, draw on.
pellicio, pellicere, pellexi, pellectum, to wheedle, to deceive*
elicio, elicere, elicui, elicitum, to coax out, to entice, draw out*
Specie is obsolete, but the C. turn e into i. C. ad-sus-sub-as-re.
inspicio, inspicere, inspexi, inspectum, to inspect, C. con-de-sub*
^DIO— GIO— PIO.
Fodio, fSdere, fodi, fossum, to dig, C. con-ef-re-suf-trans,
Fugio,'fugere, fugT, fugitum, to shun, C. ad-dif-ef-suf-re.
Capio, capere, cepi, captum, to take, C. change a into i. C. ad*
accTpio, accipere, accepi, acceptum, to receive, C. ob-re.
occipio, occTpere, occepi, occeptum, to begin, to enter on.
r^ipio, recipere, recepi, receptum, to receive, C. in-con ; but
antecapio, antec^pere, antecepi, antecaptum, to take before.
Rapio, rapere, rapui, raptum, to snatch, C. change a into i.
eripio, eripere, eripui, ereptum, to snatch from, C. ab-ar-cor.
Sapio, sapere, sapui, — to be wise, to taste, C. change a into i.
desipio, desipere, desipui, — to play the fool, to dote.
resipio, resfpere, resipui, — to be toise again, to taste.
Ciipio, cupere, cupivi, cupitum, to desire, C con-dis-per.
^RIO— TIO.
Pario, parere, pepSri, partum, to bring forth young, to produce.
C. of pario are aU of the fourth conjugation, and turn a into e.
aperio, aperire, aperui, apertum, to open, to disclose, C. ad.
^erio, dperire, ftperui, 6pertum, to shut up, to hide, C. ob.
comperio, comperire, com-peri-pertum, to know certainly, C. con.
reperio, reperire, reperi, repertum, to find out, to discover, C. re*
Quitio, quatere, quassi, quassum, to shake^ C. cast away a.
diacutio, discutere^ discussi, diecuaauxat to discuss^ sift^ C. de*
( 79 )
.GUO— CUO— DUO— BUO.
Argilo, argiiere, argui, argutum, to reprove, C; co-redargiio.
Aciio, aciiere, aciii, acutum, to sharpen, C. exacuo.
Exiio, exuere, exiii, exutum, to strip off clothes, to strip*
Indiio, induere, indui, indutum, to put on clothes, to put on*
Imbiio, imbuere, imbiii, imbutum, to wet, to tincture, stain.
Tribuo, tribuere, tribui, tributum, to give, assign, C. at-con-re.
Liio, liiere, liii, luitum, to pay, expiate, atone, C. ab-al-col-
poUuo, polliiere, polliii, pollutum, to defile, to pollute, violate*
Minuo, minuere, mmui, minutum, to lessen, C. com-de-di-im.
St^tuo, statuere, statui, statutum, to appoint, C. change a into i.
Bub-sti-tuo-tuere-tui-tutum, to represent, C. con-de-in-pro-prae-
Suo, suere, siii, sutum, to sew, C. assuo, consuo, resiio, insuo.
^UO— RUO— TUO.
Fliio, fluere, fluxi, iluxum, to flow, C. af-con-de-dif-of-re-ef.
Striio, struere, struxi, structum, to build, C. con-de-ex-super.
Ruo, riiere, rui, ruitum, to fall, C. have riitum, not ruitum.
diruo, diruere, dlrui, dirutum, to overthrow, demolish.
obruo, obruere, obrui, obrntiim, to overwhelm, drown, C con
corriio, corruere, corrui, , ifruo, irruere, irriii, C. in.
Metiio, metiiere, metui, , to dread, praemetuo, C. prae.
Pluo, pluere, plui, , to rain, shower down, C im-per-com*
GRUO— NUO— PUO. Compounds.
Congruo, congruere, congrui, — to agree, to suit, Gruo is ohso*
Ingriio, ingruere, ingriii, to fall on violently, to invade.
Annuo, annuere, annui, — q/*ad and nuo, to nod, to assent, C. ad.
reniio, reniiere, renui, , to nod back, refuse, deny, C. re.
abniio, abniiere, abniii, , to nod from, to refuse, C. ab.
inniio, innuere, innui, , to nod, beckon toith the head, C. in.
Spuo, spiiere, spiii, sputum, to spit, C. exspuo or expiio ;
respuo, respuere, respiii, — , to spit back, to reject, want the sup.
BO— BI— BUI— PSI.
Bibo, Dibere, bibi, bibitum, to drink, C. combibo, ebibo, im.
Scabo, scabere, scabi, — , to scratch. Lamb-o-ere-bi, — , to lick
Cumbo is obsolete, C. ac-recumbo, oc-re-suc-cumbo lose the m*
Accumbo, accumbere, accubui, accubitum, to sit at table*
Scribe, scribere, scripsi, scriptum, to write, C. ad-con-de.
eon-scribo, -scribere, -scripsi, -scriptum, to enroll to enZist«
Nubo, nubere, nupsi, nuptum, nupta s\im>to be marned*
( 80 )
^O— XI— CI— VI— CTUM.
Dico, dicere, dixi, dictum, to stay^ tell, C. ad-contra-e-pne.
Duco, ducere, duxi, ductum, to lead, C. ab-ad-con-de-tra.
Vinco, vincere, vici, victum, to conquer, C. con-de-per-e-re.
Ico, icere, ici, ictum, to strike, smite, C. " Reice capellas." Viro
Parco, parcere, peperci, parcitum, et parsi, parsum, to spare,
Cresco, crescere, crevi, cretum, to grow, C. con-de-ex-re ; but
accresco, in-per-pro-suc-super-cresco, want the supines.
Disco, discere, didici, — , to learn, C. de-con-de-e-per-prae-ad-
edisco, ediscere, edidici, — , to learn well, to learn by heart,
Dedis-co, -cere, dedidici, to unlearn, to forget what we learn,
SCO— VI— TUM.
Nosco, noscere, novi, notum, to know, C. dig-inter-ig-per.
digno-sco-scere, dignovi, dignotum, to discern ; but three C.
agnosco, cognosco, recognosco, have nitum in their supines,
Quiesco, quiescere, quievi, quietum, to rest, C, ac-con-re.
Scisco, sciscere, scivi, scltum, to inquire, C, conscisco, re.
ascisco, asciscere, ascivi, ascitum, to adopt, to ordain,
conscisco, consciscere, conscivi, conscitum, to procure, to vote,
Suesco, suescere, suevi, suetum, suetus, to accustom, C, as-con.
Pasco, pascere, pavi, pastum, to feed, C. dep-asco-avi-astum.
compesco, compescere, compescui, — , to curb, to check,
dispesco, dispescere, dispescui, to separate, to divide,
Innotesco, innotescere, innotui, — , to be made knovm, Neut.
Posco, poscere, poposci, — , to demand, C. ap-de-ex-reposco.
repo^co, reposcere, rep^posci, — , to demand back, to redemand,
Fatisco, fatiscere, — , — , to gape, to chink, gli-sco, -scere — to rage,
Hisco, hiscere, — , — , to mutter, to gape, to open the mouth,
Inceptives in SCO borrow the Perfect Tense.
Calesco, calescere, calui, — , to begin to be warm, from cdleo,
Tremisco, tremiscere, tremiii, — , to begin to tremble, from tr^mo,
Obdonnis-co, -cere, obdormivi, to begin to sleep, from dormto,
Resipisco, resipiscere, resipiii, — , to begin to be wise, from sapto,
Horresco, horrescere, horrui, to begin to be afraid, from horreo,
£xpaves-co, -cere, expavi, to begin to dread, from expaveo,
^DO— Dl— SUM.
Cudo, cudere, cudi, cusum, to forge, C. ex-in-per-pro.
Mando, mandere, mandi, mansum, to chew, C. prse-re.
Scando, scandere, scandi, scansum, to climb, C. turn a into e.
ascendo, ascendere, ascendi, ascensum, to climb to, C. con-de
Prehendo, prehendere, prehendi^ prehensum, to take, C. ap-
Prendo, prendere, prendi, prensum, to take, to lay hold of,
Cando is obsolete, but its C. turn a into e ; a^,
Accendo, acceDdere, accendi, accensum, to kindle, C. in-suc#
incendo, Incendere, incendi, incensum, to set on jire, lo hum,
euccendoy succendere^ succendi, succenawm^to IcVn^e^ \ujlcwft»*
( 81 ) -
Fendo is obsolete ; the C. of fendo are thus conjugated :
defendo, defendere, defend!, defensum, to defend^ to guard*
offendo, ofiendere, offendi, offensum, to offend, to stumble.
Fundo, fundere, fudi, fusum, to pour out, C. af-con-dif-ef-suf-in.
Scindo, scindere, scidi, scissum, to cut, to rend, destroy.
Findo, findere, fidi, fissum, to cleave, to split, to plow.
-DO—DI— SUM.
Pando, pandere, pandi, passum, et pansum, to open, C. ex-
pandor, pandi, passus sum, to be opened, [passis capillis] Virg.
Edo, edere, edi, esum, to eat, C. ad-amb-ex-per-sub-con.
cdm^o, c5medere, c5medi, comesum, et comestum, to eat.
Stndo, stridere, stridi, — , to creak, to crash, to make a noise.
Rudo, rudere, nidi, — to bray like an ass. Side, sidere, — to sink.
C. qfsido borrow their preterite and supine ^rom sedi, sessum.
consido, consTdere, consedi, consessum, to sit down, C. as-de.
obsido, obsidere, obsedi, obsessum, to block up, C. in-per-re-sub.
/ Simple Vebbs in DO — ^DI — SUM — that double.
Tundo, tundere, tutudi, tunsum, to pound, C. have -tudi-tusuni.
contun-do, -dere, contudi, contusum, to bruise, C. ex-ob-per-re.
Cado, cadere, cecidi, casum, to fall, C. change a short into \.
accido, in-con-de-inter-pro-suc-cido-cidi, want the supines ; but
occido, occidere, occidi, occasum, to fall, set, die, to go down.
recido, recidere, recidi, recasum, to fall back, have the supines.
Caedo, csedere, cecidi, csesum, to kill, beat, C. turn ae into i. ob.
Occido, occidere, occidi, occisum, to kill, C. ex-con-circum, re,
decide, excido, incido, -inter-re-suc-cido, -cidere-cidi-cisum.
"^ Tendo, tendere, tetendi, tensum, et tentum, to stretch, to bend.
portendo, portendere, portendi, portentum, to presage, portend.
contendo, contendere, contendi, contentum, to contend, to stretch.
Pendo, pendere, pependi, pensum, to weigh, to pay, to esteem.
rependo, rependere, rependi, repensum, to repay, C. im-sus-ap.
impendo, impendere, impendi, impensum, to spend money.
C. of DO, DARE, DEDI, DATUM, make didi—ditum, as,
Abdo, abdere, abdidi, abditum, to hide, to conceal, C. ad-con-dido,
addo, addere, addidi, additum, to add, C. superaddo.
dido, didere, dididi, diditum, to distribute, to digest, spread out.
reddo, reddere, reddidi, redditum, to return, give back, restore.
edo, edere, edidi, editum, to publish, to tell, to edit, C. transdo.
prodo, prodere, prodidi, proditum, to discover, to betray.
dedo, dedere, dedidi, deditum, to surrender, to submit, give up.
perdo, perdere, perdidi, perditum, to lose^ to <ie«trot|^G% itk'i^^*
deperdo, di£;per-do-dere-d;di-ditum, to murder, C. \^^wA^-
erSdo, credere^ credidi, creditum, to bcliew, tnji«l,Cr**veA»*
■*»••■ J
( 08 )
Fendo, vendere, vendidi, venditum, to sell, to set to sale.
subdo, subdere, subdidi, subditum, to put under, to subdue ; but
abscondo, abscondere, abscondi, absconditum, to hidefronim
^DO-SI— SUM.
Vado, vadere, [vasi, vasum] to go, C. e-in-per-super-vado.
Rado, radere, rasi, rasum, to shave, C. ab-cor-de-e-prae-sub.
Lsedo, laedere, laesi, laesum, to hurt, C. change ae into i ; as,
allido, allidere, allisi, alllsum, to dash against, C. col-il-e-lido^
Ludo, ludere, lusi, lusum, to play, C. al-col-de-e-il-inter,
Divido, dividere, divisi, divisum, to divide, distribute,
Trudo, trudere, trusi, trusum, to thrust, C.abs-con-in-re.
Claudo, claudere, clausi, clausum, to shut, C. reject a, ex-oc-ob.
excludoy excludere, exclusi, exclusum, to shut out, C. con-in-re.
Plaudo, plaudere, plausi, plausum, to clap hands for joy*
applaudo, applaudere, applausi, applausum, to applaud*
circumplaudo, circum-plaudere, -plausi, -plausum ; but
complodo, displodo, explodo, supplodo, C. change au into o.
Rodo, rodere, rosi, rosum, to gnaw, C. ab-ar-cor-e-ob-pras.
Cedo, cedere, cessi, cessum, to give place, to yield, C. abs-ante-ac.
accedo, accedere, access!, accessum, to be added to, to come*
C. con-de-dis-ex-in-inter-prae-pro-re-retro-se-suo-abs-cedo.
GO— XI— CTUM.
Cingo, cingere, cinxi, cinctum, to gird, C. ac-dis-in-re-suc.
af-fli|fo, -fligere, -flixi, -flictum, to afflict, C. con-in-pro-fligo,
confligo, confligere, conflixi, conflictum, to engage, encounter,
Jungo, jungere, junxi, junctum, to join, C. ab-de-con-se-in-sulx
Ungo, ungere, unxi, unctum, to anoint, smear, perfume*
Lingo, lingere, linxi, linctum, to lick, C. delingo, delinxi, — ,
Mi;ngo, mungere, munxi, munctum, to clean the nose, C. e— '
Plango, plangere, planxi, plane turn, to beat the breast, lament*
Rego, regere, rexi, rectum, to govern, C. turn e into i shwrt*
erigo, erigere, erexi, erectum, to raise up, C. ar-por-sur-sub.
subrigo, subrigere, subrexi, subrectum, to raise, to lift high*
porrigo, porrigere, porrexi, porrectum, to hand out, to stretch*
^O— XI— CTUM.
Tcgo, tegere, texi, tectum, to cover, C. con-de-ob-pro-re.
Tingo, tingere, tinxi, tinctum, to dip, to die, to stain, C* con-in.
Surgo, surgere, surrexi, surrectum, to rise, C. as-in-con-de-re.
insurgo, insurgere, insurrexi, insurrectum, to rise against*
Pergo, pergere, perrexi, perrectum, to go forward, to go on.
Stringo, stringere, strinxi, strictum, to bind, C* a-con-dis.
Fingo, Gngere, £nxi, fictum, tqfeigri^ C. «£-coik-t^-dif-8uf.
Piago, piDgere, pinzi, pictuui) to painty C% w^^e-^Vei^*
« -•
( « y.V:
^O— EGI—ACTUM.
Frango, frangere, fregi, fractum, ta hredky C. turn & into i.
perfringo, perfringere, perfregi, perfractum^ to break through.
suf-fringo-fringere-fregi-fractum, to break under, C. dif-ef-in-re.
Ago, agere, egi, actum, to do, to drive, turn a into i, short.
^bigo, abigere, abegi, abactum, to drive away, C. adigo, to drive.
transadigo, transadigere, transadegi, translidactum, to pierce.
siibigo, subigere, siibegi, subactum, to subdue, C. trans,
transigo, transigere, transegi, transactum, to transact, run thro^.
exigo, exTgere, exegi, exactum, to require, C. redigo,
redigo, redigere, redegi, redactum, to reduce; but these
circumago, circum-agere, -egi, -actum, to drive round.
perago, peragere, peregi, peractum, to perform, to finish.
sat-ago, -agere, sategi, — , to be busy about, turn not & into ?.
prodigo, prodigere, prodegi, — , to lavish, to squander.
dego, degere, degi, — , C. of de and ago, to live, to dwell.
cogo, cogere, coegi, cdactum, to force, C. of con and Sgo.
ambigo, ambigere, , to surround, C. of am and ago.
Vergo, vergere, , to look towards, to decline, to sink.
^O— GI— XI—CTUM.
Tango, tangere, tetigi, tactum, to touch, C. turn a into \,
contingo, contingere, contigi, contactum, to touch, reach.
attingo, attingere, attigi, attactum, to arrive at, to reach to.
pertingo, pertingere, pertigi, pertactum, to reach along.
Lego, legere, legi, leciuniyto read, to gather, C. allego, perlego,
sublego, sublegere, sublegi, sublectum, to steal, purloin. Vir.
praelego, relego, are conjugated like lego, but the Compounds
colligo, recoi-e-se-de-Iigo-ligere-Iegi-lectum, turn e into i.
diligo, diligere, dilexi, dilectum, to love dearly, C. di-lTgo,
negligo, negligere, neglexi, neglectum, to neglect, C. nec-lego.
intell-igo-igere-exi-ectum, to understand, to know, C. inter-lego»
^O— GI— CTUM.
Pungo, pungere, pupugi, punctum, to sting, C. make punxi,
compungo, compungere, compunxi, compunctum, dis ; but
repun-go, -gere, repupilgi, et repunxi, repunctum, to vex again.
pango, pangere, panxi, et pepigi, pactum, to drive in, to compose.
Pango, pangere, pepigi, pactum, to bargain, to covenant.
Pango, pangere pegi, pactum, to fix, C. change e into i ; con-
compingo, com-pingere, -pegi, -l[>act\im, to Joluto^eSiWr^^^ ^s^-
impingo, impijig^ere, impegi, impsuclum to dosK agoicMA.^^^^^
( 84 )
-GO— GUO-SI— XI— XUM.
Spargo, spargere, sparsi, sparsum, to spread, C. turn a into e.
aspergo, conspergo, inspergo, dispergo, dispersi, dispersum.
Mergo, mergere, mersi, mersum, to dip, C. -e-de-im-sub.
Tergo, tergere, tersi, tersum, to vnpej C. abs-de-ex-per.
Figo, figere, fixi, fixum, to fix, C. af-con-re-suf-in, prae-
Ango^ angere, anxi, anctum, to strangle, to choke.
Mingo, mingere, minxi, mictum, to make water*
Stinguo is obsolete; the following are its Compounds,
Distinguo, distinguere, distinxi, distinctum, to mark, divide.
Extinguo, extinguere, extinxi, extinctum, to quench, appease.
Restinguo, restinguere, restinxi, restinctum, to allay, put out.
^HQ-XI— CTUM— LO— LUI.
Traho, trahere, traxi, tractum, to draw, C. abstraho, at, re
contraho, con-trahere, -traxi, -tractum, to draw together.
distraho, distrahere, distraxi, distraetUm, to draw asunder.
Veho, vehere, vexi, vectum, to carry, C. aveho, ad-con-pro.
inveho, invehere, invexi, invectum, to bring in, re-trans.
C51o, cdlere, c51ui, cultum, to till, toorship, inhabit, C. ac.
excolo, excolere, excdlui, excultum, to cultivate, improve.
occiilo, occulere, occului, occultum, to hide, cultivate, cover.
Consulo, consulere, consului, consultum, to devise, consult.
Alo, alere, aliii, alitum, et (per syncopin) altum, to nourish.
Cello is obsolete; the C. ante-ex-prae, want the supines,
ante-cello, ex-prae-cello, praecellere, praecellui, — , to excel.
percello, percellere, perculi, perculsum, to overthrow, strike.
LO— LI— SUM. '
Pello, pellere, pepuli, pulsum, to drive, C. ap-de-re-dis-in.
compello, compellere, compuli, compulsum, to compel.
pro-pello-pellere-puli-pulsum, to pu^h forward, C. re-per-dis-ex.
Fallo, fallere, fefelli, falsum, to deceive, C. turns a into e.
refello, refellere, refelli, — , to refute, to disprove, to confute.
Velio, vellere, velli, v. vulsi, vulsum, to pull, C. a-con-e-inter.
prae-re-velli, vel vulsi-vulsum. C. de-di-per-velli-vulsum.
Psallo, psallere, psalli, — , to sing, or, play on an instrument.
Tollo, tollere, sustuli, sublatum, to lift, to take away.
sufiero, sufierre, sustuli, sublatum, to suffer, endure.
attoUo, attoUere, — , , to take up, to raise, C. ad-de.
-MO— MUI— PSI— TUM.
Fremo, fremere, fremui, fremitum, to rage, C. ad-con.
affremo, conffemo, infremo, perfrem-o, -ere, -ui, -itum.
Gemo, gemere, gemui, gemitum, to groan, C. aggemo.
TBgemo, regemere, regem-ui, -itum, C. congemo, ingemo.
Tremo, tremere, tremui, tremitum, to tremble, C ^^xk-vck*
Demo, demere^ dempsi, demptum, to take a'w>tt'y,leweu%
( 85 )
Promo, prOmere, prompsi, promptum, to bring out, C. de*
Expromo, expromere, exprompsi, expromptum, to draw out.
Sumo, sumere, sumpsi, sumptum, to take, C. ab-as^on-re-in*
Como, comere, compsi, comptum, to deck, to dress hair, C. none*
^MO— MI— PTUM.
£mo, emere, emi, emptum, to buy, C. change e into i. ad.
adimo, Hdimere, ademi, ademptum, to take away, takefromn
dirimo, dirimere, diremi, diremptum, to decide, to part,
eximo, eximere, exemi, exemptum, to take out, to exempt,
interimo, interimere, interemi, interemptum, to kill, consume.
perimo, penmere, peremi, peremptum, to kill, destroy, ruin, C. re.
redimo, redimere, redemi, redemptum, to redeem, buy back ; but
cdemo, cSemere, coemi, cdemptum, to buy up, turns not ^ into i,
Premo, premere, pressi, pressum, to press, urge, C. turn e into i.
opprimo, comprimo, deprimo, exprimo, imprimo, reprimo,
supprim -o, -ere, suppressi, suppressum, to keep under, suppress,
Vdmo, vomere, vomui, vomitum, to throw upfront the stomach,
evomo, evdmere, evdmui, ev6mitum, to throw off the stomach,
NO— UI-rNI— TUM.
Pono, ponere, posiii, poslitum, to put, to place, C. ante-re-se.
appono, apponere, appdsui, appositum, to add, join, C. com-de.
impono, imponere, impdsui, impositum, to lay on, C. dis-op.
Gigno, gignere, genui, genitum, to beget, C. con-in-e-pro.
C^no, canere, cecini, cantum, to sing, C. give -cmui-centum.
accino, accinere, accmiii, accentum, to sing in concert, C. in-con.
recino, recinere, recinui, recentum, to sing again, C. prse-suc-
Temno, temnere, tempsi, temptum, to despise, to slight,
Contemno, contemnere, contempsi, contemptum, to contemn,
^NO— VI— TUM.
Sperno, speraere, sprevi, spretum, to' slight, scorn, C. d^-in-pro
Sterno, sternere, stravi, stratum, to lay flat, to prostrate.
Smo, sinere, sivi, situm, to permit, to let, to suffer, to allow.
desmo, desmere, desivi, et desii, desitum, to end, todeave off.
Lino, linere, lini, livi, levi, litum, to anoint, X). al-circum-lino,
illino, illmere, illini, illivi, illitum, to smear on, C ob-re-sub.
oblino, oblinere, oblini, oblivi, oblitum, to daub, to defame.
Cemo, cernere, [crevi, cretum] to see, to decree, to behold, C.
decerno, decernere, decrevi, decretum, to determine, purpose.
discerno, discernere, discrevi, discretum, to distinguish,
Incerno, incemere, increvi, incretum, to sift, to mix. Hob.
-PO— PSI— PTUM.
Carpo, carpere, carpsi, carptum, to plucky C% turu ^ xtAo ^*
decerpOf decerperCf decerpsi, decerptuia, to pluck ojJ^Cr* ^^^
( 86 ) .
ClepOf clepere, clepsi, cleptum, to steed, pilfer, to cover
Repo, repere, repsi, reptum, to creep, C. cor-e-ir-ob-sub.
Scalpo, scalpere, scalpsi, scalptum, to scratch, to scrape*
Sculpo, sculpere, sculpsi, sculptum, to carve, to engrave,
Strepo, strepere, strepiii, strepitum, to make a noise, C. ad-in.
Rumpo, rumpere, rupi, ruptum, to break, C. ab-cor-e-ir-per.
QUO— XI— QUI— CTUM.
C6quo, coquere, coxi, coctum, to boil, to bake, C. con-de-in.
decoquo, decSquere, decoxi, decoctum, to boil away, ruin.
Linquo, linquere, liqui, — , to leave, to forsake, C. de-re-linquo.
dellnquo, delinquere, deliqui, delictum, to offend, fail in duty.
relinquo, relinquere, reliqui, relictum, to leave behind.
dere-linquo, -linquere, -liqui, -lie turn, to leave altogether.
RO— IVI— TUM— SUM.
Quaere, quserere, qusesivi, quaesitum, to seek, C. turn ae into I.
acquire, acquirere, acquisivi, acquisitum, to acquire, C. in-dis.
Tero, terere, trivi, tritum, to wear, rub, bruise, C. de-con-in-pro.
detero, deterere, detrivi, detritum, to rub out, lessen, wear out.
Verro, verrere, verri, versum, to sweep, brush, C. a-con-e-per.
Ure, urere, ussi, ustum, to burn, C. amburo, comburo, ad-in.
Curro, currere, cucurrij cursum, to run, to fly, to flow as a river.
C. ac-con-de-dis-ex-in-oc-per-prae-pro-cucurri et -curri, -cursum
C. circumcurro,-re-suc-trans-curro, have mostly -curri, -cursum.
Gere, gerere, gessi, gestum, to carry, C. ag-con-digero,-in-gero.
egere, egerere, egessi, egestum, to throw out, cast out, C. sug-
regero, regerere, regessi, regestum, to retort, cast back. Hor.
Fere, ferre, tiili, latum, to bring, C. praefere, pro-de-per-prae.
sufiero, sufTerre, — , — , to bear, abide, suffer : seldom used.
RO— EVI— ITUM.
Sero, serere, sevi, satum, to sow, plant, C. have -sevi, -situm.
assere, asserere, assevi, assitum, to sow, plant, plant near.
conserp, conserere, consevi, consitum, to plant together.
insero, inserere, insevi, insitum, to implant, to plant in, C. ob-sub.
obsero, obserere, obsevi, obsitum, to plant, to set, to sow about.
^RO— RUI— ERTUM.
Sero, serere, serui, sertum, to plait, wreathe, to join.
assero, asserere, asserui, assertum, to claim, to assert,
consero, conserere, conserui, consertum, to tack together,
insero, inserere, inserm, insertum, to fut in, to insert,
desero, deserere, deserui, desertum, to leatc ojf , to JoT«dke,
dJssero, disserere, disseriii, dissettum, to treat oj, to reasou,
"^^to, edissererey edisserui, edisaeilum, to declare. N\fta,
^xerere, exerui, exertum, to thrust c««t,to exert, C- fe^«ic
( 87 )
SO— SIVI— SITUM.
Accerso, accersere, accersivi, accersitum, to send far,
Arcesso, arcessere, arcessivi, arcessitum, to send for.
C&pesso, capessere, capessivi, capessitum, to take in hand.
F^cesso, facessere, facessivi, facessitum, to accopfiplish^ to do.
Llicesso, lacessere, lacessivi, lacessitum, to provoke.
Viso, visere, visi, — , to go to see, to visit, C. in-re-viso-
Incesso, incessere, incessi, — , to assatdt, to attack, to vex.
Pins-o, -ere, -ui, pinsitum, et pinsi, pinsum, pistum, to bake*
-TO— UI— XI— XUM.
Flecto, flectere, flexi, flexum, to bend, C. de-in-re-flecto.
Plecto, plectere, plexui et plexi, plexum, to plait, C. im.
Necto, nectere, nexui et nexi, nexum, to tie, C. an-con-in.
Pecto, pectere, pexui, pexi, pexum, to comb, to dress, C. de-re*
Meto, metere, messui, messum, to reap, to mow, C. de-prae.
Demeto, demetere, demessui, demessum, to reap, to cut off.
Peto, petere, petivi, petitum, to seek, C. appeto, compete, im-
expeto, expetere, expetivi, expetitum, to desire much, C. re.
repeto, repetere, repetivi, repetitum, to repeat, to ask back.
oppet-o, -ere, -ivi, -itum, to undergo death, to die, suffer, C. sub.
Suppeto, suppetere, suppe-tivi, -titum, to help, to supply, to be.
Mitto, mittere, misi, missum, to send, C. a-com-im-pro-e-sum.
amitto, amittere, amisi, amissum, to lose, C. di-dis-re-prse-ob.
dmitto, 6mittere, dmisi, omissiim, to omit, to lay aside, C. sub-
promitto, promittere, promisi, promissum, to promise, engage.
^TO— SI— SUM— TUM.
Vcrto, vertere, verti, versum, to turn, change, C. animad.
&niinadver-to-tere-ti-sum, to observe, perceive, to punish, C in*
averto, avertere, averti, aversum, to turn from, avert, remove.
Sterto, stertere, stertui, — , to snore, to snort, C. destert-o-ere-ui,
Sisto, sistere, stiti, statum, to stop, introduce, to summon. Act.
Sisto, sistere, steti, statum, to stand stUl. Neut. C. stiti, stitum.
assisto, asslstere, astiti, astitum, to stand by, to assist, C. de.
desisto, desistere, destiti, destitum, to leave off, to desist, C. ob«
obsisto, obsistere, obstiti, obstitum, to stop^ to oppose, hinder •
resisto, resistere, restiti, restitum, to resisty halt, to stay, oppose.
subsisto, subsistere, substiti, substitum, to stop^ to stand stiU.
-VO— XI— VI— TUM.
Vivo, vivere, vixi, victum, to live^ C. cotv-t^-wx^t-'<y^^»
Solve, solvere, soJvi, sdlutum, to loose, C» ^SaA'a-x^-^^^^*
Volvo, volvere, volvi, v61utum, to roll,C ^A-cowA^-^^^^^
Texo, texere, texui, textum, to toeme^ C ^-c^oti-x^-*^^^^
( 88 )
Deponent Verbs in — SCOR, of the third Conjugatiotu
Adipiscor, adipisci, adeptus sum, to get, obtain.
Comminiscor, commmisci, commentus sum, to devise, invent*
defetiscor, defetlsci, defessus sum, to be weary, from fdtiscdr*
Depascor, depasci, depastus sum, to eat, to feed upon.
Expergiscor, exper^sci, experrectus sum, to awake.
Irascor, irasci, iratus sum, to be angry, to be displeased.
Nanclscdr, nancisci, nactus sum, to get, to obtain.
Nasc6r, nasci, natus sum, to be born, C. ad-e-re-sub.
Obliviscor, oblivisci, oblitus sum, to forget, to omit, pass by.
Pacisc5r, paclsci, pactus sum, to agree, to bargain, covenant.
Proficiscor, pr5ficisci, prdfectus sum, to go, to go a journey.
Reminiscdr, reminisci, recordatus sum, to remember.
Ulciscor, ulcisci, ultus sum, to revenge, to take revenge for.
Vescor, vesci, pastus sum, to eat, to be fed; from pascor.
^TOR— QUOR— BOR.
Amplector, amplecti, amplexus sum, to embrace, surrounds
Complector, complectl, complexus sum, to comprise.
Divertor, diverti, diversus sum, to lodge, to lodge at an inn.
Niter, niti, nisus, et nixus sum, to endeavor, C an-con-nitdr.^
enitor, eniti, enJsus sum, to endeavor, to climb, strain hard.
enitor, eniti, enixa sum, to bring forth, to travail in birth.
Friior, frui, fructus et fruitus sum, to enjoy, to take the profit of.
Fungor, fungi, functus sum, to discharge an office, C. de.
Labor, labi, lapsus sum, to slip, run down, C. allabor-col-re-il-e.
Liquor, ITqui, Itquefactus sum, to melt, to be melted, to drop.
Ldquor, loqui, Idcutus sum, to speak, C. al-col-e-ldquor.
Queror, queri, questus sum, to complain, C. inter-prse-con.
Praevertor, praeverti, — , to get before, outstrip, anticipate. Hor.
Revertor, reverti, reversus sum, to return, to come back.
S^qudr, sequi, secutus sum, to follow, C. as-con-ex-in-ob-sequor.
Utor, uti, usiis sum, to use, C. ab-utor, -uti, -usus sum, to abuse.
^lOR— RIOR— TIOR.
Gradior, grUdi, gressus sum, to go, C. turn a into e. C. ad.
aggredior, aggredi, aggressus sum, to attack, C. ad-con.
egredior, egredi, egressus sum, to go out, of e and grddtar.
egredior, egredi, egressus sum, to go beyond, C. extra. Caes*
ingredior, ingredi, ingressus sum, to enter, to go in.
M5rior, mdri^, mortuus sum, to die, C. com-e-m5rior.
Orior, oreris, v. 6riris, (seldom 6n,) 6nn, ostus sum, to rise.
Pitldr, p^tij paaaus sma^ to suffer^ C comi^i.li<Si, ^r^etidr.
( 89 )
QUARTA CONJUGATIO.
Quartd dStt IVI Pmtgnto Oc ITUM-quS SUpmo.
Audio, audire, audivl, auditum, to hear*
EXAMPLES.
^DIO— TIO— NIO.
Ambio, ambire, ambivi, ambitum, to courts to go round.
Obedio, obedire, obedivi, obeditum, to obey, C. of ob-audio.
Cio, cire, civi, citum, to move^ C. accio-con-in-ex-per-cio.
excio, excire, excivi, excitum, to excite, to rouse, to quicken,
Condio, condire, condivi, conditum, to season meat, to pickle*
Custodio, custodire, custodivi, custoditum, to guard.
Erudio, erudire, erudivi, eruditum, to instruct, to teach,
Expedio, expedire, expedivi, expeditum, to show, extricate,
Impedio, impedire, impedivi, impeditum, to hinder, entangle.
Irretio, irretire, irretivi, irretitum, to catch (as ivith a net.)
Finio, finite, finivi, finitum, to finish, to end, conclude, C. de.
Fastidio, fastidire, fastldivi, fastiditum, to disdain, to scorn,
Lenio, lenire, lenivi, lenitum, to ea^e, mitigate, <ippease, C. de.
Mollio, mollire, mollivi, mollitum, to soften, mollify, effeminate,
Mutio, miitire, mutivi, mutitum, to mutter, to speak s^tly,
Prsesagio, praesagire, praesagivi, praesagitum, to guess, foresee.
-NIO—SCIO— TRIO— LIO.
Munio, munire, munivi, munitum, to fortify, to strengthen,
Nescio, nescire, nescivi, nescitum, to know not, to he ignorant.
Nutrio, nutrire, nutrivi, nutritum, to nourish, to nurse,
Partio, partire, partivi, partitum, to divide, C. im-dis-pertio.
P61io, p6lire, polivi, politum, to polish, to trim, to embellish,
Punio, punire, punivi, punitum, to punishr-to chastise,
Redimio, redimire, redimivi, redimitum, to crown. Vie.
Soio, scire, scivi, scitum, to know, to understand, be skilful in*
S^lio, salire, salivi, salitum, to salt, to season with salt.
Servio, servire, servivi, servitum, to seme, to obey.
Sitio, sitire, sitivi, sititum, to thirst, to desire earnestly, covet.
Sopio, sopire, sopivi, sopitum, to lull, to put to sleep.
Vestio, vestire, vestivi, vestitum, to clothe, to array.
EXCEPTIONS.
ixxi) to sol
Singi^tio, singujtire, singultivi, singuVtuxxi) to sob*
Sepeljo, sipelivi, sepelire, sepultum^to Imry^to itoer*
Vmcio, vmcire, vimi, vinctum,to l>iTid,totic,wra'5,^*
£f»ncro, aaacire, sanxi, sanctum, to c«taUi«K to rolxj^
l^'fe-^-'^
( 90 )
AmicTo, ILmicire, amicui, et amixi, ^mictum, to clothe^
Salio, salire, saliii, et salii, saltum, to leap, C. turn §, into i ; as^
assilio, assilire, assilui, et assilii, assultum, to leap against.
Con-dis-de-ex-in-re-sub-super, C. have the supines ; but
absilio, circumsilio, prosTlio, want the supines.
Sepio, sepire, SQpsi, septum, to hedge, C. circum-dis-ob-prae.
Haurio, haurire, hausi, haustum, to draw, C. de-exhaurio.
Sentio, sentire, sensi, sensum, to think, C. as-con-dis-prse.
Sarcio, sarcire, sarsi, sartum, to patch, to mend, repair, C* re.
Farcio, farcire, farsi, fartum, to stuff, C. change a into e.
confercio, confercire, confersi, confertum, to stuff, confertus.
refercio, refercire, refers!, refertum, to stuff. Part, refertus.
CIO— RIO-NIO.
Fulcio, fulcire, fulsi, fultum, to prop, to support, C. con-ef.
Ferio, ferire, percussi, percussum, (from perciitio) to strike.
Veneo, venire, venivi, venii, venum, venditus sum, to he sold.
Venio, venire, veni, ventum, to come, C. ad-ante-con-de*
invenio, invenire, inveni, inventum, to find, to invent.
Desiderative Verbs, as coenatii-ri^, -rire, to desire to sup, want
the Perfect, and the Supines ; except
Partiirio, parturire, parturivi, — , to he in labor, to hring forth.
Nupturio, nupturire, nuptiirivi, — , to desire to marry.
Esurio, esurire, esurivi, to desire to eat, he hungry, have Perfects.
Deponent Verbs of the fourth Conjugation.
Assentior, assentiri, assensus sum, to agree, to assent.
Blandior, blandiri, bland! tus sum, to flatter, to compliment.
Experior, experiri, expertus sum, to try, to experience.
Largior, largiri, largitus sum, to bestow, C. elargior.
Mentior, mentiri, mentitus sum, to tell a lie, C. ad.
Metior, metiri, mensus sum, to measure, C. di-e-con.
-lOR— DIOR— RIOR.
Molior, moliri, mdlitus sum, to project, to plot, C. re-de.
Ordior, ordiri, orsus, et orditiis sum, to begin regularly, to write.
exordior, exordiri, exorsus sum, to make an introduction.
Orior, oriri, seldom 6ri, ortus sum, to rise up, rise as the sun.
adorior, adoriri, adortus sum, to attack, to attempt, accost,
codribr, cooriri, coortus sum, to arise like a storm, C. con.
exSrior, exoriri, exortus sum, to rise out, to spring u-p^C.^ ^V
OppSrior, opperiri, oppertus sum, to loait Jor,lo sla-y Jw.
^'^tiar, pdtiris, et p5teris, p5tiri, BfMwts. p6W, v^^^-ws ^>Msv,to ^
^rtior, sortiri, sortitus sum, to obtain by lot, to costlcAs-
( 91 )
Neuter Vbbbs of the fourth Conjugation.
Balbutio, balbutire, — , — , to stammer, to lisp,
Csecutio, caBcutire, — , — , to he dim-sighted, to he hlind*
Ineptio, ineptire, — , — , to talk foolishly, to trifle*
Effutio, effutire, — , to babble, or blab out.
Gestio, gestire, gestivi, to leap for joy, to rejoice greatly,
Saevio, saBvire, ssevivi, et saevii, saevitum, to be cruel.
Siiperbio, siiperbire, superbivi, superbitum, to be proud.
Verba hand Simplicia hcec ; composta di scepS videmus,
Ce\\6, niio, stinguo, fcndo, grii5, sider5, cando,
Et mm^o, specie, futo, dud, sagio, pilo,
Frag5r, ttim, perior, pedTo, bu6, niveo, mingo,
Ac rudio, clino, lacio, pago, tamino, fligo,
Staur5, leo, rito, pleo, nideo, stigd, fatiscor,
£^ stin5, futio, retid, cumbo, pello ft apiscor,
Chim patuns dJtis qtuB jam non dicSrS promptum.
OF COMPOUND VERBS.
COMPOUND VERBS mostly follow the form and quantity
of their respective simples; as, dddmo of dmo; eddceo of ddcSo ;
dit^go of t^go; dbedio of audio; occldo of ccedo ; occido of
cddo ;
But some Compounds change, or, add— oihera lose certain
letters of their simples ; this will be shown by the following
RECAPITULATIONS.
I. Damno, lactS, s^cro, fallo, arceo, tracto ; fatiscor,
Partid, carpo, patro, scando, spargo, parTo^e, change a into e.
f^. con-de-con-re-ex, (but retracto) de-de-im-de-in-ad-re-com-
II. Nata habeo, lS.ted, salio, statud, cadd, laedo,
Pango sinud pegi, cand, quaero, caedo, cecidi,
Tango, egeo, teneo, taceo, s^pio, mpioque, turn a, m, ^, into f.
C. ex-de-in-con-re-il-com-oc-re-in-con-ind-de-re-de-di.
C. Posthabeo, to esteem less, does not change the first vowel.
C. Deliteo, to lie hid, to be hid, alone turns d into u
C. Interlateo, perlateo, sublateo, neoer do change S, into i.
III. H<BC facio^ue, rego, sedeo^e em!5^da'nt^%^^S:nxi^^
Et c&pjo, mcio, iacio, specio, piemo, '^^iig.o^ cKoage V>\fc ^'•^^
vowel of the Present, hut not of tKe PeifecX^eiTisfe^ vpS^"^-
Cad, af, di, con, ex, re, r«d, ad, ei, «c, t^,^V V^xA:^©.^^
But circum&go, per&go, s&^go, ncDer cluinge ^\tao ^-
( 92 ;
IV. Calco, salto— cAan^e a into u in their Compounds ; as,
Concul-co,— care,— cavi,— conculcatum, to tread upon, ruin.
insulto, insultare, insultavi, insultatum, to insult, to domineer.
V. Claudo, quatio, lavo, lose a in the C. ex-per-di-pro-e-in.
VI. C. q/*Plaudo, change au into o ; com-dis-ex-sup-plodo.
But applaudo, circumplaudo, do not ever change au into o.
Praeteritum Activae et Passivae vocis habent haec.
Jur-o-are-avi f^m^re-atum; juratus swoa judicio,to swear in court.
Pran-deo-dere-di jam nunc -sum ; pransus sum dudum, to dine.
Coen-o-are-avi, coenatus sum, to sup, coenatus, having supped.
Pot-o-are-avi-atum, potum, potus sum, to drink, potus, drunken.
Titubo, titub-are-avi-atum-atus sum, to stumble, titubatus.
Ca-reo-rere-rui-ssus sum, ca-ssum et -ritum ; cassus, empty.
Placeo, pla-cere-cui-citus sum, to please, placitus, pleasing.
Suesc-o-ere, sue-vi-tus sum, to accustom, to be accustomed.
Fi-do-dere-di, f isus sum, to trust, C. conf l-do-dere-di-sus sum.
Impersonal Verbs having two Perfects.
Haec t<Bdet(\yxe, licet, Ub^t, ac pOd^, et ptg^t usque,
£t labit, en ! spectat6 duas, imitantia, formas.
LTc-et-ebat-uit-itum est v. fuit-uerat-itum erat v. fuerat-ebit.
Mis-eret-erebat-eriiit-ertum est v. fuit, miser-tum erat-ebit.
Taedet, taediiit, pertsesum est vel fuit, taedere, to be wearied.
Libet, libiiit, libitum est v. fuit, libere, to have a mind, please.
Pudet, piiduit, piiditum est v^l fuit, pudere, to be ashamed.
Piget, piguit, pigitum est v^l fuit, pigere, to be grieved.
Placet, placebat, placuit, placitum est, placere, to be pleased.
Verbs differing in conjugation, quantity, and signification.
Dico, dicare, dicavi, dicatum, to dedicate, to consecrate.
Dico, dicere, dixi, dictum, to tell, to say, to call.
prsedico, praedicare, prsedicayi, prsedicatum, to declare.
praedico, praedicere, praedixi, praedictum, to foretell.
Occido, occidere, occidi, occisum, to kill, to murder
Occido, occidere, occidi, occasum, to fall, to set.
Edo, edere, edidi, editum, to publish, to tell, to utter.
Edo, edere, edi, esum, raro estum, to eat, to consume.
Contingo, contingerey continxi, contliiclwm^lo atunTil.
ContingOj contingerey contigi, contactwm, to touclv.
^Ai, colore, coiavi, colatum, to strain, purge, fejitie.
^oJo, cdJere, cdiui, cultum, to tilh to ti>or«Hip, ipaij court to-
( 98 )
Ediico, educare, educavi, educatum, to train up, to educate,
Educo, educere, edQxi, eductum, to lead out, to bring out*
Lego, legare, legavi, legatum, to appoint, to bequeath.
Lego, legere, legi, lee turn, to read, to gather, to steal.
VS.do, vadare, vadan, yadatum, to wade, to wade over.
Vado, vadere, vasi, vasum, to go, to march, to move, to ford.
Yebbs having the same present, hut a different conjugation.
Aggero, aggerare, aggeravi, aggeratum, to heap up.
Aggero, aggerere, aggessi, aggestum, to bring together.
Appello, appellare, appellavi, appellatum, to call, address.
Appello, appellere, appuli, appulsum, to land, to bring to land.
Compello, compellare, compellavi, compellatum, to address.
Compello, compellere, compuli, compulsum, to force.
Colligo, colligare, colligavi, colligatum, to bind, to tie.
Colligo, cSUig^re, collegi, collectum, to gather together.
Conster-no-nare-navi-natum, to astonish, to affright.
Consterno, consternere, constravi, constratum, to strew, pave.
Eflfero, eff^rare, efferavi, efferatum, to enrage, make wild.
Efiero, efferre, extuli, elatum, to express, bring out.
Fundo, fundare, fundavi, fundatum, to found, establish.
Fundo, fundere, fudi, fusum, to pour out, to spill.
Mando, mandare, mandavi, mandatum, to command.
Mando, mandere, mandi, mansum, to chew, to eat.
Ohsero, ohserare, ohseravi, ohseratum, to lock, bar, bolt.
Ohsero, ohserere, ohsevi, obsitum, to plant, to set.
Volo, v61are, volavi, v51atum, to fly, to go quickly.
V6lo, velle, voliii, — , to be willing, to wilt, desire, wish.
Yebbs which have the same Perfect, are
Fulgeo, — ^fulsi; fulcio, — ^fulsi; liiceo, — luxi; lugeo, — ^luxi.
Cresco,— crevi ; cerno,— crevi ; paveo, — pavi ; pasco, — ^pavi.
Pendeo, — ^pependi, to depend ; pendo, — pependi, to esteem,
Aceo, — aciii, to be sour; acuo, — acui, to whet.
Vbbbs which have the same Supines, are
Cresco,— cretum, to grow; cerno, [cretum] to behold.
Sto, — statum, to stand; sisto, — statum, to stop.
Teneo, — ^tentum, to hold ; tendo, — tentum, to stretch.
Verto, — versum, to turn ; verro, — versum, to brush.
Vinco, — victum, to conquer; vivo, — ^victum, to live.
The following Verbs in— EO — ^10, are of the flrst conjugation.
HdBc bed, commed, da creo, calce6, nauseo, prinuB,
Amp] id, concilio, brevio, crucio, lUnid^ue
Luxurio, furio, rlldio, sdcio, vitio sic.
&omm6f BtLueih^ rappudio, §]levidqHS i^oque
NuBcid, cum Fiirid, spdlio, s&tio, dotd pHma*
12
( 94 )
APPENDIX.
Containing Grammatical Definitions or Explications of Terms
used in the preceding and subsequent parts of this Work.
ALL words whatsoever, are either simple or compound.
1. A SIMPLE word is that which was never more than one ; a8,yiMtu«,
2. A COMPOUND word is that which is made up of two or more
words ; as, injustus, perl^go, der^linquo,
3. All words whatever, are either primitive or derivative.
4. A PRIMITIVE word is that which comes &om no other word ; as,
*tl8tu8f Ugo.
5. A DERIVATIVE word is that which comes from another word ; as,
justitta^ lectio.
6. A COLLECTIVE noun signifies many in* the singular number; as,
piopulus^ the people, muHititdo, a multitude, turha, a crowd.
7. INTERROGATIVES are used m asking a question ; as, quts? who?
qudlis? what kind? quantus? how great? quot? how many? but
8. INDEFINITES never ask a question; as, quis, any one; quoRs^
such as ; quantus, as great ; quot, as many.
9. PATRONYMIC nouns signify pedigree^ or extraction ; as, Atndts-,
the son of Atreus; JferHs^ the daughter (Sjfer^us; Minf/eias^ the daugh-
ter of Minyds.
Patronymics in dSs and nS are of the first declension, Atridis^ JVerin^.
Patronymics in is and as are of the third declension, JV^^«.
Some Patronymics end in -tu«, -xa; as, Satumxus^ the son of Saturn;
SatumiOi the daughter of Saturn.
10. PATRIAL,or GENTILE nouns denote countries; as, Afer,Amiin-
cdnu8, Atheniensis^ Arpinds, Coldmbidnus, Scotiis.
11. POSSESSIVES are adjectives derived from substantives either
proper^ or appellative, signifying possession, or property; as, Hereul^us,
Persicus, Phxladelphxcus, patemus^ henlts, fcemtn^Hs, C(Blestxs; from
Hercules, Persicus, pat^r, herus, fxmXna, codum, of, or belonging to,
Hercules, Sec.
12. PRIMITIVE, or personal pronoun?, are ^go, tii, «ui, nos, vds, [alitls.]
13. POSSESSIVE pronouns are meiis, tuiis, suus, n68t^r,ve8t^r, [alientis.]
[TUUS always follows the singular ; as, tu negligis tuam lectidniim, you
neglect your lesson ; VESTER always follows me plural ; as, vds tuemini
vi^stram patriam, defend ye your country.]
14. DIMINUTIVE nouns import a lessening of the signification ; as,
Rbellus, a little book, from IXber, a book ; chartula, a little paper, from
charia; opUsculiim, a little work, from opus, a work; paUtdiliis, a little
pale, from pallidus, pale.
Diminutives end in lus-la-lum, and are generally of the same gender as
their primitives.
75. VERBALS are substanUve, or ad^ec^Ne iLOuns^ derived from verbs ;
£a, v^sto, a version, from verto, to turn.
16. PARTITIVES or partitive nouns, svgnSSy a ipwl of maii-a^w tw»ift
severaiiy, and, as it were, one bar one ; aB, vtt«ia. wvj-, witt=«U.,itfWA\ fei.>»^
erer^ one.
( »5 )
1. ABBREVIATIONS, or abbreviated words, always ought to have a
period after them ; as, M. Marcus^ T. Thllius^ i. e. id est.
2. ACCENT is the rising of the voice on certain syllables in a word.
3. ANAPHORA, (Repetition^) is a figure, which gracefully repeats the
same word, or the same meaning in different words ; as,
Et ntUic Oranis ag6r, nOnc Omnis p&rtiirit arbOs. Fir.
4. ANTECEDENT, is the word going before— that which goes before
the Relative.
5. ASYNDETON is the omission of a conjunction ; as, Deus Optlmtts
Maximtbs, /or Deus Optimiis, et Maximtbs.
6. CADENCE is the falling of the voice on one or more words in a sen-
tence.
7. POLYSYNDETON is the redundancy of a Copulative Conjunction ;
Ml
Una EurUsqu^ JfotHsqu^ ruUnt cr6herqu^ procSUis.
8. ARTIFICIAL ORDER is when the words are so ranged as to render
them most agreeable to the ear : all the ancient Greek and Latin classics
are so arranged. But
9. NATURAL ORDER is when the words of a sentence naturally flow
one after another, in the same order with the Qoooeptions t>f our minds.
10. EMPHASIS is the elevation of the voice upon a certain word or words.
EMPHATICAL words are those which have an elevation of the voice
in a sentence.
11. EN ALL AGE is the changing of one ^oun for another ; as, Oratttr,
for Cicgro ; or, of one Mood for another ; or, of one Tense for another, as,— •
Tu die, mdciim quo pigndrS cdrtes. Vir. JDo you say ^ for what wager you
would contend with me ? — Certes, to suit the verse, is put for certares.
12. ELLIPSIS is the want of a word to supply the regular construction. *•
13. HENDIADYS is when that which is properly but one thing, is so
expressed as if there were two ; as, Pateris llbamtis et auro, Virg./or llba-
mds aureis pateris, we drink out of golden bowls.
14. HYPALLAGE changes tJu order of construction in a sentence ; as,
In nova fdrt ^ntmiis matatas dic^re fbrmas. Ov.
For Animus fert (me) dicere cOrpdrS. motata In nbvas formas.
15. HYPERBATON is that figure^ by which the proper and regular
order of words is inverted.
16. IMPURE. A syllable is said to be impure^ when on^ consonant goes
immediately before another ; as, mons, urbs,
17. PURE. A syllable is said to be pure^ when one vowel goes immedi-
ately before another ; as, assxduus anxxiis,
18. PLEONASMUS uses more words than are strictly necessary ; as,
vidx illtim his BctUis, / saw him with these eyes.
19. SYNECDOCHE puts the part for the whole ; as, the roof, of a hotue^
! for a house ; or the singular for the plural ; as, multo miltt^^ for mulHs
, milittbOs ; or the plural for the singular ; as, DM% txln ldtiss%ma regna
\ Lycurgi^ for Idtisstmum regnum. Ovid.
20. TERMINATION. By termination \a xmeLCwJ^ft^^XU^. wj\ «i^ mqw^v
SI. ZEUGMA is when an Adjective ot ^NeTVi^Vvafe^ \» ^^^J^"^ ^
stantiveB, is expressed to the nearest) and \xTi^wc%\.wA Vo^«v ^^ii ^N
ratio, et eonsiJtum est in •«m6tt«. Cic. Caper t\U tobovA *t weo. •
( 96 )
SYNTAX.
Est quasvis Unimi c6gitatii5^ constat et ipsa
Voctbus out trtnis^ Sententi^, nvS dudbus.
SYNTAX is the principal part of Grammar ; for the great
end of speech being to convey our thoughts to others, it will
be of little use to us to have a store of words, and to know
what changes may be made on them, unless we can also apply
them to practice, and make them answer the purposes for which
they were intended ; accordingly,
'^ . Syntax teaches us the proper arrangement of words in
speech.
There are two parts in Syntax, Concord and Crovemment.
Concord is when one word agrees with another.
Government is when a word governs a certain case.
Of Concord.
CoHcord is fourfold :
1. Of an Adjective with a Substanfive*
2. Of a Verb with a Nominative.
3. Of a Relative with an Antecedent*
4. Of a Substantive with a Substantive*
THE FIRST PRINCIPLES.
Every speech or sentence consists of a noun and
a verb, expressed or understood.
1. Every adjective agrees with a substantive^ ex-
pressed or understood.
2. Every finite verb hath a Nominative before it,
expressed or understood.
3. Every relative hath an antecedent expressed or
understood.
4. Every JYominative is before some verb express-
ed or understood.
^ RULE 1.
AN adjective agrees with a substantive in gender,
number, mid case ; as^
Bdnus puer amatur, a good boy is loved*
MagnS, Stella ]ucet, a large star shines. •
Mite pdmum carpitiir, a melloiD apple is ^^led«
/. 71»e eubsiantive^ with which the aidAecVwe «bgwe»,\* 'tatf^wn \s^ S2bA
oemtion WHO or WHAT ; a8« Who good? o boji. ^Ys*X\w^>. a iftwt
^•imeUow? an apple. • "^ *
( 07 )
REMARKS.
1. The substantives homo and JwmxntSt ni^gdtium and nUgdtia^ are fre-
quently understood, i. e. not expressed; as, s^pYens {homo) a wise man;
decorum (negotium) a glorious thing ; sapientes {hominis) wise men ; de-
cora (negotia) glorious things,
3. Adjectives sometimes agree with adjectives^ as if they were substan-
tives^ the real substantives being understood ; as, fortunatus insipiens {homo)
a fortunate fool ; bbna ferina {caro) good venison; summum b6num {ne-
gotium) the chief good ; onmia prseclara {negdtia) sunt rara, all excellent
things are scarce.
Participles are used by the poets in the place of nouns substantives ; as,
ctlpidus amans, a fond lover, for ctlpidtls &mat5r.
4. Substantives sometimes usurp the place of adjectives; as, pbpttlilm
latd rdgem, a people ruling extensively, for late regnantem.
5. The same word is sometimes a substantive, and sometimes an adjec-
tive ; as, amicus, a friend, and amicus, friendly; juvSnis, a young maru
and jiiv^is, young; s^ndx, an old man, and senex, old; stultus, a fool, and
stulttis, /oo/is^ ; s6cttisij a companion, and sbcius, confederate; malum,
wickedness, and malus, wicked ; al@s, a bird, and al^ swift.
6. An adjective sometimes agrees with a whdie sentence; as, pro p&-
tria mdri est decOriim, to die for our country is glorious*
SurgSre dilactilo est sS.luberrimum, to rise early is very wholesome.
7. An adjective sometimes agrees with an Infinitive mood ; as, tiittm
scire, your knowledge^ for tua scientia ; amarS est dtirtim, to love i9 hard,^
Praxis.
Amoenus flos, a pleasant flower. Bonus arbor, a good tree,
Pulcher femina, a fair woman. Bonus exemplum, a good example*
^ RULE 2.
A VERB agrees with the Nominative, that stands
before it^ in number and person ; as,
Ego amo, tu amas, ille amat, puer amat, ilia amat.
Nos amamiis, vos amatis, illi amant, pueri amant.
1. The Kominative to the verb is known by the question who or what ?
as. Who loves ? Ego amo, / love, &c.
2. The Nominative to the verb generally stands before the verb.
3. But sometimes the Nominative stands after the verb ; as, SrEt nox, it
was night ; est mens, it is the mind,
4. When a question is asked, the J^ominative in English stands mostly
after the verb ; as, ttbi est tiitts fratSr ? where is your brother ?
5. Ego, tu, nos, and vos, are seldom expressed in Latin.
6. \ verb has sometimes a whole sentence for its Jfominative; as, fugSrS
Tittum est virtos, to shun vice is virtue,
7. A verb has sometimes an Infiniti'ot JVtoodiot \V&'^wsbs«5c£:^^\ "^^n^s*^-
T&rH est bdmtnis, to err belongs to man.
/ The word tbere, coming before lYie IlngWRYi ot \Jaft \«^ «aT^^^.% "t^^^
,pre99edin Latin; but the Nominative to ram \b ^\«j&^^ a.Jtct xt. •, ^^^
/««vr i» a man— ^rat vir, «^ef« was a mwu &Mi. \5mo\sl!^ ^2^ '^^'^ ^^
. tense$ of 9um.
( ee )
^ RULE 3.
Substantive vcrhs^ verbs of naming and gesture,
have a Nominative both before awe? after them; as,
Ego ero discTpiilus, / will he a scholar*
Tu eris doctiis, you will he learned*
Veritas est magna, the truth is great.
Nulla potentia est longa, no power is long.
Principiiiin est difficile, the heginning is hard.
1. Substantive verbs (that is definite) are aum^fiOjfor^m, existo.
S. Verbs of naming are appellor -ari, dieor, vocor,, nomiTior, nuneup^r,
— cens^OTt designor^ cr^or^ constituor^ cognascor, agnoscovj invinwr^ rti-
w • .\j \j l_^T^ ^f-^v v/tK/\.#
V
p^rior^ exisiimor^ habeor, salutor^ videor.
3« Verbs of gesture are eo, incido^ v^nio, ciibo^ sto, jac^o^ s^d^o, sapio^
evddo^fugio^ insequor^ dormiOy somhiOj man^o.
Have no other verbs but substantive verbs, verbs of naming, a Nomina-
tive before and afler them ?
4. Any verb may have after it a Jfominative^ when it belongs to the
same thing with the Nominative before it ; as, Sic fatur lachrymans, thtts^
he speaks weeping, Virg. Defendi rempublicam jtivenls, / defended the
ttatewhen I was a young man^ non deseram, sSnex, IwUl not desert it be-
ing old, Cic.
When substantive verbs, verbs of naming — are placed between two J^ont'
inatives of different numbers, the verb may agree with either of them ; as,
omnia ponius erant. Amantium irx est amoris redintegratio.
Praxis.
J am a scholar. Paul was an apostle. Dionysius was a tyrant.
You are a good boy. Cicero was made Consul. Aristides was called just.
George is my dear friend. Mutius sits quiet. John always comes late*
The citizens are honest {candidus.) Boys are cunning {calfidus,)
Virgil wsLS saluted poet. Old men are cautious. The bad may be good.
Good men are happy. Bad men are miserable. We all might be better.
^ RULE 4.
Certain verbs require an Accusative case before the
Infinitive mood ; as.
Audio PraBsidem venire, / Jiear that the President is coming.
Gaudeo te redivisse, / am glad that you have returned.
Credo bdnos amatum iri, / helieve good men will he loved.
1. The same sentence, Audio Prasidiim venire, may also be rendered
/a Latin by quod, or ut; thas, .^udio ^od Pr<B«^« vintt, or lit PrasH
. 2. Tbat, in Engli^ \b the sign of ihft Accusative cm»\«$«» Via» I*^
^svemoodin Laiin.
3. The ^eeusaiive ease before'lhe IvfiaiXkot mo^A tiw«3% ^«^WBa» «
^Oie other verb going before* •
( 99 )
Which are the verbs that mostly require an Accustxtive ease
before the Infinitive mood ? A. The following :
Audto^ inteUtgo^ sentio^ percipio^ anxmadverto^ eogn68co, dUeo, vidXo^
eensiio, deprehendo, jiidtco^ existimo, puto^ opinor^ siupicor^ 8Cio, niseiOj
erido, exp^novj compertum hab^o, cogXto, mimxni^ r^cordor, obtivUcor,^
lator^ gaudSo^ dolSo^ atgre firo^ spiro, confidoy rfico, aio^ perhtb^o, fertuu
fama est, fero, refiiro^ nuneto, affirmo^ acribo, ostindo, demdnttro^ pr&bo^
permitto, poUic^or^ spondio^ voviOf miror, See,
2. y^lo, nolo^ malOj oro, exdro^pHo^ poatulo, poseo^flagxto^ quaro^ obaicro,
preeor^ depr^cor^ quaso^ rogOj opto, exopto, are mostly followed by xU or n^,
and the Subjunctive Mood.
3. Caveo^ is followed by ne, and the Subjunctiye Mood ; as, Cave ni
titubesjt take care lest you stumble. JVe is often omitted before cav^o.
4. Cogo, impello, urgeo, paro^ dicimo, statiio^ corutxtuo^ facxo^ stiid^o^
Icet^ diicet — aquum est, par est^ cerium est, fas est, nifds est, have after them
an Accusative case before the Ir^nitive ; but sometimes ut and the Bub-
jonctive Mood.
5. The Accusative case before the Infinitive is sometimes understood ;
as, reddire., (se) posse n^gdbat^ he denied that he could give it. Virg.
^ RULE 5.
Esse, fuisse, fl^ri, fore, [and the Infinitives of
verbs of naming and gesture] have the same case
after them, which they have before them ; as,
Hie ames dici pater, here you may lote to be called father*
Petriis ciipit esse doctiis vir, Peter desires to be a learned man.
Scio Petrum esse doctiim, / know that Peter is learned*
Audio Praesidem venisse tutum, / Jiear the President came safe,
Scio te esse rediturum, I know that you are about to return.
Credo pios, fore felices, / believe that good men will be happy.
Non licet tibi esse negligenti, it is not lawful for you to be idle.
(, Note 1. Ess^ a.nd fuiss^ in this rule frequently are not expressed.
2. We can also say, non Ixcet tibi (te) ess^ niigtxgintem.
Have esse, fuisse, always the same case after them, which they
have before them ? No.
3. For if the Genitive case goes before esse, the case following mast be
the Accusative; as, est s^ptentis («e) esse contenttLtn sua soiti^^itiA iTsa.
part of a xnise man to be content with his lot. InX&tfe^X. cvNvasck. V3i€>^ «e»fc.'^Sf*»-
r08, it is the interest of the citizens to be Jtcc.
4. TAe Accusative, especially h^m%n2m,*\B o^Tix3aA«w\»^^^^^
CTic, goad breeding forbids a man to be proud ogaiusl >wU o»»<>«^
( 100 )
5. The poets sometimes use the J^ominative instead of the Aeeusative,
as, Uxor invicti Jovis esse nescis, for nescis te esse uzorem invicti JotIs,
You dorCt know that you are the wife of the invincible Jove.
Praxis.
I know that you are a scholar, ^that you are a learned man.
I know that you will be learned, that good men are happy.
I have heard that no power is long, that good women are happy
I think that the beginning is hard, ^that boys are negligent.
I hear that Aristides was called just, that riches are dangerous.
Aristides is said to have been just. I know that gifts have been loved.
We believe that the righteous will be happy, ^that none is perfect.
RULE 6.
When no JYomdnative comes between the Relative
qui, quiE, quoD, and the verb; the Relative is the
Nominative to the verb, and agrees with the Antece-
dent m gender and number; as,
Vir, qui miratur divitias, est miser, the man, who admires
riches, is miserable,
Fuge vdluptatem, quae est pestis, avoid pleasure, which is a
plague,
Parce temp5ri, quod nunquam redit, spare time, which never
returns.
Note 1. The Antecedent is a substantive noun that goes before the
Relative, and is again understood to the Relative ; the above examples, at
full length, will then stand thus :
Vir, qui vtr, miratur divitias, est miser, tJie man, which man
admires riches, is miserable,
Fuge voluptatem, quae vdlupids est pestis, beware of pleasure,
which pleasure is a plague,
Parce tempori, quod tempus nunquam redit, spare time, which
\ time never returns.
The antecedent is sometimes not expressed ; as, sunt quYbus, scil. hxh
mtnes, there are persons to whom. Hor.
2. The antecedent is sometimes understood ; but afterwards expressed in
the same case with the relative ; as, Urb^m quam ttatuo est vestra, Viro.
for Urbs^ quam urbem statuo, est vestra.
S. An adjective also m&j be an antecedent to the relative ; as, ille, quem
- Xmaa, aBgrot&t, he, tehom you love, is sick; Wt tSueii \!l[i« «Qba\Aai\i^« hatno^
yyr,puer, &,c. is understood.
4. 5p&e Relative agrees likewise "with the XnteccActiX. m pertwv; «a^ ^"^piS
«»<r«5t ^2 /dct, ViRQ^ I am pr€9ent^ who did it. 1\x, ^xji 1axv^1aiAs\v
«6r »*i<? /tfve, are loved. Stel&L que Itlcet, iKc stor, loKUH «lt\nA»,
( 101 )
5* When the Relative retpecti a whol0 sentence, it ii pat in the Kenttr
l^ender ; as, metis c&rtts amlctls morttttts est, quttd est mthi summo dSlflii,
my dear friend %$ dead, vhieh %$ a very great grief to me.
Praxis.
The pious father, who corrects his wicked son, has delivered himself.
The men, t. e. which men, who fear the Lord, are blessed.
The girl, i. e. which girl, who obeys her teacher, will be loved.
/ RULE 7.
But if a JVominaiive comes between the Relative
and the Verb, the relative is governed by the follow-
ing verb or noun, and agrees with the antecedent in
gender and number; as,
Deus, quern pii c6lunt, 6W, whom good men worship^
Cujus munere vivunt, hy whose gift they live,
Cujus sunt cupTdi, of whom they are desirous ,
Cui parent, et placent, whom they obey and please.
Quo fruentur, est oeternus, whom they shall enjoy, is eternal*
Praxis.
The man, whom God helps, will be indeed safe.
Virtue, which all good men admire, is neglected.
The poor, whom we pity, are not always grateful.
RULE 8.
Two or more nouns singular require the verb, ad'
jective, or relative to be in the plural number; as,
Cddrus et Brutus, qui, &mayenint p&triam, fuerunt, fortes,
Codrus and Brutus, who loved their country, were brave*
1. When the tuhstantives are of different gendere, and signify jBcrtoiM,
the masculine gender is more worthy than the feminine or neuter; as,
Frat^r et sorttr sunt &mandi, a brother and titter are to be loved.
■' 2. But if the SM^ititainiintM signify things uitfiotU life, the adjective or
relative plural must be put in the neuter gender; as,
Hbn5r et laus sunt esttm&nd&, honor and praite are to be esteemed.
3. If all the substantives without life, were of the masculine, and non«
of them of the neuter gender, the Adjective or Relative wUl Vm^ \sl ^ia
Center gender; as,
Arcfls et cSlXmM, gu<B frfig^sti, the ho%D9 and arroua uWoK ywfc Vt«iS».
1 ^I^^' ^'^^ substantives of differew* peraowa^^Cftft jwf*. V"^^''
'^^J: '*'*'/? "*® ■econd, and the second Wox^ VJel^ ^aM3A^ ^\ ^,.«-
-*Oirnisrertmjjtfrfy^ ^ou, Peter, and JoUn,ne|;Uet yiuT *«*•«••
( 102 )
5. The adjective^ or verb, freqaentlj agrees with the substantive that it
(T nearest to4miii, and is understood to the rest; as,
PatSr est &mandiis, et matSr, a father and mother is to he loved, £t
ego in culpa sum et tu, or, et ggo, et ta jiMn culpa, both I and you are in
the fault* Nihil hie dedst nisi carmina, there is nothing wanting here but
eJiarms, or, nthil hie ntst carmina desunt.
This construction is generally used, when the different words signify one
and the same thing, or much to the same purpose, and is commoiSj called
Zeugma, or joining; as, mens, rlltto, et consilium in senlbus est, under"
standing, reason, and prudence, is in old men,
j '6. Collective nouns have sometimes the adjective or verb in the plural
nomher; as,
• PbptUiis convenerant, the people had met; turha rUlUit, the crowd rush;
• magni, pars occisi sunt, a great part were slain,
RULE 9.
ANNOTATION-
Adjectives and Relative nouns sometimes agree
with the primitive pronoun^ that is understood in the
possessive; as,
Cum mea nemo scripta leget vulgd recitare timentis, whereas
no one will read my writings^ who am afraid to recite them pub'
licly, Mea the possessive, being put before met the primitiye-
Praxis.
All began to praise my fortune, who had a son endued with such good
judgment.
His exploits alone ranked Hercules among the heathen divinities.
Your example living ill, does more hurt than my persuasions preaching,
can do good.
My one's fortune is better than your two's counsel.
RULE 10.
Substantives signifying the same thing, being put
in apposition with each other, agree in case ; as,
Pastor Corydon ardebat Alexin delicias.
The shepherd Corydon fondly loved Alexis the darling.
i. This agreement of a substantive with a substantive, is commooly
called apposition,
2. Adjectives are sometimes pra in apposition toith substantives; as,
Pompdiiis magntis, Pompey the Great,
3. Substantives are sometimes put in apposition with a^eetives; ai»
. JUknpiktiitt hlUm custOdSm ostii, Jtfarc placed him keeper of ws door*
4. JiSf ieingt for^ like^ are sometunes signa o£ oEppoaUvnw
PBA.:iLlB. _
^Brndmat Waabington. The city PbLi\ado\pb\a.. Km«cw». wa wasted
9o meniMMS0 « Mrvant, a token, m a tokoii,i©T a^^i«a oti«« to«id*l%
( 103 )
Of Government.
Chnemment is threefold :
1. Of Nouns Substantive and Adjective.
2. Of Verbs Personal and Impersonal,
3. Of Words indeclinable,
THE GOVERNMENT OF NOUNS.
RULE 11.
ONE substantive governs another [of a differerU
• signification] in the Genitive ; as,
Verbum Ddmini est purum, the word of the Lord is pure.
Salus pdpuli est magna, the. safety of the people is important.
Consilium sdpientts est saniim, the advice of a wise man is good.
1. O/, or '«, with apostrdphus, is the rwtal sign of this Genitive.
2. This Genitive is sometimes changed^ or can be changed, into an dk^-
jeetive possessive ; as, diTlntU am&r, divine love, for amor jDei.
3^ The first substantive is not always expressed ; as, Angusta vxarum^
■for angusta Ibca vidriim. Acuta belli, for. acuta pSrIctUa belli.
4. Sometimes the Genitive after a substantive is changed into the Da-
tive ; as, tu deciis omnS tuis, for tuorum, you are an entire credit to yout
friends^ or, of your friends, dSlttr oltimS matri, O / last grief to thy mo-
ther, or, of thy mother.
T" 5. The poets frequently use the Dative for the Genitive ; as, cui corptiB
porrtgttur, for cQjtls corptLs porrigitiir, whose body is extended.
6. Mihi^ tibi, sibi, are sometimes used to supply the measure of the
poets, or they are put for meus, tuus, suus.
7. The Genitive also of Adjectives is governed by substantivu ; as, nor«
ma v^tSriim, the rule of the ancients ; via sapientis, the way of the wise ;
but then homims and hJominum are understood.
8. Ejus, illius, istius, [his, her, its,] are governed as if they were rab-
stantives ; as, Scio'6jils maniim, / know his hand, hie Illtus arm&, here were
her arms,
9. E&rum, illorum, istdrum, [their] are governed as substantives; as,
b&ntnds non vident eorum hjrpbcrisin, men do not see their hypocrisy.
Praxis.
The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom*
The soul's loss is the loss of losses. The face of things is changed.
The cares of this world have blinded the eyes of men.
^^ULE 12.
If the last of two substantives has an adjective of
jpraise or dispraise joined with it, then it may be put
in the Genitive or •Ablative ; as,
N^& fuit vir magnae piudentie^) Numtf' uoa o. nwwc cs^ ^^>^
prudence.
lUe fuit puer alta mente, he was a 1k)1| of a -projouwa. lavt^-
The Brat of the two BubatantWea \» noX. ^^^1^ ^^^^"^
BB, 08to (vir) forti animo, he {a marC) of gooA courag^e-
( 104 )
/■
^ RULE 13,
An adjective of the nmtef gmder without a sub-
stantive to agree with, governs the Genitive; as,
Multum auri sestimatur, much gold is esteemed*
Quid rei tractatur ? what subject is handling ?
Almd mercedis dabitur, another reward wUl he given.
1. Mvltum auri, and quid r^i, are more elegant than multum aiirtfMii
qwB res,
2. Plus and quid never agree in case with any substantive.
3. JViAiZ and niZ, for nullum, frequently govern the Genitive.
4. Quid, aliquid, quicquam, hoc, illiid, td, govern the Grenitive.
\ 5. Neuter Adjectives, which govern the Genitive, generally denote
i quantity, nuUum, tantum, quarUum, muUum, plus, plurtmiim, paululwnu
Pbaxis.
As much money as any one has, so much credit will he also have.
Where there is most study there is least noise. Much praise is due.
THE GOVERNMENT OF ADJECTIVES,
RULE 14.
Verbal adjectives, adjectives of desire.^ ignorance^
knowUdge^ remembrance^ and the like, govern t|ie
Genitive; as,
H^ratius fuit cupidus pacis, Horojce W€is desirous of peace.
C&to fiiU tenax propositi, Cato wa^firm to his purpose*
- Cicero fiiit amans pStriae, Cicero was a lover of his country,
Csesar fuYt peritus literarum, C<Bsar was skilled in learning.
Petrus est memor beneficiorum', Peter is mindful of favors.
What adjectives govern the Genitive, agreeably to this rule?
1. Verbal adjectives in -ax; os, cdpaXi ^daXj fSrax^ fugax^
perttnax, t^nax, vdrax, &c. govern the Genitive.
2. Participials in -ns ; as, amans, appHens, cuptHns, exp^nens, nUgtU
gens, dUxgens, mHutns, observans, patXens, {servantissimus) timSns, /ft-
giens^ siti&M, Slc. doctus, eriiditus, expSrius, consultiis, 6lc. govern the.
.. Genitive.
[1. The difference in signification between the participle and the par^
tittpial, is this ; the participle signifies a temporary or single act, at a cer-
tain time.; as, Ceesar fuit amans patri&m, Caisar was (at some time') a lover
^ hig country; but the participial, without regard to any particular tim^
denotea a Aakit; rb, Ckero fuYt )&m&nB p&liiiB^ Cicero was a {steadjf^ imi-
yortn) iover of his country*
S, I^atiins frigua, is one who is wyfering cold,\iovi \ui%>)\«i ^^'^^
may be to suffer it. PatXinB /rte8rii, \b oue ^\io >» ^\»\o iMf «t wAA^
^^»^ie of suffering cold.
( 105 )
3. Doetu9 mftsieiiit denotes one who has been taught mime, whetbtr
he understands it or not. Doctus mUateis, denotes one who is BkilUd in
mu9ie — a connoisseur in fiHM»c»]
3. Cupidiis, timidus^ ambUidsus, avdrus, eAndsu«, govern the Grenitive;
but eridvdus and fidus govern the Dative.
"T" 4, P^rt/u«, imp^rttus; gnariis, prUdens^ caltidtis^prdvidus^ doetut, dontiSt
prcBsnuSi prcuagiis, certiis, m^mor, immSmor, expertus, eonsultiis^ eonvictus^
iruditus, govern the Genitive.
5. Ignarus^ riklts^ niscius, inscius,, diihius, incirtus^ consctiis, int^g^r^
pUriiSy anxiusj sollicituSy r^us^ manifistus^ govern the Genitive.
6. JEmulus^parcus, prddtgus, profUsus^ s^cUrus, mUnifxcus^ftlix^ govern
the Genitive ; as, fdliz &ntnil, happy in mind*
Praxis.
We have heard that Catiline was able to bear cold, and hunger.
I am sorry to see that tender body bearing the most bitter cold.
YT^BQ men are not desirous of much wealth, fields, and money.
RULE 15,
Partitives, interrogatives, indefinites, numerals,
comparatives, and superlatives, govern the Genitive
plural; as, ^.
» Hie phildsophonim errat, this one of the philosophers errs.
Uterque nostrum dicet partem, ecich of us toill say a part*
Quis vestrum ignor^t ? what one of you is ignorant ? Interro.
Quis nostrum ignorat, any one of us is ignorant* Indefinite.
Una sdroriim fuit pulchra, one of the sisters was fair,
Petrus est seni6r fratrum, Peter is the elder of the brothers,
Cicero fuit optimus consilium, Cicero was the best of consuls.
Can this Genitive he turned into another ease?
1. This Genitive can be turned into int^r with the Accusative^ or into
</*, d, exy with the Ablative ; thus, aliqats phtlosophorum — aHquvs iniir
philosophos, or, dfc, c, exj philosophise
2. Words placed partitively^ whether nouns substantive^ adjectives^ or
participles^ govern also the Genitive plural; as, valgus Atheniensium, the
generality of the Athenians, Nemo mortalium, no one of mortals. SanctS
deOrum, O thou holy one of the Gods I Lecti jiiv^niim, the choice of the
youths.
3. Partitives govern the Genitive singular of collective nouns^ and do not
necessarily agree with them in gender ; as, vir, prsBstantlsstmiis nostra
cXvttatis, tfu best man of our state*
^ 4. Partitives^ interrogativeSt are put in the same gender as the substan
tives they govern; as, aliquis philosophorum^ is at full length, oKquXs
ph%lo$iiphfis phil6s6phdrum; but there are some examples to tlu& «/(SGflcx«r^«
Pkaxis.
ne wtaeaH of the Philosophers ia BOTne>irr\eB Ts\Vft\a^««w
Miodenu was by far the most loamed oC t3aB Ot^«^%« .
o^trtmiuM, the eighth of the wise men, was «. »Vo\* ^^taSSo^o^^^-
( IW )
RULE 16.
Adjectives signifying profit or disprofit^ Ukeness or
unUkeness^ govern the Dative ; as,
Poeta est utilis urbi, a poet is tisefid to the community.
Hie puer est sTmTlis suo patri, this hoy is like his father.
Lex est gravis reipublicsB, the law is hurtful to the state
Hector ivit obvius hosti, Hector went to meet the enemy.
Censura est facilis cuivis, censure is easy to any one.
1. But amicus^ tmmi«u«, t^eXus^ ttdnus^ par, aqudtis, similis, dissx"
mXlis, abstmtHM, eognatus, auperstHs, propriu8, goyem both the Dative and
Genitive*
2. CommiintM seldom governs the Genitive, bat frequently the Dative;
thus, hoc est commUnS mihi teciim, this is common, to me and you.
3. AliBnus imrnUniB, admit of the following construction : StipfirbYa est
alidn& dignttatts, dignttati, vel a dignttatS, j7ru2e i« inconatstent vfith dig-*
fifty; nemo est immtlnlfs vttii, vel, a vitio, no one w free from vice.
4. Promptus, proclivi8, v^lox, e^li^r, tardus, pig^r, eommodu8,ineommH'
dua, aptus, ineptus, habitlis, govern the Accusative of the thing, with the
preposition ad, rather than the Dative; as, omnes sunt proni &d vYttunif
all men are prone to vice,
5. UtiRs, infUiHs, aptiis, iniptus, govern the Dative, or Accusative with
ad; as, vtr tltilts bello, vd, S,d belliim. ^^^
6. All adjectives of acquisition govern the Dativeju^, eonscius slthp-^it
f^us-f-socxis— pauper amieis — div^s sibi — henxgnus omnibus — communis
•—CB^tttif — xntquus—bonus—felix tuis—jtutus, injustus — gratus, ingrdtu»»
Praxis.
Wicked men are prone to mischief. Fooli are tntt to laugh, promts*
Tou cannot imagine how unjust he is to himself. Hor,
CSoirection is necessarj for boys. A Christian is kind to all.
Death is common to every age. Death is common to thee and mo.
A prince is slow to punishment. A good man is hurtful to none.
A prince is swift to reward. A heathen is kind to his friend.
Death is common to good and bad men. George was kind to all men.
RULE 17.
Verbals in -bitis and -dtis^ govern the Dative of a
person whose sign is by ; as,
* Amdr non est m^icabilis herbis, love is nd to he cured
hy herbs.
Via lethi est calcand& s^m^ omnibus, the way ofdeaA it
io be trod once hy all.
Do yerbals in "bXUa and -due govern only tbeT>^\ri« ot %P«r«m1
/. Verbals in -btlts and -due some^mee gpvem «1bo m A\Afl«»ft ^1^
"Ww tu, pUdlcmtL art rSptrtblKs iwinii aacU, choetil^^ V» l»e ve^eteK
( wi )
bjf tw art, Ovid. Dlfftcult&tds sunt sttpgrande stiidto et labori$, diffieul'
tie$ are to be overcome by ttudy and lahor*
2* Participles of the perfect tense, also govern a Dative^ whose sign is
hy^ but oftener an Ablative with a or ab ; as, Maecenas, dIctS mihl, O Jtfice-
cenaa^ celebrated by me. Mors Laurentts est ddfl6t& multis, vil a multls«
^ the death of Laurens teas bewailed by many.
Praxis.
We must love all men. All men are to be loved by us.
We must write -our versions. Our versions are to be written by nt.
We must read good books. Grood books are to be read by us.
We must love our enemies. Our enemies are to be loved by us.
We must shtm every vice. Every vice is to be shunned by us.
RULE 18.
Adjectives signifying dimension^ govern the Accu-'
stxtive of Measure ; as,
Haec c61umna est viginti pedes alt^, this pillar is ttoenty
feet high.
Do Adjeeiives of dimension always govern the Accusative?
1. Adjectives^ and even verbs of dimension^ also govern the Ablative^ as
well as the Accusative of measure^ but rarely the Genitive ; as, fos8& s^
cubitls altS,, a trench six cubits deep, Patet tres ulnas, it extends tKne
eUs, VentSr eju« extS,t sesqulp^g. Persius. NSc longiords duodenum
pSdum, and not two feet longer.
Which are the Adjectives of Dimension ?
Adjectifw of Dimension are
2. Altus^ bighi or deep ; crassus or dehsus^ thick ; latus^ broad ; longiU^
long; prSfundiis^ deep ; which govern the Accusative, and sometimes the
Ablative of measure.
Which are the words of Measure ?
The words of Measure are
3. Cubxtus^ a cubit, a fftbt and a half; dXg%tu9^ an inch; palmus^ a
hand-breadth; pis^ a foot; pSssus, a pace ; miUidrium^ a mile ; stadium^ a
furlong ;t1u/na, an ell.
^ Praxis.
Oor house, in this city, is 30 feet lon$V'ui<l ^8 ^^t wide.
My book is two inches thick. This room is 20 fedt long.
The circulax church is 90 feet in diameter; The board is 4 inches broad.
t •
^ RULE 19.
The Comparative Degree g^ein^ tiv^ AW«^x^^^
whose sign is than ; as, " ^
8apreDti& est meli6r gemmis, wisdom Vb««^T ^^^ira ^^««;9j*^
NUtn est dulcrus libertatS, notMng i« «i6^t \lwxtv.A^tow.-
( 108 )
1. This Ahlative after the compaxative degree, is frequently resolved by
gtiam; thus,
JWiil est dulcius quam libirtas (est) S&ptentt& est melittr quam gem-
me (sunt)
2. Quam, after ampKus^ plus^ wXnus^ is elegantly left out ; as, non am'
pKus noctiim fcUl^^ counterieit his form not longer than one night.
Dote the Comparative Degree govern no other Abkttive, than that whose
sign is than?
3. The comparative degree governs also anotfier Ablative of the measure
of excess; as, tu Ss nihilo m^i5r alio, you are in nothing better than
another, Quanto stipdrbtor Ss, tanto vili&r (es,) the prouder you are^ the
meaner (you are.)
4. Jfihil is elegantly used for nfimo, or nulltis ; as, nihil fUlt fllctlndlib
CicSrOnS, none was more eloquent than Cicero*
Praxis.
King Solomon was wiser than all men. Peace is much better than war.
The leader is greater than the soldier. Solon was wiser than Crcesus.
Nothing is swifter than time. Cicero was more honest than-Osesar.
The more learned you are, be the more humble. You are richer than I.
X RULE 20,
Di^ds, indignds, contenttis, prseditils, capitis and
fretiis ; (dso natiis, prognatiis, sMus, ortiis, editus, gfi-
nltus, prog^nltus, and the Uke^ govern the jlblative; as,
Hie piier est dignus laude, this hoy is worthy of praise*
Quis est cdrdentus sua sorte ? toho is content with his lot ?
Vir est pradtttis virtute, the man is endued with courage*
Stultus est cdptus mente, a fool is destitute of understanding*
JEneks fuit natus Anchls^, JEneas was bom of Anchises*
Mints, chdrus, viindlis, vi/is, laUus, supSrbus, also govern the Ablative;
as, h5mo silperbUs sapidntia est stultissimUs, a man proud of his knowledge^
K is a very great fool.
The wise always trust in God. Pyrrhus was descended from Achillas.
Ascanius was bom of a noble family. We were bom of good parents.
RULE 21.
Adjectives of plenty or want govern the Genitive
or Ablative; as,
Omnia sunt plena Dei, aU things are full of God*
Homo est compds mentis, man is endued with reason*
Siimus prddigi nostri tempdns, we are prodigal of our time*
Nemo est vacuus mdlestia, there is no one void of trouble*
Benigniis, expers^ impos, liberalise mUniftcus, parens, truneus, vacuus,
/ffiodi£^, indtgiis^ pauper, divlis^ particips^ mostly govem the Genitive.
jffAi/uSf if^&tus, muttlus, tumtdiit, turgtdiu^ orlius^ grocis, govem the
'^6/attve only,
Ol^aS, signifying need* eovems the .Ablative o? \3cvfj VSQ:m^^^^«A\ ^s^^
S^^fJ^P^ efft F«rf>£? ufhM need %• there of uordt? USUS jN» ^wtam
^e Ablative ; a«, nunc turtis Ce»t) viribttB, now there U tutd oj ttrciHE^
^ ( 109 )
THE GOVERNMENT OF VERBS.
RULE 22.
Sum, when it signifies possession^ property^ or duty^
governs the Genitive ; as,
Terr& est Ddmmi, the earth is the Lord's — belongs to the Lord*
Eat hdminis errare, it is the way [the weakness] of man to err*
Est prsBceptorum curare, it is the duty of masters to take care.
This Genitive^ which is said to be governed by e«/, is governed by nor
fftro, mbs^ ingimum^ pr^priHas^ infirmitas^ inMcium^ luStOy n^gotium^
i^eium^ oput; mUnus^ r^s, or some other words, underttood, and some*
times expressed; as, quicquid (est) consptctlum est rfis fisci. Juv. whatever
it excellent is the property of the treasury. Hic Itbdr est mSi fratrts, this
hook belongs to my brother^ or fully, hic ItbSr est (liber) mei fratris.
Praxis.
It is lAe pari of all men to love both their enemies, and friends.
It is the duty of the President to provide for {consulo) the People.
It is the privilege of all good citizens to contend for their just rights.
RULE 23.
Does SUM al#*ys govern the Genitive, wheQ it signifies j)0#-
session, property, or duty ? No.
The possessives, mSUs^ tv/Hs^ sUiis^ nostSr^ vestir^
are put in the- JVcwwno/tW after sum^ &rc.; buc the
Primitive Genitives mSi^ tui^ svi^ nostril vestri^ never
• &re f 8.S9
Hic liber est meus, not m^, this hook is mine, or, this hook he*
longs to me*
Hsec tdga er^t tu^, not tui, this gown was yours, or, this goum
belonged to you.
Est tuum incipere, not tin, it is your part to hegin, or, to hegin
is your part,
Scto hunc librum ess^ meum, not mei, I know that this hook he*
longs to me, or, that this hook is mine ; also,
HumanUm, 5e//utnum, regium^ Romanugih ^t^^ oiher possessives^ may bo
used in the J^omiruUive, as, est humdnum err&r^ for est hominis errarS.
•_ »
RULE 24.
MlsSrSOr, mlsSresco, and s&t&go, govern the Gen-
itive; as,
Mfs^rere tudrum civTum, do pity your countrymen,
S&t&git suarum rerum, he is busy about his otou af a\T%*
Do an/ other yerha than mxsMor^ mX8)^re«co> «xi^ iSjLa;g^N^^'^^^'^'^^^
Verbg that signify an affection of the mvnA wTaeMxaaa ^w«r«vV£v^
tf re in imitation of the OrccU; as, pl^rMo aiCtrnV A'^^^^'^^ o»>.v'««^
'V
( 110 )
RULE 25.
Est, used for habeo^ to have^ governs the Dative of
K person; as,
Liber est mibi, I have a hook, or, liber, a book, est, is, mihi, to
me, for ego babeo librum.
Libri sunt mibi, I have books, or, libri books, sunt are, mihi, to
me; for ego babeo libros.
1. Supp^tit is also used Hke est, for habeo, and governs the Dative ; as,
Pauper enim nOn est cui rdrOm sapp^tit Qstis, for he U not poor, who hot
the use of riches, Hor.
2. In the construction of est for habeo, the word that seemg to be the
.Nominative, is the Dative, and the word which would have been the AecU'
sative with haheo, is the J^ominative with est ; as, liber est mihi, which is
accounted more elegant than habeo librum,
3. Optls, need, is especially joined with est, but seldom with habeo ; as,
ttpus est mihi, / have need--^eed is to me; but we rarely say habeo opiis,
I have need, which is not so elegant,
4. Disum is elegantly used for careo ; as, libri desunt mihi, books are
wanting to me, instead of ear^o libris, I want books, desunt tibi libri, ^
Pbaxis.
Tou have a book, you have books. He has a book, he has books.
We have a book, we have books. Ye have a book, ye have books.
They have a book, they have books. You all have not good books.
I know that good men have good books that Peter wants books.
We have had books. We had had books. You and I will have books.
I know that you have books ^that you had books you had no books.
RULE 26.
Sum used for qff^ro^ to brings governs two Datives;
the one of a. person^ and the other of a thing; as,
Hoc est voluptati mihi, this is (brings) a pleasure to me, for
Hoc affert voluptatem mibi, this brings a pleasure to me.
The Dative of the person after sum, for aff^ro, is sometimes under-
stood.
Do, dono, verto, daco, tribuo, hab^o, relinquo, v^nio, mitto, also govern
two Datives; as, hoc dattlr tibi laudi, this is given you, or, to you, for a
praise.
RULE 27.
All verbs or participles of acquisition govern the
Dative; as,
Seges creacit lidminibus, com grows for men*
Lau8 dehetur yirtuil, praise m dMt to mrtue.
Ijiberi Jaborant sibi, free men labor fox thcmscliics.
'^"'Vcepta dantur tibi, instrudiijons are gwcn -you.
!7 and FOJi, the signs of acquMlitiox^ we no* olwajis expTe%%tA«
( "1 )
Praxis.
We are not bom^r ounelTes. Now I fleem to mjself to be going.
He said to me. You have returned for another. Hear this lesson for me
Neither, O ye Greeks, need my brave actions be mentioned to you.
thou, who art matched to a worthy man ! I do not sleep for alL
1 was not at home for you. My gi& are mean to you, O Alexis.
The fair Naiad cropping for you. And minds not to go away for the late
night ViRG.
ANNOTATIONS.
But as many verbs govern the Dative^ which seldom have
tOy or for, after them /n the English construction ; they are
here inserted under tire following heads.
1. Verbs signifying to PROFIT, or HURT, govern the
Dative; as, commMo, proftcto^ placed, consiilo, to consult for,
[to provide for,l ndc^o, offtcto, incommddo, displic^Oy instdidr,
d6U6 ; but Z^d^ and off^ndo govern the Accusative.
^ 2. ^TO T'AVOR, to HELP, and their contraries, govern
the Dative ; as, fdveo, annuo, arrldio, assenttdr, adst%pul&r
gratuldr, gfOtdr, grattftcdr, ignbsco indulgHo, parco, ddoldf
plaudoy hJandtdr, linddndr, palpor, assentdr, stiid^o, suppltco, —
Auxiltdr, admtniculdr, subv^mo, succurro, patrdctndr, mM^dr
midicdr, dpituldr, dSrdgo, detrdho, Invid^o, cemuldr; but jiivi
^ governs the Accusative.
a To COMMAND— OBEY— SERVE— or RESIST
govern the Dative; as, imp^ro, prcecipio, mando, ddmindr
mdd^rdr, (to check) pdr^o, auscutto, ohidio, obs^qudr, ohtempSrOj
moremg^ro, mongirdr, obs^cundo; fdmulor, servio, inseroioj
ministro, pugno, r^pugno, certo, obsto, rSluctor, obsisto, r^mtdr,
r^sisto, adversdr, exprdbro, rScldmo, r^frdgdr; hut jiibSo governs
thi^ A.of*iisdtive
4. ^To THREATEN— be ANGRY with— REPROACH;
as, mindr, commindr, indigndr, irdscdr, sitccinsSoj convitidry
govern the Dative,
5, ^To TRUST ; as, fidoj confldo, crido, fid^m, hoMo,
difftdoy despiro, govern the Dative.
6. ^To SHOW, to TELL, govern the Dative ; as, tndtco,
aio, dico, Interdico, respondSo, rSnuncto, cedo, excello, JubtSo,
nuboy pr^BStoior, suad^o, persuad^o, r^cipto, permiito,
7.— Verbs compounded with S^TIS, BENE, and MALE,
govern the Dative ; as, sdtisfdciOy satisdo, bintfddoy bSn^dico,
mal^facioy malMicOi
Praxis.
The tyrant threatened the city with chains. 'He threatens me wth stripei.
I will not be angry vntk you. I could trust an hotiA«l tcvvc^.
"So man can put trust in a bad man. Do not ^\i\. \x\yBX\sL 'q^t&mcl*
/ telJ thee, O grandson of JESLcub, that thfi Romana c»sl coTssjast. \>x«fc.
SAe married the freedman of Pompe^. X>o wp«^^ l^^a '^^^^^"-saA
JP^aade you to adhere to malice. Wiaft mfixi ^o xitA. «eri^ ^^'Sf^
/ w^ W««r ttow that Megs thee. 1 ^ria cutme VS^^ow^ SJasX c«x»»
\
( lis )
8. ^The compounds of SUM, (except possum^) gfoyem the
Dative ; as, absum, adsum^ prdnfm, chsum^ prtewm,
9. Verbs, and participles compounded' with these ten
PREPOSITIONS, dd, arU^, con, fn, int^, ob, post, pr<B^ 9ub,
and siip^rj govern the Dative; as, aapiro, antSfiro, cottudo,
impdno, immtnSo, suffido, interviinio, ohrepo, postpomOf post'
JM^o, prtutOy succedo, 9up€rslo^ nipervSmo. But
Pr<Bid^ prav^nio, prcBcido, pracurro, prcBvertOj ant^verto,
pnBveridr^ govern the Acctisative only. And there are several
verbs compounded with these ten prei^ositions, which do not
govern the Dative*
Interdico, to forbid strictly, governs the Dative and Ablative;
as, interdico tibi ddmo mea, I forbid thee mj house. Lrv,
1. Some verbs vary both their signification and eorunrueiion ; as, HnUfo,
m^tuo, formido; as, timSo tibi, ttmeo de te, timSo pro \ / am afraid for
you, i. e. for your safety; but ttmeo to, or, timeo a te, Ift9.r you as I do om
enemy.
2. Consttlo tibi, / provide for your safety; but constLlo *e, / ask your
advice; emill&ri S.licul, to envy any one; eemfiltri altquem, to imitate any
one.
3. Eo^ r^deo, vado, prop^ro, curro, festino^ pcrgo, fupo, tnttio, o^to,
priificisciir, verbs of motion to a place, govern the Ace. with ad or in,
Voco, prdvoco, invito, Iiort6r, traho, allXcio, ptiticio, attineo, paiXnes,
eonformo, lacesso, slimiilo, kc* govern the Accusative with ad, or in.
4. The poets use sometime the Dative instead of the Accusative, tSUt
verbs of motion ; as, PhylHda mitt^ mVii, V irg. for mittS Phyllida ad me.
Praxis.
Bojs set aside their studies for play. We should -do good to all men.
Let not parents provoke their children to anger. This belongs to me.
I will go to the city. Fly, do fly to your strong city. He fled to the altar.
RULE 28.
Active verbs, and verbs signifying activity, govern
the Accusative ; as,
Pn amant Deum et omnes, good men love Chd and all men :
lUi non a vent sordidas divitias, they do not covet sordid riches;
Et odere superbT&m et luxum, and hale pride and luxury*
Deponent verbs of an active signification, also govern the Aocusative ; as,
sttperbtS, c6mttatttr httnOrds, prtde accompanies honon.
This Accusative is discovered by asking the question tohom, or vhatf to
the verb ; as, tr^om do good men love ?
All Active verbs, and verbs of an active signification, to complete tha
aauie, require after them an AccvJSoXivt^ expressed or understood.
A whole sentence fi^quently tuppliea the \Aa£e ci^ V)i[i« Accu%a£.vc«^^«L
D t/^eiiv€ rerb*
( 113 )
1. J^euter verbs govern the Accusative, when the JVbttn after them hM
a signification similar to its own ; as, vivunt vltftm, they live a life ; vivunt
Bacchanalia, they Uve like Baechanaliana. Insanire insaniam, to be mad
of madness, GauderS gaudium, to rejoice for joy; ftirSrS furorem.
2. Neuter verbs taken in a metaphorical or active sense, also govern the
Accusative^ as, C^rj^don ardebat Alexlm, Corydon passionately loved ,^ lexis*
Rufillus 51et pastilles, Rt^fiUus smells of perfuming hoMs. Hor. CalldbS,t
artSm, hs understood the art. Erasmus.
3. Several verbs are used both in an active and neuter sense ; as, ab-
liOrrdrS famam^ to dread infamy; abhorrere a lltibus, to be averse from laW'
suits; abhorrdt &b uxOrS dQcenda, /ie is averse from marrying — a m^Is
mOribtb abhOrrSt, it is inconsistent with my manner, — Cic.
4. Ad5l6r8 pSnates, to bum incense^ to sacr^ce to the household gods,
ViRG. declinar^ ictilm, to avoid the stroke ; ddcUnare Ibco, to go from the
place,
5. Acifis inclin^t, the army gives way^ vUl Hcifis incllnatiir, the army is
giving way; labOrare arma, to forge arms; a morbo Idbdrdr^, to be ill of a
disease,
6. MSrarl YtSr, to stop his march; m5rarl in urb^, to stay in the city; hoc
nihil m5r5r, / do not mind this,
7. The poets frequently use the Accusative of neuters adverbially ; as,
mSns Isetatiir turbidtim for turbide, Hor. my mind is confusedly glad,
MultlL g@m6ns, for multikn gemfins.
8. Sometimes the prepositions circa or yropter are understood before hoc^
%dt quid^ aliquid, quiequid^ (Propter) quicqutd delirant rdges plectilntiir
Achlvl. HoR. the Greeks are punished for the errors of their kings.
9. Participles in -<a», -sus^ -xus^ are frequently followed by an Accusa-
tive case, governed by quodd^ or secundum ; as, milSs fractils membra, i, e,
qu5ad membra, the soldier having his limhs broken,
10. Passive and Neuter verbs also govern the Accusative among the po-
ets ; as, ebrius f Sr6 rttbSt, {qu^M) faciSm, a drunkard is mostly red in the
face, VulnSratiir (qad&d) capiit, he is wounded in the head.
Praxis.
We are leaving our lands and the pleasant fields of our native country.
Truth gets hatred. Virtue will get praise. Confess ye your faults.
Who does not admire Aristldes f Good men love peace.
RULE 29.
Rec5rd5r mgmini, rgmtniscOr, and oblivisc6r, gov-
ern the Accusative or Genitive ; as,
Recorder lectionis vel lectionem, I remember the lesson.
Obliviscdr injuriaSy vel iojuriam, I forget an injury.
1, JiiKmXnlt (to make mention o/,) govexnB >i3iDkft C3[«m&s^^^^'^^ ^^Jsje&c^^
with d^/ as, cojtis supra mSiiilntm.\iB, toKicK "we me-nitwaeii oboxt \ o^^^ife ^j^s^'
mipra mSmltaimiiB. <c -<
A Venttmihi in mentem, (I remcwiber^^ %.^m\\a ^^ '^?^^''^^W-'
nP# ventt mthi tn mdat^m. 11. Vftnit nifibi'tQ. m«kTs«5CCLlv'^:i>»* "^^^^
mlbi tn mentem de hAe r$.
( "4 )
AcnvE Verbs governing another case besides'^the Accusative
RULE 30.
Verbs of accusing, condemning, warning, and ac-
quitting, govern the Accusative of the person, cmd
Genitive of the crime or thing; as,
Cicero accusavit Verrem furti, Cicero accused Verres of thefts
Postiilavit Milonem majestatis, he accused Milo of treason*
Damnavit illiim sceleris, he condemned him of vnckedness*
Absolverat vos crlminis, he had acquitted you of the crime*
Morbus m6net nos mortis, sickness warns us of death.
1. V erbs of ACCUSING are aecuso, ago^ appiUo^ areesso^ arguo^
tdHgo, astrtngo, def^ro, incUso, insitnulo, postulo, See,
2. Of CONDEMNING are damno^ condemnor convineo, nota*
3. Of WARNING are mSn^o., admon^o^ commonifacio,
4. Of ACQUITTING are solvo, absolvo, libero.purgo,
1. This Genitive, after ^^ Verbs of ticcusing^''* can be changed into the
Ablative, either wUh or without the preposition de; as, accusavit Verrem
furto, or^ de furto.
2. This Genitive, after verbs of accusing, is not really governed by the
verb; but hj pcRna^ erimtn^, actione, eausd^ Sec. understood.
RULE 31.
Verbs of comparing, giving, declaring, and takings
away, govern the Dative with the Accusative; as,
Comparo Virgilium H6mero, / compare Virgil to Homer.
Dedit h6mini sublime os, he gave the man a lofty countenance.
Dico tibi totam rem, / tell you the whole matter*
Eripuit me tristi morti, he rescued me from a cruel death.
Ignosce mihi banc unam culpam, pardon me this one favU.
Mmatur mihi mortem, he threatens me with death.
Repeat the Verbs of Comparing,
1. Verbs of COMPARING are comparo, compono, confiro^
<Bquo, csquipdro ; also ant^pono, ant^firo^ prcspono, 'prcbfirOi—
- postpone, posthdbSo, postf^ro.
Repeat the Verbs of Giving,
2. Verbs of GIVING are do, trthtio, . largtor, prcBhSo, ml-
nistro, sugg^ro, suppHtto, — reddo—^estituo, rUrtlmo, rependo^
rim^tior—qtuBro, acquire, pdro, pdrto, — promitto, pollic^or,
r^cipio, spond^o, deMo, solvo, assure, vincRco, mitto, rdinquo^
cum multis siJiis.
Repeat the Kerbs of Declanng.
S. Verbs of DECLARING ate narro, dxco,'in»itt»To^\^SqH3&T>
nuncio, r^firoj — dedaro, dpM.o^ cxpono, expUco, w.gnllfU50^>»i-
f^^o, momtroy ostendoy — ntgo^ iwficCor, Jot^w, ^.'
( 116 )
Repeat the Vei-bs of tMng away,
4. Verbs of TAKING AWAY are aufiro^ adimo^ ertpio^ dimoy surripto,
ditrahoy exciitio^ extorquXo^ &c* From is the sign of the Dative after verbs
of taking awaj.
6. Verbs of TAKING AWAY frequently change the Dative into the
Ablative^ with the prepositions a, a6, ^, or ear, as, erip&it me a mort@.
The rule, "VERBS OF COMPARING," is very general; for any ac-
tive verb may govern the Dative with the Accusative^ when together with
the thing done, is also signified the person TO or FOR whom it is done ;
as, fidiica hunc puSrtLm mihi, bring up this child for me» R^cita mthi
sentdnttam, repeat the sentence to me. D6c& pUerOs mihi, teach the boy»
for me.
The rule "VERBS OF COMPARING" is compounded of "all verbs
of acquisition.,''^ and " ttctive verbs govern the Accusative."
Many of the verbs compounded with the " ten prepositions,*^ ad, ante^
cori', &c. govern the Dative ^iih the Accusative; as, preefdcit Sextiim
classi, fie appointed Sextus over the fleet.
MUTO and COMMUTO govern the Accusative of the thing changed^
and the Ablative of that for which it is charged ; as, gloriOstim est irUm
mtltarS &mlcitia, it is glorious to change anger for friendship.
COMPARO, CONFERO, COMPONO, frequenUy govern the Ablative
with cum; as, comparo FtrgtKum cum Homero, for eomparo Virgilium
Hamero.
Some verbs have various constructions; as, miscuit vlnthn aque, lie
mixed the wine with water; or, mlsctdt vlnum aqua, or cum Hqua.
Praxis.
It is dishonorable to prefer life to modesty. None can promise himself
another day. Grod has procured us this ease. We oflen compare small
thin^ with great. The fates will only show him to the world. Wise men
prefer virtue to riches. I set aside my serious business for their sport*
Kestore me to my own. I will say nothing to you. Courage concealed
differs little from cowardice.
RULE 32.
Verbs o/* asking anc? teaching, govern two Accusa-
tives, the one of a person, and the other of a thing ; as,
Pacem te poscimus omnes, we all beg peace of you. Virg.
Egestas docet nos temperantiam, want teaches us temperance*
Repeat the Verbs of asking.
Rdgo, oroy exorOj ohsScro, pr^cor, poscoy r^pdsco,flagitOy la*
cessoy are verbs of asking.
Repeat the Verbs of teaching,
DdcSo, iddc^Oy diddc^o, irudio, institiio, are verbs of teaching.
1. CELO governs also two Accusatives, the one of the thing
and the other of the person, as, Cela hanc rem servos, hide this
thing from the servants.
From is a sign of the Accusative case after the verb celo.
2. IN DUO also governs two Accusatives ; as, indiitt ae cal-
ce6Sf he puts on him his shoes. "We c«ii ^^ ^^^ycl^SsX^S^^
calceos, or, iDdiiit se calc^is.
tf\» M
( 116 )
3. MONEO governs also two Aceusatives ; as, m5nSo \A offtcittm, I put
you in mind of your duty. But we also say,*m5neo td officii, or^ m5nSo
t6 officio, or^ mttneo t6 de officio.
Are not verbs of teachings and askings otherwise construed ?
1. Instruo^ inatituOf formo^ informo^ imhuo, verbs of teachings govern the
Ablative of the thing without a preposition ; as, instittLS hunc puSnim
Gnecis Uteris, instruct this hoy in the Greek laiiguage*
2. Verbs of asking often change the Accusative of the person^ into the
Ablative^ with a or ah; as, omnis posctmus pac^m a te» Rogato vitam-et
salut^m a D^d,
Praxis.
They asked assistance of the Romans. Neither do I crave the gods/br
more. You cannot conceal your wickedness from God. He clad hun-
self in linen clothes. I warn you of this affair — about this affair.
RULE 33,
The passives o/" active verhs^ governing two cases,
still retain the last case ; as,
Verres accusabatur furti, Verres was accused of theft,
Virgilius comparatur Homero, Virgil is compared to Homer.
Ego eripior tristi morti, I am rescued from a cruel death.
Deus rogatur sanitatem, Crod is entreated for health.
Nos docemur temperantiam, we are taught temperance.
Hoc celatur servos, this thing is hid from the servants.
Seepe monemiir mortis, we are often warned of death.
RULE 34.
The price of a thing is governed in the Ablative
by any verb ; as,
Emi librum tribiis s61idis, I bought a hook for three shillings.
Hie vendidit pS,triilm auro, this man sold his country for gold.
Demosthenes docuit talento, Demosthenes taught for a talent.
This Ablative of the Price is properly governed by pro un-
derstood, which is sometimes, though rarely, expressed.
RULE 35.
But tanti, quantt, pluris, minorXs, expressing the
price^ are governed in the Genitive^ and not in the
Ablative; as, '
lUajuvant quse pluris emuntur, tTiose things 'glease which are
doughtjhr more.
Nulla res constat patri mtnoris^ nothing costs tTic JalVr \es**
Vendiim lihnim tanti quanti v&let, I vAtt «€» iKe \K)ok jw <m
, ^mscA a^it is worth,
i
( 117 )
But when the substantiYea are expressed, TANTI, QUANTI, PLURIS,
MINORIS, are changed into the Ablative according to Rule 34. ^The
price of a thing" — as, llbrum SmS,m tanto prStio, quantd v&lSt, / will buy
the book for as much as it is worth*
Yet tnagno^ parvd^ pauliild^ mtmmo, plunmS, are found without the
substantives in the Ablative.
VALEO, to be worthy governs also the Accusative ; as, vend&m llbrttm
tanti quantum vkVSi.
RULE 36.
Verbs o{ valuing govern the Accusative of the thing
valued^ and these Genitives of the rate ; magni, parvi,
nlhili, minoris, minimi, tanti, quanti, plurls, majorls,
pluriml, maximi, nauci, flocci, pili, assis, t^runcli,
hujtis; as.
Sapiens aestimat vdluptatem parvi, a wise man values pleasure
at a low rate.
We can also say, sapiens sestimat ydluptatem parvo pretio*
Repeat the verbs of valuing,
^stimo^ duco^facto^ hdbl^o^ pendo, piito^ taxo; are verbs of valuing.
1. Sum and ^' only govern the Genitive of the value; as, virtos est
plurts omnYbtLs, virtue is higher than all things; fidds fit parvi, honesty ta
esteemed at a low rate*
2. ,^qui and boni^ are especially governed by facio and consiilo ; as,
lacio td eequi, / esteem you kindly ; constilo ttium m5nitiim b5nl, / take your
advice in good part,
3. ^^stirno sometimes governs these Ablatives of the rate ; magno^ per-
magno^ parvo^ (supple prHto,) nthilo. We can also say, (BStimo te pro
n%h\l&^ for cMtimo ti nihXli,
RULE 37.
Verbs of plenty or scarceness, of loading, un-
loading, filling, emptying ; divesting, depriving, gov'
em the Ablative ; as,
Crassus libundab^t divitiis, Crassus abounded in riches,
Natura tantum eget paucis, Nature only wants few things.
Verbs of plenty and scarceness govern also the Genitive; as,
Insanus eget custodis, a madman needs a keeper.
Alter {h6m6) indiget alterius, one man needs another.
Implentur veteris Bacchi, they are filed witK old mtv&«
Which art ikt verbs o/ looAxng^ e
Verba of loadings are, »n«ro, c\km\Siio^ v^c^m^, ^Wt^^^i^f?^;;^^
loading; ISvo, ex^ero, at, levabo te Yioc otkQTe> N\^<a-— v>5 v»^ •«►
IlbHrOf UxOf d^.
( 118 )
RULE 38.
Utor, abator, friior, fungOr, p6tior, vesc6r, govern
the Ablative ; as,
Debemus uti dlligentia, we ought to use diligence,
Non debemus S.buti tempore, we ought not to abuse time*
Qu6d fruimur brevi tempdre, because we enjoy a short time*
Ego fungar vice cotis, / will act the part of a whetstone,
1. "Rxxi potior sometimes governs the Genitive; as, ptttiri rertLm, to have
t^e chief rule; p&tXri hosttum, to get fits enemies into his power »
'2. J^itor, gaud^o^ tissuesco^ mfUo, d&no^ mUn^ro^ commUmco^ victito, &^o,
con/ido, impertio^ impertxor^ ncLScor^ cr^or^ afficto^ consto, prosequor, also
govern the Ablative ; as, prOsSqu&r td amOrS, / tr^ you with affectioru
Dignor governs the Accusative of the person, and the Ablative of the
thing; as,
Nee me tali dignSr hSnOr^ neither do I think myself worthy of such
honor. ViRG.
MSreor with 6^n^, mo/^, melius, pijus, opttmi, frequently governs the
Ablative with de ; as, Greorgtus mSrttus est b^n^ de patria.
THE GOVERNMENT OF IMPERSONAL VERBS.
RULE 39.
An impersonal verb governs the Dative ; as,
Contigit mihi esse illic, I happened to be there,
Expedit reipublicae, it is profitable for the state.
Licet nemini peccare, no man is allowed to sin,
Libet mihi expatiari, I have a mind to go abroad,
1. Impersonal verbs have frequently J^ominatives before them.
2. 72/udf, istiid, id, qu8d, &c. are often Nominatives to impersonal verbs ;
as, id licet tibi, that is lawful for you ; but
3. Fulgurate fulminate ningtt, pluit<, tormt, denoting actions out of the
reach of human power, apparently have no JSTominative before them.
4. The Infinitive Mood, or a whole sentence, or any noun substantive^ not
a person^ may supply the Nominatives to impersonal verbs ; as, ptld5r dScSt
Or&, modesty becomes the face, Ov. Parviim, parva dSc6nt. HoR.
5. Atlinkt, pertXn^t, spectat, govern the Accusative with the prepositioii
cut; as, pertinSt ad td tac€ire, // belongs to you to be silent.
RULE 40.
Excep. 1. Refert and Interest require the Genitive;
as,
Refert militiim, it concerns the military (defender^ civeEu)
Interest omnium, it is the interest of tdl (consulere p&trne.)
Do Refert and Interest ever admit o£ «u Kommali'ot\i«S«t^ \\AfBv?
/. Htfert and IntHrist have frequently \hea»'SoTDMi'^^^x^<M^lwKi^>XVaA^\^
fftd, ^d, nthxl, before them; but «ucH Xomiuatt»et «a» itfA. 'p«ri(w»,
2. Mtfert and Interest axe often \oVned vv\Vii t«n«i, q[u«i«i,w««:i*^V»
( 119 )
RULE 41.
Excep. 2. Me&, tu&, sua, nostra, vestra and cuja,
instead of the Genitive singular, are put in the ^C"
cusative plural, after refert and intSrest ; as,
Cuja refert, whom does it concern 7 (consulere patriae.)
Refert mea, tua, sua, nostrH, vestrS., it concerns me, thee^ <kem-
selves, lis, you ; but not refert mei, — (consulere patriae.)
RULE 42.
Excep. 3. Misgrgt, poenlt^t, pttdSt, tsedgt, plgSt,
govern the Accusative of a person with the Genitive
of a thing ; as,
Miseret me pauperiim civiiim, I pity the poor citizens,
Pcenitet bonos peccatoriim, good men repent of their sins.
Non pudet malos superbiae, bad men are not ashamed of pride*
Taedet nos cito nostri officii, we are soon tired of our duty,
Piget infelices durae sort is, the unhappy regret their hard lot.
The Accusative of the Person after Mts^ret, poRnitH, is some-
times understood ; as, scelerum si pcenitet bene [nos.]
1. The Infinitive frequentlj supplies the place of this Genitive; as*
pcenitet bonos peccass^y for poRnitet bonds pecedti,
2. The jiccusative of the person is frequently understood afler misMt^
panXtUt, pudeti tcRd^t., ptg^t.
RULE 43.
Excep. 4. DSc6t, delect&t, jiiv&t, 5portet, govern
the Accusative of a person^ with the Infinitive ; as^
Decet te esse aequum, it becomes you to be just.
Delectat pueros ludere, boys delight to play.
Juvat te m^nere domi, you love to stay at home.
Oportet nos studere diligenter, we ought to study diligently.
1 OportH elegantly also governs the Subjunctive mood, vt being under-
stoofl ; as, 5pOrtet faci&s, you must do it, for 5portSt td facSre, it behovfi^
you to do it*
2. Imperaonah in tur, govern th© X\A«l\x^^ o^ «. \»««*^'^^"*''^^^^^^
. as, stdtur a me, statur a te^ statur ab illo^ e\ft%wsfit^ ^xa»^ '^^^ w^^vo.'e
' stand, in sUa, you standi Ule MX^ Ke staTids. StcA^t o. "^^^^ ^^^^
««^, s/dtUr ad iUis, Nott ttUia6s^ we itoaak^^*^ v^»xv^^
9t»ntj they stand.
( 120 )
Passive verbs govern a Dative of the agents whose sign is
by ; as, non audtdr uUiy I am not heard by any.
Passive verbs govern likewise an Ablative of the agents with
a or ab ; as, culpatur ab his, laudatur ab illis, be is blamed by
the former y he is praised by the latter*
3. In impersonid verbs the word that aeems to be the Nominative t« aiteh
eoBe as the impersonal verb governs, as, licet mihi, / may^ lib^t mlhi, /
have a mind^ poenitet me, / repent — delectat me, / delight, refert m^ lam
concerned — bportSt te, you must — jiivat te, you love.
Praxis.
I am walking, you are walking, he is walking, we are walking, ye are
walking, they are walking. The boys are standing. The girls are sitting.
We will be standing. Lazy boys sleep. The worid is governed by God.
Virtue is praised by all men. Justice is disregarded by tyrants.
THE GOVERNMENT OF
THE INFINITIVE, PARTICIPLES, GERUNDS, AND
SUPINES-
RULE 44.
The Infinitive mood is governed by a verb; as,
Pecunia nescit mutare natur^m, money Icruows not how to change
nature.
1. The Infinitive mood is sometimes governed hj participles ;
as, vldi hostem tentantem fiigere, / saw the enemy attempting
to flee.
2. The Infinitive is sometimes governed by adjectives; as,
i]le est cupidus scire causam, h^ is desirotis to know the cause.
3. The Infinitive mood is sometimes governed by substantives^
especially among the poets ; as, nunc tempus est abire, instead
of tempus, abeundi, the time of going away. Sign^ dedi
venisse deum, I gave signs that a god had come. Tempus equum
fiimantia solvere coUa. Virg.
4. CoKpit and ecepirunti are sometimes understood to govern the Iffini*
tive mood, especially among the poets ; as, Omnds inviddre mlhi, [supplA
capirunt] ail began to envy me.
5. Par est, fas est, aquum est, diiciit, are sometimes understood to govern
t&e Iri^nitive mood; as, mdnS incepto (par est, d^e^t) desistSre ?
ff. Esa^ and fuisse are often undenlood after \);i<b '^^siya&Y^V^ oCtbe Per-
fee/ and /f\aure ia -rus,
^ 7, ,4/^rmo^ puto^ 9ptro^ suspxeor^ and avic\i'v«c\MKVWfift^^ |6T€^<« ^iS»i»
rum essg, followed by ut and the Sixbjunctioe Mood; «*n«p%TO, S*»\^1i
«e^% rgi jfosnttaU^ I hope it will bo tbaX ^f ou m«u^ W5««A 's*^ Vte»^i»BD%.
( 121 )
8. When the English of the Infinitive active can be resolved by to the
end that — and the Subjunctive mood, it may be resolved into Latin these
several ways :
Hdmtnes venetuni pasc^re oves, [this is the lowest form.]
The men have come to feed sheep.
!• Homines venenmt ut pasoerent oves,
TTie men have come that they might feed sheep*
2. Homines venenint qui pascerent 6ves,
The men are come who might feed sheep*
3. Homines venere causa pascendi oves,
The men are come for the purpose of feeding sheep*
4. Hdmmes venere causa pascendarum ovium,
The men are come for the purpose of feeding sheep*
5. Homines venerunt pasturi 5ves,
The men are come in order to feed sheep.
6. Homines venerunt pastum 6ves,
Tlie men are come to feed sheep*
7» Homines venere ad pascendum oves,
The men have come to feed sheep*
8. Homines venere ad pascendas oves,
The men have come to feed sheep*
Pbaxis.
Many desire to be loved. We see all desiring to be loved. We know
that good scholars are worthy to be loved. Now is the time to awake from
sleep. The poor man (began) to cry for help. I am going to bring water.
God sent his Son to redeem the world.
RULE 45.
Participles govern the same case which their verbs
govern; as,
Nauta, tenens gubemaculiim, regit navim, tTie saUor, holding '
the helmy steers the ship* ' >
Exercitus sequens hostem, pugnat sagittis, an army pursuing
the enemy, fights with darts*
Mors est anteponenda ded^ori, death is to he preferred to diS'
honor*
Pii sunt fruituri setema vita m coelis, the righteous are to enjoy
eternal life in heaven*
1. The participials, ex6»ii$, perdsHs, pertatue, having on active significa
lion, govern the Accusative; as, exOsiis s8BvttiS,m, hating cruelty •
2* But exosus, pertcesus, perosiis, having a passive significatioQ.> ^QyecBL
the Dative of a penon ; as, exOstts mUUa, Hated by bod mwu ^J
^4. Verbab in BUNDV8 govern the caa© o? ^iiwa owEiN«i«ai\^^^e*
tiUd^andUs patricB* JvBT* fltdbiindus G«A\xab'^Q>8^>am*^^^*
< 122 )
GERUNDS.
RULE 46.
The Gerund in -dum of the Nominative case, with
the verb est^ governs the Dative ; as,
Vivendiim est mihi illic, u e, necessitas vivendi illic est mThi,
/ must live there^ that is, the necessity of living there is to me.
1. The Gerund m dum of the Nominative case is thus clearly stated,
n^6ssttas the necessity, Vivendi of living, ilUc there, est is, mihi to me.
2. In the Gerund in dum with est, fuit, the word that seems to be the
Nominative in English, is turned into the Dative in Latin,
3. The Gerund in dum of the Nominative, always imports necessity, and
the Dative after it is the person on whom the necessity lies.
4. The Dative after the Gerund in dum, is frequently not expressed.
5. The Gerund in dum of neuter verbs is thus put impersonally with est,
fuit ; as, ambulandum est mihi, I must walk, eundv,m — abeundiim — sM^nr
dum — standum — tihi, illi — nblns — vobis — iUls ; but
6. When necessity or obligation is to be expressed by an active verb, then
the word that seems to be the Accusative is the Nominative, and that which
seems to be the J^ominative is the Dative ; as, panis est Smdndtis mihi, /
must buy bread, or, bread is to be bought by me.
7. That which was the Gerund in dum of the Nominative with est,fuitj
becomeft thQ Accusative with esse; as, scto vlvdndtUn esse mihi illic, / know
that I must live there, i. e. scio n§c6ssitatSm vivendi illic esse mihi.
Can the Gerund in -dum of the Nominative be otherwise resolved^
8. The Gerund in Dum with est can also be resolved by oportet, or ne-
eesse est ; as, nScessS est mihi vivSre illic, or, n^ssttas vivendi illic e^jt
mihi.
^ RULE 47.
\ The Gerund in -cK is governed by substantives or
adjectives; as,
CoQSuetudo disputandl est impia, the practice of disputing is
wicked.
Omnes sunt cupidi vivendi beate, all are desirous of living
happily.
1. The substantives that gavem the Grerund in -di, are such as, ant&r-t
^ausa, gratia, studtum, tempiis, occasio, ars^ faciUtas, otXum, Hbirtds^
volUntds, consuetudo, cupido,
2. The adjectives that govern the Gerund in -di, are most of them found
in Rule 14. " Verbal Adjectives.**"
3L The Gerund in -di, is oflen changed into the Ir^nitive mood by the
poets, as, tempus est abire, for temptts est cibeundi.
Pbailis.
Tlie art of reading is increased by xoadmg. WbaX. was» «o ^SN»^ '^oa^
»^ s»tf lioine f The time of study mg IB oCUtaYoiX. Ykft\«AX5a»^aN.^
( 123 ) .
RULE 48.
The Gerund in -db of the Dative case, is gov-
erned by adjectives signifying usefuhiess or fit-
ness; as,
Charta est utilis scribendo, paper is useful for writing.
1. The adjective o^ fitness is often understood ; as, non est solvendo, ht
is not able to pay, [suppU aptds or par.]
Is the Gerund in -do of the Dative case always governed by adjectives ?
2. The Gerund in -do is sometimes governed by a verb ; as, EptdYctim
quffirdndo 5pSrS,m d&bo, / will endeavor to find out Epidicus,
Tomlis aptat ensem habendo, 7\imus fits his sword for using,
RULE 49.
The Gerund in -dum of the Accusative case, is gov-
erned by the prepositions ad, or inter, ante, or ob; as,
Tu es promptiis Sd audiendum, you are ready to hear.
Ille est attentus int^r ddcendum, he is attentive in time ofieach*
ing.
Promptus, proclivus^ v^lox<, tardus, cHlUr, dptus, tniptiis, mostly precede
the Gerund in -dum with the preposition ad.
RULE 50.
The Gerund in -do of the Ablative case is gov-
erned by the prepositions a, abs, de, ex or in ; as,
Poena absterret a peccando, punishment frightens from sinning.
RULE 5L
The Gerund in -do of the Ablative case, is gov-
erned as the Ablative of the manner, or cause ; as,
Memdri^ augetiir exc5lendo, the memory is improved by exer
cising it.
Defessiis sum ambulando, I am weary with walking'.
This Gerund in -rfo is govetned \\\l^ ^ tvowtl ^\5fe.^\»ssNx>^^'»««'^
nifying the manner and cause, in lYie k\A»X-\N^»
M^mdrii augetiir exc«lendo,/or m^^ta^xm ^^^^^^.^^"^^T
DefesBua sum ambOlando, /or deie&aus «am tmci:^v\^'^^^^
( 124 )
RULE 52.
Crerunds, that govern the Accusative, are ele-
gantly changed into Gerundives, which agree with
the word they formerly governed, in gender, num-
ber, and case ; thus,
TTie Gerund* The Gerundive*
Agindum est tibi rem, for Res est agenda tibi*
Tempus est^ agendi rem, for Tempus est agendas rei.
JEs aptiis dd S,gendum rem, for Es dptus ad agendam rem.
Es aptiis SLgendo rem, for Es aptus agendas rei.
Gaudebis agendo rem, for GaudiMs agenda re.
1. The Gerunds of Utor^ abutor^friior^ fungor^ potior j though they g07»
em the Ablative^ are also changed into Gerundives,
2. All those participles in -dus called Gerundives^ have the signification
of the participle of the Present tense*
irj" As ago is an active verb, to resolve " agendum est tihi fem^'* accord-
ing to the/our/^ note of page 122, may, at first sight, appear not so easy;
but it can be easily resolved in this manner, necessitas agendi rem est tibi%
there is a necessity of managing the business to you.
RULE 53.
The Supine in -um, is governed by a verb, or a
participle of motion; as,
Non ibo servitum Graiis matribus, / tDill not go to wait on the
Grecian dames,
Venientes spectatiim ciipiunt spectari, coming to see^ they tnsh
to be seen*
Is the supine in -um put after no other verbs or participles than those of
motion?
The supine in -um is put after other verbs besides verbs of motion ; as,
Pater d^dvtflKam nuptum* DHius revocatus est defensum patriam.
The supine in um is elegantly used after eo, when we would show that
one sets himself about the doing of a thing ; as cur Is te perdtttim ? whg
are you going to ruin yourself?
Praxis.
The shepherds came to feed their flocks by night. I will go to visit my
dear parents. I came to see my friends. Are you going to advance your
reputation at the hazard of my life ? The father gave his daughter to be
married. Decius was called to defend his country.
'i
RULE 54.
The Supine in -w is governed by an adjective
noun; as,
£rac est mirahile dictu, this is tDondcrfuX to "be t6ld%
jPaet/ts, difictltSj mtrabxUs^ darus^ vxA svwiV ^^Y!^>c«^'&^ ^^•
9rn the supine in u ; and .
These nouns «ub8tantive,yo«, fOf/ot, »p^ A^'i*^'^ '^ ^^waa\X»iW¥«
»y aajfcu^ vei n^fas dictu.
( 125 )
THE GOVERNMENT OF CIRCUMSTANCES.
Comprehends, — 1st. The cause or reason WHX
any thing is done. 2d. The way or manner HOW
it is done. 3d. The instrument or thing WITH
WHICH it is done. 4th. The place WHERE, and
5th. The time WHEN it is done.
RULE 55.
The cause, manner, and instrument, &*c. are gov-
erned in the Ablative, after verhs^ participles^ or ad-
jectives ; as,
Juvenes saltabant gaudio, the young men leaped for joy.
Fecit hoc suo more, he did this, after his own way*
Ille est pallidiis metu, he is pale for fear»
Homo cfipitur voluptate, man is caught with pleasure.
Georgius scribit penna, George writes with a pen.
Laus est paranda virtute, praise is to he procured by virtue.
Mons est candidus nive, the mountain is white with snow.
Are not the cauBe, manner, and instrument sometimes also governed bj
Prepositions ?
1. K preposition is frequently expressed with the cause and manner; as,
pr® gsiudio, for joy ; propter amorem, /or love; ob culpam, /or a /auA ;
per dedectis, with disgrace* j^grotat animo.
2. But the preposition cum is seldom or never added to the instrument,
as, Georgius scribit pinna ; ingressus est glad^, he entered with a sword,
t. e. in a hostile manner.
3. Yet the Ablative of concomitance has cum usually expressed ; as, Ivi
cum fratrS in agros, / went tnth my brother into the Jiclds ; ibo tecum, /
will go with you. Cum summo lUborS, with the utmost labor.
Ingressfis est cum gladio, he entered with a sword, or, having a tword
with him, or about him.
4. The stuff of which any thing is made, is put in the Ablative ; but
mostly with a preposition ; as, cly^us fabricatiis sre, or ex sere, a shield
made of brass.
Pbaxis.
Boys are the worse of liberty. He walks with a friend. He lost many
things for hope. May we love our dear countrjr with sincere love.
RULE 56. AT OR IN A PLACE.
The nam^ of a town is put in the Genitive^ ^\nk^
the question is UBI ? FFHERE? ^'^^
Quid Romae fUctam 1 Juv. What can I do odt "Romet
^ /ft urbe or in onpXdo is understood bofox© Vhft T».m© ^"^ ^N«rfi^ ^
Gemtire; thoB, Quid (in urbe^ Romn C«ckBm>
M '
\
( 126 )
Are no other w>rd$ except n^nifli of towns put in the Genitive when the
question i* made by ubi, where?
^ Humij domii beUi^ milititB^ are also put in the OetvUive, when the ques-
tion is ubi ? where ? as, j&cSt htLml, he lies on the ground. Belli d5miquS
>tabatiir, wao managed both in peace and war.
But when at signifies cUfovt^ or near a place, the preposition ad is used ;
as, BelltLm qu5d ad Trojam gessSrUt, the war she had carried on near TVoy.
ViRG.
Praxis.
The learned Charles Nisbet, of Montrose, was Principal at Carlisle.
Dr. Franklin was bom in Boston, and died in Philadelphia.
RULE 57. IN A PLACE.
But if the name of the toum, answering to the
question UBL? WHERE? be of the third declen-
sion, or of the plural number, wanting the singular^
it is put in the Ablative ; as,
Hdratms vixit Tlbure et Athenis, Horace lived at Tibur and
Athens.
Pbaxis.
Cicero studied many years at Rome and at Athens. The oracle of
Apollo was given at Delphos. A very good house is purchased at Frti-
sino. JuY.
RULE 58. TO A PLACE.
The rmme of a town is put in the Accusative with-
out a preposition; when the question is QUO.?
WHITHER? as,
Regulus redut Carthaginem, Regulus returned to Carthage*
The preposition is sometimes joined to names of towns in
the Accusative; as, venit ad Romam; but mostly venit Ro-
m^m.
RULE 59. FROM A PLACE.
The name of a toum is put in the Ablative with-
out a preposition, when the question is UNDE ?
WHEJVCE? or QUA.? THROUGH WHAT
PLACE? as,
Regulus redut Carthagine, Regulus returned from Carthage.
Venit AberdoniSLy he came from Aberdeen.
Fecit Iter Philadelphia, he morcKed Witow^ \irom\ PhilO'
delphia*
The preposition is someUmea added lo n^nie^ q^ X-^-Mita \n.
toe Ablative ; as, venit a Roma; Imt TOosaij,N«DL\\.^«^in^
L.
( 127 )
RULE 60. WHERE? WHITHER? WHENCE?
Domus and Bus follow the same construction that
the names of towns do; as,
Quid fuciam ddml ? What can Ido ni home ?
H5ratius vixit rure vel ruri, Horace lived in tJie country.
Regiilus non redut domum, Regulus did not return heme.
Petrus abiit rus nuper, Peter went away to t?ie country lately.
Non ibo domo paterna, I will not go from my father* s house.
Non ibo rure vel ruri, / toill not go from the country.
We can say, vivit in d6m6 p&terna, he lives in his Jather^s
house; but
We cannot say, vivit paternae d5im, he lives at his father*s
house ;
But we can say, vivit meae, — tuae, — suae, — ^nostrae, — ^vestrae,—
alienas domi.
Pbaxis.
I will stay at home. I wiH go home. I returned from home. 1 say
that those who live in the country are happy. Will you go to the country
with me ? When did your brother live at his father's house ? He staid at
my house. He returned to his home.
RULE 61.
But names of countries^ provinces^ islands^ and all
other places, except cities and toums^ have the prepo-
sitions generally added ; thus,
UBI fiiit vir natiis ? Natiis fuit fn Italia, in Latio, %n urb§.
QUO abivit? Abivit tn Italiam, in L&tium, in, vel, ad, urbSm.
UNDE redivTt ? Redivit ab Italia, a Latio, ex, vel, ab, urbS.
QUA transivit? Transivit per Itftli&m, p^r Latium, per urbem.
** " " ™ ■■■■■■■ P » 11 ■■■ ■ Ml ■ — ■ ■ ■ ■ I ■— ^— ^— — MM^B^— ^^W^^^^— — ^iM^Hi
RULE 62.
The distance between phces^ is put in the Accu-
sative, or Ablative; as,
ThlLllLmip61is distS^t quYnquaginta milliaril RbQt^^%
Chamhershurg is distant fifty miles from YwV*
Non discedam pedem a te, I unll tiot go a fool Jtoto. -^^^^ _
Phnadelphm fere distit centum miWmtWixy^ ^ "N«^o ^^^"^
Philadelphia is nearly 100 mile« distaia Jr<ym. H^e^c-^^
( 128 )
RULE 63.
When the question is made by QUANDO?
When? time is put in the Ablative ; as,
Convenimiis secunda hora, we meet at two o^ clock,
Convenimiis certa hora, we meet at the proper hour.
Saturnus regnabat aurea setate, Saturn reigned in the golden
age.
The precise term of time is put in the Ablative.
^ Pbaxts.
The old lady obliged her maids to rise at the dawning of the day. JGsop.
RULE 64.
When the question is made by QU AMDIU? HO W
LOJVG ? time is put in the Accusative, or Ablative,
but oftener in the Accusative ; as,
Mansit triduum Romae, he staid three days at Rome,
Abfuit sex mensibus, he was absent sk months.
The continuance of time is put in the Accusative or Ahla-
five.
Pbaxis.
Boys neglect their studies whole days and nights. Would you stay with
me one ni^t ? Tet you will be able to lodge with me this night.
OF THE ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE.
RULE 65.
A noun, virhose case depends on no other word,
is put absolutely with ^.participle in the Ablative ; as,
Deo v6lente, omnia cedent bene, God willing^ all things will
succeed welL
Opere peracto, ludemus, our work being finished^ we will play*
REMARKS.
A whole sentence may also be put absolutely with a participle ; as, oti-
dUo Prasidem rediviss^^ it being heard that the President had returned;
t. e. rSditQ Prsesidis audtto.
1. This Ablative is called ahaoluU or independent, because it is not di'
reefed or governed by any other words ; for if the Substantive has a word
before which should govern t/, or, a verb coming after, to which it should
be the Kominative, then this rule does not take place.
2. HAVING, BEING, or a word ending m ING, are the usual signs of
the ^diative absolute / yet,
3. The word coming afler the participle pcrfccl o£ «i. depvaeat ibet\»^TKn5S^
he j'n^ the ^ccusaiive, and very rarely in tbe ^blatvce absolute ; «&^^^\:2i^^
^e&/us hoc, abiitj JPaui, having spoken ibis, departed.
Pr^bHa poUtcXtiU mdrc«d^ dalt, o good man,\ia.'Wi% ^totx3m»^^t««»
^''^^S^'ves it.
( 129 )
4. But the word^ coming after the participles perfect of a passive verft,
must be put in the Ablative absolute with it ; as,
Paulds hoc distd abiit, Pavl^ having spoken this^ departed*
Prbbtis, promtssd mercede, dat, a good maut having promised a reconqtensSi
gives it,
[We can, therefore, say, polKcXtus mercidem; but seldom, or never,
polHcita merced^.']
1^ 5. When<tiie participle is expressed, existentiS, or existentibus (being) is
understood ; as, t€ (existentS) dueii, M, Tullio et C. Antdnxo (existentibus)
eonsutibusm
6. The Ablative absolute may be resolved otherwise by si, eum^ dUrn^
postquam^ and the verb ; thus. Si Detis vdlit, for DeO v5l6ntS. Cttm 5piii
pSractiim fiiSrit, /or 5p&^ p^racto. Tua vocS audita, your voice being heard,
or, having heard your voice, postquam tua vox audita est.
Praxis.
The sun rising — ^the birds singing — ^the house being built — ^the year
being past — the war being finished — ^these things being done— which being
said — ^many being wounded — many coming — others flying.
I. THE GOVERNMENT OF ADVERBS.
RULE 66.
Some adverbs of time, place, and quantity, govern
the Genitive; as,
Venit pridie illlus diei, he came the day before that day.
Deus laudatur iibique gentium, Crod is praised every where,
Catilina habiiit s^tis el6quentue, Catiline had enough of eh'
quence.
Instdrj and ergd, for causa, govern also the Genitive; as,
instdr montis, as large as a mountain.
En and icc^ govern the Nominative or Accusative; as, en
hominem, see the man ! %
RULE 67.
Some derivative adverbs govern the same case which
the adjectives^ whence they are derived, govern ; as,
Cicero dixit optime omnium, Cicero spoke the best of alL
Poets Sgit utiliter urbi, the poet acts profitably for the community.
Poets Sgit inutiliter sibi, the poet acts unpr^Uably for himself
Hect5r exivit obvi&m hosti, Hector went out to meet the enemy.
LaudSt merces pleniiis aequo, he praises his goods more than he
ought.
Nemo dicitur Idcutus (fuisse) distinctius Demosthene,
No one is said to Tupoe spoken more distinctly tKatiDem^>sf^Vc^'c«ft»-
Derivative adverbs also govern that cawe o€ VJtwivt ipT\ta\l\»e.% Nsv ^^"^"^
sition, which tbeygoremed out of V.; ii«,"»\]a\oii ^^^ ^^^^^S*^ ^"^
taasg, HoK, I would wish to 9ee no play aooner tVan tHi»- r\^^ \\wb
kordgi omntbiiM gAounls, / wnM rather Ka»c a «t«^ ^^ t>a.T«»
( 130 )
n. THE GOVERNMENT OF PREPOSITIONS
RULE 68.
The Prepositions ad, apud, ahte, &rc. govern the
Accusative; as,
Meiis pater venit ad templum, my father came to the church*
These twenty-eight Prepositions govern the Accusative*
^ Ad, penes, adversum, cIs, citra, adversus ^t extra,
j Ultra, post, praeter, juxta, per, pone, secundum.
' _ — ___ — — — - — ....
PrepositioiM^ of all other words in the Latin ton^e, admit of a greater
number and variety of sigr^fications. The following are only a few of many
more, that might be added. See AdanCa Latin Dictionary, Edinburgh.
ANTE.
Ante, denotes above, beyond, as, ante omnta, above all things*
AD.
1. Ad signifies at; ii3,ad prcestXtutum Mem, at the appointed day.
2. Ad signifies abovt ; as, ad d^c^m millia hamXnum, about 10,000 men.
3. Ad signifies according to; as, ad cursum lUncR, according to the course
of the moon.
4. Ad denotes near; as, ad veterls fagos, near the old beech-treesii
5. Ad denotes after; as, dliquaiUd ad r^m dvtdtor, somewhat too greedy
after money.
6. Ad denotes /or; as, omnibus tidprofectionemparatis, all things being
ready /or their march.
7. Ad denotes on; as, ad ripam Rhodani, on the banks of the Rhone.
8. Ad denotes against; as, ad dolor^m, against pain, ad tela, against
the darts.
9. Ad denotes in comparison of; as, nihU ad tuum ^quitdtum, nothing
in comparison of your cavalry.
PENES.
' P^nes denotes in possession of; as, ^s penes ts? are you in possession
of your right mind ?
as, CITRA.
CUra signifies without ; as, cUra n^cessitat^m, without necessity.
ADVERSUS.
Advirsus 'denotes towards ; as, pittas adversum Deum, piety towards
God.
Advirsus signifies to ; as, tenia adversus impiSria fiUrunt auris, their
Mifs were deaf to the orders.
EXTRA.
Extra denotes besides, except; as, extra Hmum stvem^ besides one
citizen.
ULTRA.
Ultra denotes beyond, sxid is also used adverbially; nB,ut nihil possit
(esse) ultra, that nothing can exceed it, that nothing can go beyond it
POST.
Post denotes sinee; as, p6st memoriam hihntnum, sines the memoiy oi
men, Pdnif signiBeB after^ behind, on the hack pott; as, pdnX n6s, after us.
PRJErrER,
J'raier denotes beyond, above; as, prcEter •pem»'bej|wd «sewiX»S^ss^\ <|Mm
sumo prmter omnes, whom I love ahwt all. ,
'^rmter denotea contrary to, sm^ pnAtr wfiOim ^ wn««W *•**'«* '
V juMt and reasonable.
( 131 )
I "RrgSi, apud, ante, secus, trans, supra, (versus) ft infra.
Sic propter, contra, circum, circa, inter, 6b, intra.
Prater denotes before; as, prceter oculos^ before my eyes, pnxter host
before the enemy.
Prceter denotes contrary/ to; 3s,prcEier rationUm, contrary to reason.
PER.
Per denotes /or, during; as, per annum, for a year.
Per denotes along; as, currendo per viam.
Per denotes during ; as, mansit per triduum, he staid during three days.
Per denotes of; as, per Be dabat tellua, the earth yielded of itself.
Per denotes by reason of; as, per a:tdt^m, by reason of age.
Per denotes in ; as, per Ittdiim et jocum, in sport and jest.
Juro is oflen understood before per, by, the object of swearing, JuroibfU
mihi per Jundn^m, you swore to me by Juno.
SECUNDUM.
Secundum denotes along; as, s^cundiim littus, along the shore.
Secundum denotes near, or, hard by; as, secundum fifunina, hard by the
streams, secundum aurem, near the ear.
Secundum denotes also in; as, dixit siScfindum m^as aurCs, he whispered
in my ears.
ERGA.
Erga denotes before, opposite to; as, habitat erga ndstram dSmum^ he
dwells before our house, opposite our house, opposite to our house.
APUD.
^pud denotes at, or, near ; as, apud forum, at the forum ; apUd mi, at
my house ; apiid te, at your house ; ap^ ms, at your house ; apud eo«, at
their house.
Apud denotes among; as, '•'•Apud Sequanos,^^ among the SSqu&nL
Apiid denotes in ; as, ap^ Carl^Mum, in Carlisle.
SUPRA.
SUprd denotes above, or before, and is oflen used adverbially ; tLB,%d est
quod sUprd m^mordvi, that is what I mentioned above, before^
CONTRA.
Contra denotes opposite, opposite to ; u, homo qui stat contra mi, the
man who stands opposite to me.
Contra denotes for; as, Cortex Peruvianlis est efftcaz contra febrtm^
the Peruvian bark is good for the fever.
INTER.
IntUr denotes at, or, in time of; as, int^r canam, at, or, in time of sup-
per.
Int^r, with a pronoun substantive, denotes mutually, one another; as,
int^r se amdnt, they love one another; quasi ndn noverimus int^r nos; as if
we did not know one atwiher.
OB.
Ob denotes before; a^s, ob 6culds hoe virsatur, this is done btfore my
eyes.
Ob denotes for, on account of; as, ^b amdr^m, for, on account rf, love
INTRA.
Intr& denotes on this side; as, .^ntlAcKua rt^^wi^ vnXta t«>»po*^'«^
ffOm lesseas and diminishes In tKesc VaB\.awift%\ vMxa «^'^'^*^^^Sw
the glory, intra famam^ Uw than tbe cto^VV., iiAra •po.^xft'^* d.^V««
few dnym. «*«o»'*^''
* f*^ to«^a^dl^ i. put aftet iU cwie-, »»> ^•.«.'^V«toJ«o^^**
Mtafy, ad b«mg oadentood.
( 182 )
RULE 69.
The prepositions a, ab, abs, &cc. govern the M-
lative; as,
Meus pater venit a templo, my father came from the church*
These fifteen Prepositions govern the Ablative.
H<B sextum qiuBrunt, a, cum, teniis, abs, ab, ^ absque,
Atque palam, pro, prae, clam, deque ex, e, sine, coram.
A, AB, ABS, ABSQUE.
Ah denotes h/ reason of; as, vir ab innoctntxd cUmentissimus^ a man,
by reason of his innocence, very mild.
Ah denotes as to ; as, ab ing^ntd improhus, wicked as to his disposition.
Ab denotes in; as, ictus ab Ickvo latir^, wounded in the left side.
Ab denotes on^ or, in; as, ab omni part^, on everj side ; in every respect
A denotes with ; as, a te meum principium, my beginning is toith you.
A denotes after ; as, a caiia ibo domum, after supper I will go home.
A denotes for ; as, a m^tU inf amice, for fear of infamy.
Abs denotes toithout ; as, non abs ri, not without reason.
Absque denotes but for, had it not been for; as, absquX b^n^fte^ D^i,
hut for the kindness of God.
A is used before consonants, but ah before vowels.
CUM.
Ciim denotes with, in company with ; as, ibam cum fratr^ %n agrde^ I
went toith my brother into the fields ; ibo tecum, I will go with you.
' Ciim denotes at ; as, cum prima luce, at break of day, uoith the first light
Cum denotes in; as, dum esses cum imp^rio, whilst you were in autiio-
rity.
TENUS.
Tenus, as far as, governs the Ablative singular ; as, t<inus quodSm^ us
far as, i. e. a certain length ; but
Tinus governs the Genitive plural when the noun wants the singular^
as, tinus Cumarum, as far as Cuma, or, when things of which we have
naturally but two, are spoken of; as, tenus cruriim*
PILE.
ProR denotes in comparison of; as, hoc est merits lUsus pros his quoi (XUr
iRe*, this is mere sport in comparison of the things which you will hear.
DE.
\ De denotes according to ; as, de me a sententia, according to my opinion.
De denotes after; as, non bonus est somniis de prandtd, sleep is not
good after dinner.
De improvisd, unawares, unexpectedly, as, de intigrd, newly, anew*
De industria, on purpose ; as, de transversd, crosswise, athwart
De denotes at; as, de m^o, at my expanse ; de me, as for me, rsspeOing
myself.
E, EX.
JE', and Ex, denote according to; as, e ndtfird^ according to nature, ex con
su£/iUitn^, according to custom, € pocto, accox^n^ \.o ^^»cta«ix\.
^ar denotes by; aa, ex cotwiZid patrum, by VVie ^l^lVig^ oi VJaa ««i»toK».
.^Er denotes since; as, ex i6 die, since tViai d^L^, ex quo ^,v^m^Qi^>^ %\»r*
^ denotes among^ of; as, ex muMs litdu, amotig^of inaxi^ ^vnsnMm
^ it put before consonants, ex before vov^eU lisi^ toi»oi»Bto*
I
( 13a )
RULE 70.
The Prepositions m, sub^ super, and subter, govern
the Accusative when motion to ^ place is signified;
as,
Puer ambulat in templum, the hoy walks INTO the church*
Ille ambulavit sub scalas, he walked under the stairs.
Turns incidit super agmma, the tower fell upon the troops,
Subter, below, governs the Accusative only ; as, subter ter-
ram, below the earth ; subter terra, is found only among the
poets.
1. /n, signifying into, always governs the Accusative ; as, in scholanu
2. In, upon, governs the Accusative ; as, in 8u6a pMia, upon his feet.
3* In for contra, against, governs the Accusative ; as, in te, against you.
4. In for per, during^ every, governs the Accusative ; as, in diem, for a
day, in dies, every day, in horam, for an hour, in horas, every hour.
5. In for erga, and super, governs the Accusative ; as, in te, towards
you — in sttOs gregfis, over their flocks.
6. In for ad, for, governs the Accusative ; as, in coenam, for supper.
RULE 71.
But if motion or riest in a place is signified, in and
sub govern the Ablative, super governs either the jlo-
cusative or Ablative ; as,
Piier ambulat in templo, the boy walks IN the church.
Daphnis consedit sub ilTce, Daphnis sat down under an oak*
Aves sup^r arbSre sidunt, the birds perch on the tree.
Super amnem Meandrum, upon (near) the river Meander.
2. In, signifying existence in a place, governs the Ablative; as, in sch(U&,
in the school.
2. In is oflen understood before loco, mari, terra, domo, calo, libro, memf
hris, tempore, &-c.
3. In for inter governs the Ablative ; as, amicitia est solum in bonis,
friendship is only among good men.
4. Sub, for paulo ante, a little before, governs the Accusative; as, sub
noctem, a little before night.
5. Super for de* governs the Ablative ; as, super hac re, about this thing.
Super laude, for praise. Virg.
6. Super for ultra governs the Accusative; as, super GaramantEs et
Indos, beyond the Garamantes and Indies.
RULE 72.
A Preposition often governs the same case in
composition which it governs out of it ; aa^
Ad^mUs templumf let us go to the cTiurch, C* oi ^^ <w^ ^^*
Ex&uaus templOf let us go out of the church, C ^i ^^ ^"'^ '^'^
(184 )
This rule only takes place, when the preposition can be dis
joined from the verb, and put before the noun by itself; as,
idmus ad Urnplum, ^dmus ex Umplo^ and even then, the prepo-
sition is often repeated ; as, esnr^ ifimbiis suls, Cses.
THE GOVERNMENT OF INTERJECTIONS.
RULE 73.
The Interjections O ! andhenl govern the Vocative
and sometimes the Accusatives but rarely the JVomi"
native; as,
O crudelis Alexi, O 7iard»7iearted Alexis, Virg.
Heu ! miserande piier, alas / youth to be pitied. Id.
O prsBclarum diem, O glorious day ! O festus dies. Cic.
The Interjection O, is not necessarily added to the Vocative.
The Interjection heu ! is frequently used without a case ; as,
Heu ! ubi pacta fides, ubi connubialia jura. Ovid.
Proh governs the Nominative and Accusative ; as, Proh I vtr. Oh ! tnan:
proh ! fidSm, Ah ! the honesty of the times.
Ah I governs the Vocative; as, ah ! virgo infelix, ah! unhappy lady, ViRO.
RULE 74.
The Interjections Hei and Vae govern the Dative;
as
Hei miser o mihi. Tee. Ah ! miserable me I
Vae mlllis et saevis, wo to toicked and cruel men.
THE GOVERNMENT OF CONJUNCTIONS.
RULE 75.
The Conjunctions ^/, 5c, atguS^ nScj nSquS, aw/, t??,
vSl, couple Uke cases and moods; as,
H6nora patrem et matrem, honor thy father and mother.
Hie nee legit nee canit, this man neither reads nor sings.
1. Quam^ nisi^ prcsterqudm, an, also couple like cases anci
moods.
2. Sidy ni, msi, cum, (both) tum (and) following each other,
videlicet, scilicet, also couple like cases and moods,
3. Ceu, tam, (as) quam, (as) quasi, tdnqudm ita, %U, (as) v^Zut,
uti, sic, ttim, (though they are adverbs) couple like cases and
moods.
4. Siv^, Cwhether) followed by sw^, (ot^ c,a\i^'es% >SMk Gosnt
tUMd moods.
[5. Ad^d, tt&y sicy (so) are foWowed \>^ ut»\\»X\ %a,oa3ft»"iA
o t/jat, ztd ia.sicut^oi ncut.'l
( 185 )
RULE 76.
Ut, quo, licet, govern the Subjunctive mood ; as,
Lego librum iit discam, I read the hook that I may learn.
Juva me quo f aciam hoc, help me that / may do this thing*
LicU minetur mihi mortem, though he threatens me with death.
Mddd,dummddo, govern the Subjunctive mood; as,m^{2o jubeant
te, provided they order you. Dummddo redeas mature, provided
you return in time.
Uttndm, I wish, Osi,0 that, quomtniis, from, govern the
Subjunctive ; a9, Uttndm Tibur sit sedes, / wish Ttbur may he
my residence. Hob. O si mihi prseteritos Jupiter referat annos.
Ohstds mihi quo minOs agam, you hinder me from doing it.
REMARKS.
1. Quo, when it governs the subjunctive, signifies, that — to the end that
— whereby — in what way, i. e. [modo] quo, or, quo modo faciam.
2. Quipp^ for nam always governs the Indicative ; as, quipp^ v^torfdtU*
3. Quasi, ceu, tanquam, (as if, though) p^rinde ac si, haud 8^cu8 ac <i,
govern the Subjunctive mood.
4. Inierrogatives, quanttis, qualis, qu5tus, uter, quis, quo, ubi, &c. when
used i^ejinitely, mostly govern the Subjunctive mood; as, dtlbito qus sit
causa, / doubt what the cause is* Ndscio ubi tiiiis pater sit, I know not
wheie your father is; but,
5. Interrogatives commonly govern the Indicative mood; as, quts
dedtt tibi pScQniUm? who gave you money? Quts tibi dixit? ir^ told
you?
6. Ne, lest, lest that, for fear, governs the Subjunctive mood,
7. Ne, the adverb of forbidding, governs the Imperative or Subjunctive f
as, ne time, or, ne ttmSas, do not fear.
8. JVe afler cav^o, is frequently left out in Latin ; as, cav^ sttt&sfdmam,
beware lest you thirst aftcft' fame.
9. Noli, nolite (emphatically used for ne when it forbids) govern the /n-
finitive ; as, noli vel noIitS ttmerS, do not fear, i. e. be unwilling to fear,
10. Quoo, that, denotes the efficient cause, and governs the Indicative;
as, gaudSo quod interpellavi te, lam glad that / interrupted you* But,
11. Ut, that, so that, to the end thett, denoting the final cause, governs the
Subjunctive ; as, veni tit spectarSm, / came that / might see*
( l^ Ut (that) is often understood ; as, non slntt eum (ut) incYpi&t, he
i does not suffer him to begin*
13. Ut, though^ for licet, or quamvts, governs the Subjunctive* But,
14. Ut, as, governs the Indicative; as, res est iit diid, the thing m as 7
said*
15. Ut for postquam, governs the Indicative; as, ut sSciiit congSrYSm,
after he had cut the mass* Ovid.
16. Ut is elegantly suppressed aft«T i)<5to, nftlo^ malo^ t€|,o , Yf^cfet ^ tww«»-
suadifo, Reet, Spdrtit, niclM^ kc* also a^\jOT tlno^ jat^ fo£xVt « ^^ ^
n* Cum, dum, quam,quod^{fi^9!C\ tV, sVa^ nV ^«^^ *\J>^^'V^!J^
9*Mm, HmiU, ac^ govern both the Indicative wA ^^^ S-uXj^^i.-i^*^^^-
( 136 )
A SYNOPSIS OF SYNTAX.
The First Principles^ or, the true and most necessary rules of
construction^ to which all the rest may be reduced.
I. Every sentence in speech consists of a noun and a verb.
II. Every Nominative hath its own verb expressed or under-
stood.
III. Every definite verb hath its own Nominative expressed
or understood.
IV. Every Adjective hath its own Substantive expressed or
understood.
THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE SIX CASES.
I. Every verb of the definite Moods^ expressed or understood,
agrees with its Nominative^ expressed or understood, in Number
and Person; as,
Boni pueri d5centur et amantur, good boys are taught and loved.
[I Hi] aiunt, they say.
Roman! [cceperunt] festinare, the Romans made haste.
II. Every Genitive is governed by a Noun Substantive, or
Adjective^ expressed or understood ; as,
Hie est Iiber mei Patris, this is the book of my Father y at non
[est Iiber] mei fratris, but not of my brother.
Terra est [dominium] Domini, the earth belongs to the Lord.
Mali sunt ciipidT litis, bad men are desirous of contention.
III. The Dative of Acquisition^ t. c. for which any thing is
acquired, ox for which, or whom it is given, or done, is govern-
ed by any verb or noun expressed or understood ; as,
Non nati siimus nobis, we were not born for ourselves.
Emo illis, I buy for them. Dormio mihi, I sleep for myself.
B^ni sunt benigni omnibus, hostibiis, et amicis, good men are
kind to all ; friends and foes.
Honestus vult; sed non est ^ptus] solvendo, an honest man
is ynlling, but [he is] not able to pay.
IV. The Accusative is governed by an active verb or a Prep'
osition expressed or understood ; as,
Boni amant Deum et patriam. Good men love God, and [love]
their country.
PraBses nunquam venit dd nostram scholam ; sed prdfectus est
Philadelphiam, The President never came to ourschoolybut
went to Philadelphia. Or,
The Accusative case is put before the Infinitive Mood, ex-
pressed or understood ; as,
Novimus hdnos amari. We know th<xt good men are loved*
Licet omnibus esse bonos. All fM,n are allowed to "be g<ood«
V, Every Vocative case is placed \ivde^xvdeTi>\^ oi «n;:^ ^^\i^^
^e Interjection O being sometimes added-, a^,
^rascept6r, didici lection^m, Ma«tcr, I Iwitjc learned m-ale^ws^
( 187 )
VI. Every AhlaHve is governed by a Verb, Participle, Ad-
jective, or Preposition, expressed or understood ; as,
Georgius scripsit b6na penna, George wrote tcith a good pen.
Exemplar scriptum penna, a copy written with a pen.
Novi Cipitolinum a puero, I knew Cdpitdlinus from a boy.
Hostis fuit pallidas metu, the enemy was pale for fear.
Pdpulua saltabant (prae) gaudio, the people leaped for joy .
APPENDIX.
I. Every Adjective agrees with a Substantive, expressed or
understood, in gender, number, and case ; as.
Bonus (homd) a good man. Femina casta, a chaste woman.
TristS (negotium) narratur, a sorrowful thing is told.
II. Substantives signifying the same thing, agree in case ; as,
Paulus Apostdlus, Paul the Apostle.
III. Every Infinitive is governed by a verb, noun adjective,
or noun substantive, expressed or understood ; as,
Boni amant benefacere alns, good men love to do good to others.
B6ni sunt digni amari, good men are worthy to be loved.
Fuge, dum prase ipi tare potestas. Fly, whilst you have the power
to fly. ViRG.
Populus (cGepit) mirari, the people wondered, i. e. began to
wonder.
J^ote, Under Kerbs, are also comprised Participles, because they have
in them the general signification of Kerbs.
EXPLANATION.
All construction is either true or apparent. TVue construction is
founded on the essential properties of words, and is almost the same in
all languages. Apparent construction entirely depends on custom, which,
either for elegance or despatch, leaves out a great many words, otherwise
necessary to make a sentence perfectly full and grammatical.
THE ELLIPSIS SUPPLIED.
To RULE n. Num. 24, are reduced supple sat, (separated from the verb,
and occupying the place of a Noun Substantive.) sup. 2. dB causa, NUM.
29. sup. verba, notttxam, m^mortdm NUM. 35 and 36. sup. pro re, vel
pretxo asris. NUM. 40. sup. inter n^gotia, or resfert s^ ad n^goixa, NUM.
42. sup. ris, nSgotium, commissio, NUM. 60. sup in (tdtbus, NUM. 66,
sup. proi die— 66, omnibus oris, TO RULE III. is reduced NUM. 74.
supple malum est ; or, Hei and vob are used as Nouns Substantives. To
RULE IV. belong NUM. 18 and 62. sup. ad NUM. 33. sup. quJSd ad.
NUM. 41. i. e. est int^r rhUa negotta, Rdfdrt sd ad m^ nSgOtt&, for res
fert, ad m^a n^goixa. NUM. 68. sup. ad vel in, 64. sup. per, NUM. 73.
sup. sentio, ItLgeo, 6lc,
TO RULE VI. belong NUM. \ft.wx^. ^ ex, cXiim., Ut;. ^>^Vw.^a.'««
»r«. NUM. 20. «up. di, «, ear, c«Lm, &c. lS\i^- 1\- %>^^* a^a\i^^i>»»0
i^UM. 37 38. inip. a, abs, di, «, ex, «tc. ^\i^. ^^-^;?;^ tX'^^
^er. NUM. 57. .ap in. NUM. 69. mnp. a, Sb, e,«c. ^>5y^-'^^ '^^
ffUM. 64. np. rn or pgr. NUM. 65. ««P. «i«m «*% •> **•
N
( 188 )
Prosody should be taught the Student pntctically all along
from his first entrance into grammar; the Teacher pronouncing
before him every syllable according to just quantity ; because
the habits of a bad pronunciation are not easily removed ; and,
besides, the true signification of certtdn words in the Latin
tonguCy is discovered only by the quantity.
PROSODY.
Legitimumque s5num digitis callemus et aure ; Hoe.
Quem qui non tenet, errans, nescius atque vagatur
PROSODY teaches the pronunciation of words
according to proper quantity and accent^ with the art
of making verse.
2. The quantity of a syllable is the time we take in pro-
nouncing it.
3. A long syllable is marked thus -, and requires twic6 as
long time as a short syllable, in the pronunciation of it ; as,
tdem^ idem, ducere, ducere.
4. A short syllable is marked thus ^ , and requires half the
time of a long syllable ; as, ducere, ducere, idem, idem.
5. A common syllable, in poetry, is sometimes long, and
sometimes short ; as, t^nebrce, t^n^br<B ; mihi, mihl.
6. Common syllables are mostly pronounced short in prose*.
7. The quantity of all syllables is known by the following
RULES, or the AUTHORITY of the Latin and Greek poets-
8. The quantity of all la^t syllables, also of some^r^^, mid-
die, and penult syllables, is ascertained by rules alone ; the pe-
nult syllable {pen^ ultima) is the last but one.
9. Authority is a proof of the quantity (or length) of a sylla-
He taken from Ovid, Virgil, Horace, Juvenal, Persius, and
other reputable poets, who all agree in the pronunciation of
the Latin tongue.
So uniformly attentive were the Latin poets, to the quantity
of syllables, that, 'tis said, JEZbracc, one of the greatest of them,
having differed only in the pronunciation of the us in pedus,
pronouncing it palus instead of palus, suffered much in his
reputation, as not one of the poets, during a series of twelve
hundred years, had pronounced it, as he did, short, but on the
contrary, long.
Of the Division of Letters iuto StjUoAfes,
To discover the right pronunciation ot ^o\^a,^^ Tss>MX-»\a.
JA© ifost place, understand the rigKt dimsion oi xJcvoti SjcXsj
( 189 )
syllables; and what morp just claim any syllable, which under-
goes a division, has to certain letters in the word divided, than
it has to others.
A syllable is the sound of one or more letters uttered in one
breath ,* as, a, ah, abs, &;c. but it rarely exceeds eighU
Rules for the right division of letters into syllables.
I. A consonant between two votoels is joined to the latter, as,
a-mo, te-go, do-mi-nus.
Exceptions. Words, formed, derived, and compounded, arc
divided into their original, primitive, and simple forms; as,
chlr-agra, pod-agra, macer-o, in-ter-e-a, inter-im, iit-i.
II. The prepositions ad, ah, ante, in, co, pSr, prater, sub^
int^r, r^, dh, rM, trans, dm, de, dl, dis, se, cdn, are not to be
disjoined; as, Ad-6ro, ab-eo, ad-eo, in-eo, co-eo, co-utor, per-eo,
siib-eo, sub-iffo, re-lego, inter-eo, red-eo, ab-eram.
III. Two consonants in the' middle of a word, not proper to
begin a word, must be divided ; as, il-le, an-niis, ter-ra, ar-dens,
par-tes, tan-tus, &c.
IV. Two or more consonants in the middle of a word, prop-
er to begin a word, must not be divided ; as, pu-blT-ciis, libri,
Le-sb6s, pi-scJs, syl-ve-strem.
For those consonants that begin a word, and ought not to be divided ;
see Ruddiman's Latin Grammar, page 104. Edition 7. Edinburgh.
V. Two vowels not making a diphthong are divided; as,
va^U'Os, prd'iit, di-ci-^r, cd-pi-o, cd-pi-dm, cd-pi-es, dd-c^'O,
cr^'ds, cr^-^t, m^'li-Hs, In^u-o, in-dU'ts, in^dU'es, in-du-ds.
Of a vowel before a vowel
I. Vocalem breviant, alia stibeuntS Latin..
•1 vowel before a vowel is short in Latin,
EXEMPLA.
Alltis, indOo, nihil, tr^ho, h is not accounted a letter.
Omnia qiuB vdcuds t^niilssent cdrmtnd m€ntes»
O crudilis Alext, nihil m^d cdrmind curds. Vikg.
EXCEPTIONES.
Ni capit Rfio produc : et nomma QuintcB.
E servant longum, si praesit I, ceu sp^ciei ;
Vero E corripmnt/irf^que, *p^que r^ique.
Anceps lUS erit patrio ; sed protrahe dliiis.
Altirtits brevia tantum ; commune sit Ohe ;
Didndm varia longa der dlus^ et elieu,
Etpatrium Prim(B, cum seae soVvW. \ti -al* -k»\^%»
Hie Grsdci variant nee ceita lege leneuVxa*
Alt^r in alterius jactantes lumtn4 nISLXatov. On\x>- |
( 140 )
Greek nouns whose first of the two vowels is long*
EXEMPLA.
Darius, Clio, Amphion, Glilatea, ThS,lia9
Medea, Ixion, Alpheus, Laddamia,
PenthesTlea, M^chaon, Iphigenia, ^ Echidn.
Atque ele^a ^ Achaia, Alexandria, Lycaon,
Eleus^ue Achelous, Oreades, dtqu^ Geloi,
Sperchius^MC aer, Didymaon, dc Cytherea,
Pompei, Cai produc ; conformia jungens.
Noxia Alexandria, d61is aptissima tellus.
Greek nouns whose first of the two vowels is short.
EXEMPLA.
Deucalion, Sim5is, Danae, symphonia discors»
Alcinous, Danaus^u^ Thoas, Hyades^u^ Caicus,
Calliope, Othriades, Niobe, Hermione, Boreas^t^,
Pasiphae, Cyathus, Ber6e, Astyanax, GyBHoaque,
Autonoe, Cyane, Tanais, Dryope^^MC Cayster.
Greek nouns whose first of the two vowels is doubtful.
EXEMPLA.
Orion, canSpeum ; M^lea, dtque Geryon,
Ohe, dncips, platea dtqu^ chorea, Diana et loque.
II. Vocalis, longa est si consOna bin& sequatur :
^ vowel is long, if two consonants or a double follows*
Mobtlis iEsOntde, verna ac incertiOr aura.
Formosum pastor COrydon ardebat Alexin.
Exam. Mons, curro, gaza, nix. X, Z, are double consonants.
At nobis. Pax alma, veni spicamque teneto.
Atque a fine trahens titulum, mem5ratur horizon.
It is not necessary that both consonants are in the same
word ; they may be, and very often are, in different words, that
is, when the first word ends^ and the next begins with a conso-
nant; thus.
Me tdm^n urit amor; quis ^nim mddus adsit amori. ViRO.
Laudo tdmen vdcuis sedem quod figure Cumis. Jxrv.
Imp^rdt aut servit collectd p^cumd cuique, HoR.
NU dgtt exemplum, litem quod litS r^solvit. Idem.
Sunt 1, r, UqmdcB^ quels raro junglmOs, n. m.
But a vowel before a mute^ and a liquid m \he ««s!ie s^U'ftblQ ^fbsr a short
vowel in poetry, ia sometimes Umg^ and Boni6\inieB shxnt ; «A^agt\» C>)c\^^%^
tf4argrra, volticris; but the vwiod Y>efoTe aucYv confioiA3;i\& \& \XQXLQ>as&R»^
hort in prose ; thus, pharHrth volucrit^ ten^bra,
-Bt prima, similis vdliicri, mox 'v^ixa n^\\ibto. O^*
( 141 )
ni. Diphthongus l6nga est in Graecis atqug L&tinis.
A Diphthong is hng in Greek and Latin words.
In Grsecis semper, sed, prcB composta sequente
Vocali brevia, veliiti pr<mt atque prseustus.
Quis coelum non misceat, et mare coelo. Juv»
Ex quo Deucalion nimbis tollentibus aequor. Jwo.
Mannas Gr^corum malis implere catervas. jHbr.
At reg^na gravi jamdudum saucia cura. Virg,
Vocalem efficiet semper contracttO lOngam.
EXEMPLA.
Mato for mdgts volo, %Mm for isd^m^ alius for dliiiis, judico for
jusdico, refert (it concerns) for resfert^ ndlo for non vdlo, cogd
for cddgOj sid^ctm for sexd^cem, Uhic^n for tibHen^ it proiity
scilicet for scire Itc^ty vide lic^t for vidirS licet.
IV. DerivatS. tenent mensuram primOg^norum.
Derivatives retain the quantity of their primitives.
EXEMPLA.
Victoria from victorts, virgin^iis from virginis, milito from
miVUiSy amicus from dmoy Ugdm from l^go---legerdm, legMm,
legiss^m, leg^ro, legisse from legi, ratio from rdtus.
Semper ^gd auditor tdntum, nunqudmn^ reponam ? Juv.
PrcBcipitant ; pulchrumque mori succurrit in armis. Virc.
Fulminat Euphratem bello, victorque volentes. Id.
Regia soils erat sublimibiis alta columnis. Ovid.
Momento cita mors venit aut victoria laeta. Hob.
But the first syllable of the following is long.
Jumentum, fomes, suspicio, regiila, sedes,
Secius humanus, penuriS, mobilis, humor,
Junior, et vomer, laterna, et tegula, deni,
Macero, item nonus, primam produc^re gaudent.
These derivatives have the^r*< syllable short,
Ast odium^2i6, sopor^MC, dicax, et arista, lucirnay
Atque {ssigorque, sagax, ditio^i^e, fidesque, quasillus,
Atque vadum, geniii, posui^Me ducTs fragilisg^MC,
Et vitium^TMc curalis, primam duc^re nolunt.
V. Simplicium servant legem composts stiorum.
VCcalem llcSt, aut diphthongum syllaba mutet.
Compounds retain the quantity of their ^m^Zes«
EXE.MPlak- ^
Imgtiusy of tBquuSy irritus of riHus^ dct«lo oS. ^^^^][5^^
prUmo, occ^Ldo of eddo, repuli ot ^€TP«l\, «Jc^tt»K«w ^ w»^*
Oimcino of eUno, itiquHfo M mUiM'O, xrOSi^^ *#^-
( 142 )
EXCEPTIONS.
1. But AgmtuSfCogmtuSi r^cognttus^ of notus have the penult
short.
2. Fatidtcus^mdlidtcus, causidtcus, of dico, ha\e their penult
short.
3. Pronuhd, innuhd^ of nubo^ mMZum, of hilum, have their
penult short.
4. Connubium has 'Uu common, u e. sometimes long and
sometimes short.
5. Dej^roj pij^roy of jurOj have their penult short.
6. Sdj in sdpitiis, of sopdr^ has the first syllable «Aorf.
7. Bi in am^tifio, ambitus, ambition, from ttum, is short; but
8. ^i in am^^u^, am5l/a, ambitum, surrounded, is long.
VI. De Prcepositionum quantitate.
Se produc et di, praeter dlrtmo atqu^ disertus.
Si fbr^t hoc nostrum fdtd dUatus in <Bvum. Hoe.
Omnem crid^ dtem tibi diluxiss^ siipremum. Id.
Sit R^ breve ; at Refert a res producttO semper.
Scspe r^cognoscds tibi lectd animoque r^volvas. Lilius.
1. PRO is short in Greek compounds ; as, prdpheta prdldgus.
But,
2. PRO is long in Latin compounds ; as, provdco; yet
3. PRO, when it is compounded with the following words, is
short — ^Neptis item — ^fiigio — ^fundus — fiteorque — ^neposque —
Et — ^festus — fari — cella et fecto^^MC — ^ficiscor.
Atque fiigus^f^e — ^pero — ^tervus — fanus^ue propago.
PRO compounded with these is common.
— Pago^^Me rerftwm— curro— e< serpina — ^fundo^ue pello.
Propago, signifying descent, has pro short ; but propago, a
vine-shoot, has pro long.
VII. De quantitate A, E, I, O, U, Y, in compositis.
Of the quantity of a, e, i, o, u, y, in compounds.
Produc A semper^ compostl parts prtdre.
EXAMPLES.
Q^drS, qudtSnus, quapropter, quacunqu^, quatibet.
\. Am edd^m is still short; but ead^m the Ablative is long.
2. E, in the Jirst or second part of the compound, is short.
Ut n^qu^O, tr^d^dmqae ^quidemqae n^fdsque trScinti.
JVequidqudm, produc n^^udndo ; vSnepicd n€qi<am.
JVegudquamy niquts, sdciosque, v^ldsUclH. add5«.
Of words compounded -wilYvoul «l Prepowtwiu
Pars 81 componens fini pri6r 1 veV O donal
Ck^rripito; Omntpi^nM et Tlmdtligas xDaj3aie«X»»X.-
( 143 )
EXCEPTIONS of i and d in compounds.
1. In quibus i flexu mutatur jungit5 longis.
2. Quseque queunt sensu salvo divellier, addens.
3. De quibus aut Crdsts ^liquid vel Syncdpd toUit.
4. Idem masculeum produc et iilnque et ibidem.
5. Hulc dein aggl6nierans turbse composta diii.
6. Quaeque per 6 magnum scribuntur nominii Gratis.
7. His Intro, ritro, contro, qudndoque creata.
8. Qttdnddquidem excepto, bene junxeris atque dlioquin*
1. Quidam, 2. Ludimagtst^r. 3. Triga. 4. id^» 5. hu
diium m^ridies. 6. lagopus, 7. introduco. 8. dlioquu
9. O, the first part of a compound, is long ; as, introducOy
quandoque, retrocedoj controversia.
Dicite quandSquTdem in molli consedimus herbi. Virg.
10. But Chreek compounds in dmicron, as, Argdnautd, phu
Idsdphiis, with hddte, qu6qu^, duddScimy have the o short.
Saecula Carpophorum, Caesar, si prisca tiilissent. MarU
Ambubaidrum colligid phdrmdcdpOlcB. Hor*
11. 6rre6A: compounds in om^gd, are long; as, Minotaurus.
Mtnotaurus tnest V^n^rls mdnumintd n^fdndcB, Virg.
12. In Greek words, u and y, the Jirst or second part of a
compound, are short ; as,
Trqjug^na et quddriipes, Polydorus curta videbis.
VIII. De Praeteritis Dissyllabis.
PraeterttivS. t^nent primam dissyllS.b& longam.
AU perfect tenses of two syllables have the first long.
Toll^ bibit, scKdit, atqu^, ftdit, tOlit ortSlque do, st6.
Ah/ Cdrydon, Cdrydon, qucB te deminttd cepit. Virg.
Dixit ^t drdentes dvido bibit ori favUlds. Mart.
IX. De Supinis Dissyllabis.
Cunct& Siipina tenent primam dissyllabSl longam.
All supines of two syllables have the first long.
EXCEPTIONES.
Corrlpg nata sgro cl^o lin6, sto, stnO ststo.
Do, rii6, cum quSO, sic, ratOs, at staturtis Sbundat
EXEMPLA,
8&tumy citum, Wtiim, sMm, atUum, ^^V\j.m^T5iNa.^^
The Participles sdius, cttiw, slotiw, ViSfs^s ^^^^ ^T^^
formed from their respective a\wpvaftB,\iaN^ ^Cafcv^ ^^*^^ ^
( 144 )
X. Of perfect tenses which reduplicate.
Prcet^rztum gSmznans primam brSviabit utramque.
That perfect tense, which doubles thejirst syllable
shortens both that and the following syllable.
EXEMPLA.
Ut c^ctdij tMgi, p^p&i, dtdici, p^pull, c^oinf que.
Non audet, nisi qui didicit dare, quod medicorum est. Hob.
EXCEPTA.
Longat ast c(Bdd proprie s^cunddm. Caedo, cecidi.
Credidi credo trahit usque primam. Credo, credidi.
FSfelli, p^pendij mdmordi, tUendi^ tdtondi, have the second
syllable of the Perfect long ; spospondiy has both long.
XI. SUPINES above two syllables^ in -d^um, -etumy 'Uum,
'Utiim.
PraB-/wm vocalem p5lysyll§,b& cunct^ Siipina
Producent -atum quibiis — etum, finis et -utum.
hi proeterito v^niens sOciabis et itum.
Ceetera cOrripies in -itum quaecunqu^ residunt.
EXEMPLA.
Amaiilm, deletum, minutiim, pHitum, auditiim, IdcessUum*
Cubitum, monitum, abditiim, credttum, m^ritumy appUcitum.
XII. De Participiis futuri in -riis.
In -rw^, PartKcipi semper penultim^ longa est.
The Penult of the Participle in -rus is^ always hng.
EXEMPLA.
Amaturus, docturus, tecturus, audJturuS; futurus, iturus.
— - - I - ^
DE CREMENTO Nominum.
The Increase of Nouns is the number of syllables that ex-
ceeds the Nominative ; but the last syllable of these is never
accounted the Increase.
Xin. CREMENTUM secunda declinationis.
Nomina in -zrque -Sr flexS,, secundae curt^ vldebis
Caslbtis obliquis ; tSm^n -er productt Iberi.
Adjective and Substantive nouns of the second de-
clension, increase short, as, asper-aspSri ; vir^ virt.
EXEMPLI,
d!&0mvtr, d^cemv^riy tAuflwir^ trtumwri, pi^, ipiaftri*
A.nna vTimnque c&no Tro}» qai ^tvinfia ^^^ ^^- N\t%%
fhrtOnrnque dies h&btuLt s&tia alleia Vacem* OVA.
( 146 )
A CREMENTUM terti®.
XIV. Nomlnls A crescens quOd flectit terttd Idngum.
JVouns of the third declension increasing by A are long
EXEMPLA.
Pt&ds, pi^tatis ; caJcdr, calcaris ; pax, pacts ; anXmal, ani»
maJis; TUdn, Titdnis ; Ajax, Ajdcts ; vds, vasts; McBcinds^
Otis; sdly soils; velox, velocts; victdry victdris ; flos, floris ;
custoSj custodis,
Concitat iratus validos Titanas in arma. Vibo.
EXCEPTIONES in A brevi.
Nomina ver6 sequentia semper curta legentur.
Masciila in dr curtabis, CcBsdr et AnnihdJy ac sdL
Par, impar, compar, dispar, nectar^^M^, jubar^ue.
Fax it anas, bacchar, mas, Ldr et vas, vadis, hepar.
Genitivi, CcBsdris — Anmhalis — sdlts — parts — impdris
comparts dispdrts nectdris — -jubdrts ^facis andt^
bacchdris — mdris — Ldrts hepdtis — diddemdtis PdJlddts.
Vela dabant laeti et spumas salis aere riiebant. Virg.
Graeca in -ma ut diddem-a, 'dtis, dogmd, -atis, brMantur.
Arabs ^ Ardbis; Lceldps, Icddpts ; trdbs, trdbts, increase shortm
O CREMENTUM tertise.
XV. O crescens niimero producimiis usquS priore.
JVouns of the third declension increased by O are long.
EXEMPLA -on-6nis longa.
!• Amphitryon, Sidon, Hettcon, Chiron, Stcyonque,
2. Sic Damon, Cdrydon, Babylon, JBgon-ts, Orion.
8. Aut Alconis babes laudes, aut membra Glyconis.
EXCEPTIONES -6n-6nis breves.
1. Memnbn, Actceon, Agdmemnon atque PdlcBmon.
2. Et Jason et Amdzdn, JBson, adde Philemon.
3. Crorgdnis et Crorgon, Alcdnar, sic Didymdon.
1. Bosqui, tripus(\}iQ, m&ndr, Upiis, drbdr^ compds et impos^
increase short,
2. The compounds of pus; as, Mdampus, trtpus, increase
short ; as, MddmpddXs, tripddts.
3. All Neuter Genitives in oris ; ^!a^uftmu«^\Cb^J5ff\«^^>:«Sw^
fimdris, addr, csqudr, marmi^,, incxE«JBfc ^VmstI* ^\sX.% ^
4. Osy oris, and all comparattt5e«^«a^lewJWiT^tlwa^w^^»fc^^
&V/ as, JenioriB, majOrts. . __^ j^
&. Proper names in dr, as, Ag^vidr^ Hec«W^vwst«»»
( 1« )
6. Nouns in ohsi as, scrobs, scrdJUs^ scobs^ scdhis^ increase
9hort,
7. Nouns in ops; as, tndps, tndpiSj Miropsy Mer6p%Sy in«
cireases short*
8. Cicrops, Cecrdpis ; Ddlopsy Ddldpts ; Alldhrox^ AUd*
brdgts, Cappddox, Cappdddcis, increase short; but,
9. Cercops, Cercopis, Cyclops^ Cyclopis ; hydrops^ hydro-
p%Sj increase long.
Tela r^ponuntur mamhus fabricdtd Cyclopum. Virg.
Hie Doldpum mdnuSi hie savus tendebat Achilles. Virg.
E CREMENTUM tertiae.
XVI. E crescens niimero breviabit tertl^ primo.
JVouns of the tfurd declension increasing by E are short*
EXEMPLA.
Grex, gregis, senex, senis, degener, degeneris, pauper, pau-
peris, uber, uberis, pubes et puber, . puberis, hebes, heb^tis,
proBpes, praepetis, teres, teretis, career, carceris, muniis, mune-
ris, latus, lateris, piper, piperis, it^r, itineris, pes, pedis, &c.
EXCEPTIONES.
Excipe Iber, Siren, splen, ren, (rape Hymen) sirmU halec.
Ver, mansues, lociiples, haeres, merces^M^, quies^ue.
Gr<Bcd lehcsque tapes, magnes, crater^M^ Thales^MC.
Lex, rex, plebs, vervex, seps, et p^r^grina ; ut, Uriel.
GENITIVI.
I. Iberis Sirenis — splems renis — (Hymenis) halecis,
(Anio, Aniems, Nerio, Nenems) — mansuetis — locupletis —
ruBredts — mercedis quietis — legis r^gis — plebis — vervicif
— septs — Urielis — Danielis — Ubetts — tdpetls — magnSttS'—crd'
teris — (aer, aeris, aether, getheris.)
I CREMENTUM tertiae.
XVII. I crescens r^piet numeris sic tertiSL binis.
JVouns of the third declension increasing by I are short.
EXEMPLA.
Homo, hdminis, imago, imaginis, grando, grandinis, anindo,
arundinis, ciipido, cupidinis, formido, formidinis, lapis, lapidis,
caput, capitis, libido, libidinis, margo, marginis, ordo, ordinis,
nomen, nominis, cespes, cespitis, trames, tramitis, &c«
EXCEPTIONES.
Silimia, Sai^minis, Delphin, Delphiaia, Samius, Sanmitis,
Memphis, Memphitis, Dis,Bit\8,T^ma,'5\*m^^,^jsBs^^^ss^^^
Quina, quintia, lis, litis, glis, gUtla, nWj^x^ nt^sms,^*
( 147 )
XVIII. Y crescensrapKetntimSrisqu0quS/cr/?d[bini8.
JVouns of the third declension increasing by Y are short.
Chalybs, chalybis, chlamys, -^dis, Capys, Capyis, martyr,
martyris.
JSTouns of the third declension increasing by IX and YX^
are long.
XIX. IX ac YX produc, felix, Bombycts &i Oryx.
EXEMPLA in IX-icis, long.
PhoBnix, Phcenicis, perdix, perdicis, coturnix, coturnicis,
pernix, pernicis, lodix, lodicis, bilix, bilicis, trilix, trilicis, felix,.
xiBlicis
EXCEPTIONES in IX-icis, short.
Coxendix, Choenix, Cilix, natrix^t^e, calix^u^.
Phryx^^MC, Larix et onyx, pix, nlx^ue salix^we, filix^ue.
Varix, Styx, lapyx, histrix, fornix et 'Erixque.
XX. U brevlat crescens Genitivo flectiO terna.
JVouns of the third declension increasing by U are short.
Exem. Murmur, murmiiris, furfur, furfuris, turtur, turtiiris,
Dux, ducis, redux, reducis, Ligus, Liguris, p^cus, peciidis.
Intercus, intercutis, praesiil, prajsulis, consul, consiilis.
EXCEPTIONS— virtus, virtutis, &c.
Virtus atque palus, tellus, incusquCy salus^z^e.
Servi^wetus, subscusfM^ jiiventus, dtqu^ senectus.
Jus, juris, criis, criiris, thus, mus, rus, ddto ruris.
Fur, furis, lux, lucis, Pollux, Pollucis, frux, frugis, increase long.
XXI. Pliiralis casus si crescit protrShlt A, E ;
Atque O ; corripies I, U ; tu tSmen excipe bubiis.
EXEMPLA.
Stelldrum d^abiis^ ririim, rehiis, vtrorum, ddminorum, ddrwrtmt^
L^omhiisj s^dilibus^ n^mdrthiis, fructthus, cormbus, acuhiis.
Immemor herbarum, quos est mirata juvenca. Vibg.
Felix qui potuit rerum cognoscere causas. Virg.
Est modus in rebus, sunt certi denique fines. HoB«
Regia soils crat sublimibiis alta columnis. Ov.
Pars in frusta secant verubusque trementia figunt. Visa.
Ipsi in defossis specubus secura sub alta. Vibg.
Omnibus m terris quae sunt a Gadibiis usque. Juv.
De Cremenlo \ etV^oxvim*
Crementum verbi est cum aViqyia ^«t^ ^ifass^ ^^'^'^^^^^^^
Bdnam singulaLrem pisBsentia lndv».\iV\ KOiy«^ ^-^^aCo^-^^^®**
pJuMus excedit.
(148 )
In verbis depihiintihus Hngend^ est y6x Activd; ut, mlro, miroi,
mirdbas, mirahdmus, mirahdmini, mlrar&ninu
Ultima syllabi nunq^am ducitur incrementum.
XXII. A in the increase of verbs is long.
A verbum crescens auctu prdducit In omni ;
Exctp^ cremento d&r^ primo quOd br^v6 poscit
EXEMPLA.
Amamus, dmahamiis, ddc^dmiis, t^gdmiis, t^gdits, avdidmus*
But the first increase of a (not the second) is short in d(^
ddrS, and pessundo, v^nundoy circumdo, sdtlsdo.
His lachrymis vitam damns et miserescimus ultro.. Vnto.
XXIII. E in the increase of verbs is hng.
E verbum crescens auctu, producitiir omni.
Docemus, amemus, tegemus, essemus, iremus, texissemus.
Semper E corrfpz^wr j»rcB-ram-rim-r6yw? Idcatum.
Tex^rdm, texMm, t^x^ro, fu^rdm,fu^rim,fu^ro, ^ro*
E ante -REM, et -RER, tertia conjugatione corripitur ; ut
T^gir^m, t^g^res, t^g^r^t, tig^remiis ; t^ger^r, t^g^reris.
E ante -ERIS, -ERE, praesentis Indicativi et Imperativi
tertiae, ut t^g^ris vel tigire ; tSg^re, (t^gttor,) breviatur ; sed
E ante -erts vel -er^, Futuro Indicatim Passives ; tertia con-
jugatione ut, t^geris vel t^gere, semper producitiir.
RerS sit et reris longum, -bSrzs at -bSrff curtum.
E in -erunt, -er^, Indicdtim Perfecto est longum.
Amdverunt, dmdver^; docuerunt, docuer^; texerunt^ tex€r^»
Consedere duces ; et vulgi stante c6rona. Ovid.
E penultimam in stet^runty ded^runt, tuUrunt^ aliquando
curtabis.
XXIV. / in the increase of verbs is short.
Corripit I crescens verbum; sed demS v^Umus^
JVoRmus simus^ quaeque his sStS. caeterS, jungens
Ivi praeteritum, prima incrementSqu^ quartae.
Praet^rito curtabis -imus t^m^n undiqu^ ; vates
Ad libltiim v Sir i ant, — rLmus-ritis^a& fiituro.
EXEMPLA.
AmahtmuSy ddcibttur^ UgimuSy cupxtls, grodXTnur^ dmd^Mfry
^^tnddtmtni^ docebimtni^ aiidt€bdmim.
Jmusy penuitim& omnibus vetbomiii ^T«;let\Vi% c^siiVi^Xxa*
Amavimus, ddcuimus^ legivms^ audwtiiwU, V»iiw», Jvlitwrt*
w in futuro Subjunctiyi nunc conipitiii> wi»R ^vAnRAX>a*
( 149 )
XXV, O dt U crementa verborum.
O incrSiilentum produc, sSd U cOrrlpS semper.
Verbs increasing by O are long; by U they are short.
Amdtot^f ddcitotS, UgttMy auditdt^, itot^, estoU*
SumuSj possiimusy vdlumus, maliimus^ naiumiis.
DE ULTIMIS SYLLABIS-
XXVI. Jl in the end of words is long.
A finita. dSlto lOngis ; 7n6n6symbd quaeque.
Caslbiis A flexum brevja ; sed protrahe sextum,
Produc JEnea^ Calcha^ simtlesqu^ v5candi.
Caslbtis baud flexum produc. ltd cum quiS^ et eja.
Curtantur contra ac ultra ; qu6quS -ginta errata;
Et piUd^ (non verbum) curta v^rls haUeqiieluja.
EXEMPLA.
Ama, ddy a, stelld, hdnd, anted, int^r^d, trtgintd,
Stella, dona, s^diltd, n^mdrd, cornud, t^nSrd, hdnd.
lUi inter sese magna vi brachia tollunt. Virg.
Principiis obsta, sero medicina paratur. Ov.
Hos successiis alit, possunt quia posse videntur. Virg.
XXVII. E in the end of words is short.
E brviag ; Primae QuintaequS vOcabiilS. produc :
Atque Ohe^ cete^ tempe^ fermeque, Jireqne^
Atque fdmeq\x& doce^ simile et, mOnosylla.b8. longa.
EncUticas ac sylldhicas br^via, ac mSLlS jungas
Et bSnS. Produces Adverbid cunctS. s^cOndae.
EXEMPLA.
Nat^, fug^, l€g^, l^g^, ddmtn^, pin^, leon^, dmdt^,
CalUdpe, AncMsiddi, die, qudre, hodti, se, de, me, ti.
Cdve, vale, vide, respond^ aliquando breviantur.
Encliticae qu^, v^, n^. Syllabicae -pt^-c^-t^-tuapt^, hisce, tute,
end in e short. B^nlgne, longi, pldcide, mtmme.
XXVIII. / in the end of ivords is long.
I longum ponas nisi c^m quasi Gra>xaq\ie ciincta.
Jur^ mihi v^rlarS tibique sibique solemus.
Sed m^ge corripies ibi; vero wi?, cut^ qu5qu€ nectes.
Si&vUi sed brevlant cum necubi^ sicubt Vatea*
ExEM. Clas8i,f^n, uti, (iiti, is shcyrt) M^TCvif\, T5al^^^AJt^-
GrsBciDcUim, et Vocdtim, in 1 bTe^\aTi\.wx •, xxX-T^kk^-*'^^^^
Tu,mibi, seu magni superaa jam sax.4 \\mw\. "Vwi^;
Vaphai, quid antlquos 8igadr-um ausp\^ia cjcVaa* "^^
rv
( 150 ) J
XXIX. O in the end of words is common.
O commune l6ces, Grceca et mOn6syUabdi longa*
Ergo pro causa ; temum sextumq\i& sgcundae ;
Atque ddeo ac zdSo atque Adverbid nomine nata.
EXAMPLES in O common.
Quandoj sermo, amo, ddc^o, l^go, audio, ndto, vigilando.
EXCEPTIONS in O long.
Certo et ^o, paul6,faJsOy m^ritdque ddeoque.
Idclrcoque ciiro, manifesto, crc5raque longa.
EXCEPTIONS in O dmhtful
Amho, quomodd, dummddd, postmodd sic hdmo, ^gdqxie*
Et cito corripies m^c^^que et sctd, nescio et imo.
Et du6 ; fit varium sero et conjunctio vero.
Mutuo, postremo, varia cum denied, sero.
EXCEPTIONS in O long.
Monosyllaba omnia in o, ut do, iu), flo, sto, longantur.
Datim et Ablatim in o sunt longa, ut pu^ro, Ddmtno, donO.
Graeca ut Dido, Alecto, Clothb, Clio, Androg^o, sunt longa.
Adverbia derivata ab Adjectivis ut falso, merito sunt longa.
XXX. U et Y in fine.
Uin the end of words is long; but Y in the end is short.
U semper longa ; sed y raptis jung^re oportet
EXEMPLA.
In u finlta sunt longa ut vultu, cornu, Panthu, moly.
Quo res siunma Idco Panthu, quam, prendimus arcemi Yirg.
Quid tibi cum patria navita, Tiphy, mea ? Ovid.
XXXI. Words ending in jB, JD, T, are short.
Quae voces sunt in B, D, T, corripS semper.
T breve semper erit ; nisi quondam syncopa tardat.
Ab, ad, amdt, dmdbdt, dmamt, dmdv^rdt, dmdbit, dmdvertL
EXEMPLUM.
Magnus civis obit, et formidatiis Athani. Juv. 6bit pro dbnt.
XXXII. C in the end of words is hng.
C longa est ; v^rium Hie pronomen ; cOrrlpe donsc.
Et nec^fac^ parlter malunt brgviare POetae.
Sic oculos, sic ille mantis, sic ora-ferebat. Virg.
Classibus hie lociis, hic acies certare sdlebant. Id.
XXXIII. L in tfte end of ojoorcfs is short.
L breve sit. Cum soU sal, nil \ow^^w\Xa ^€«t^'?u
Trtbundl, vtffU, m, s^wM, pr5cul, comul, AuwCbSl, C«fc«a-
Ifebima finita in EL, ut Samuel, DatvUl> GabrUlA^ti^v^.
8«o semel est imbutH recens se^aXAt 6^oxem-
( 161 )
XXXIV. Min the end of words is short.
M vOrat Ecjipsis, prisci brSvlarS sOlebant.
Circiima^ ; quendam volo visere non tibi notum. Hor.
XXXV. JV in the end of words is long.
N longum pariter Greeds p^rtterqu^ Ldtinis.
En br^via quod format -inis brSv^ ; Grcecci s^cundee.
Junglmus, et qmrtum^ si sit brSvis ultima recti.
Forsitdn^ in^forsan^ tdmSn^ Sn, viden^ addltO curtis.
EXEMPLA.
Ren^ ^Urij sin, Sirin, Titan, Saldminque PdlcBmon.
JEnedn, Anchisin, Pen^ldpen, Epigrdmmdton,
ExcipS -^n-inia ; nont^n^ nominis., GrsBca in a Maian brfivtato.
Pylon, Ilion, Arcton, Alexin, Ibm, Chelyn, ThHin, brSvia sunto.
XXXVI. R in the end of words is short.
R breve; sed longantur/Sr/^arnataqu^; Lar^JVar.
Cur^ fdr^ cum Grcecis queis patrlGs eris; et ^ther^
J3Ler^ ver^ et Iber mSge cdr brSve ; CeltibSr anceps.
ExEM. C(E8ar, sSmp^r, pr^cor, Hictor, m^mor, Decemvir, amor,
PrOdacito, cUr, far, par, compdr, dispdr, impdr, crater*
Semper honos, nomenque tiium, laudesque manebunt. Virg.
Nee gemere aeria cessabit tiirtur ab ulmo. Virg.
XXXVII. 'US in the end of words is short.
US br^v^ ponatur, prOduc mondsyUSha cum Genitivis
Flexus et quartan; produc ndmerique secundi
In quartet primum, quartum, quintumque : et "in-Uris;
Dumye-utis patrius, vel in-udts et-4lnttS'^isye est.
Aut quintus fit In U ; longus tum rectOs, habetur.
Ergo produces venerabile nom^n lESUS.
EXEMPLA.
Dominus, nemus, peldgus, fructus, leonihus, fnictibus.
M5n5syllaba in -us, ut griJLS, plus, thus, rUs, mus, sus, sunt longa*
Nom. SaluS'tellUs-palUs s^nectits ; JuventUs-servitUs-incus-virtfu,
Gen. frtictQs ; Nom. Ace. Voc. plural /ourt^ declension in -iw, end long.
Amathfts-unttS'CerasUs-untis-Opus, -untis. M^lampUs, M^ldmpo^xs*
Quid furtim lachrymas ? Ilium venerande, Melampu. Stat.
XXXVIII. AS in the end of words is long.
As produc, Quartum GrsBcOrum tertta casum
Corrlpit ,• et rectum, p^r -cfcSw si patrWs exit.
^n^ds, Pallas, PmanOs, fds, n^Jog, ^ma&.,U§,^.^?^^4
GrmcS, in ^as, quorum Gemtivus exit Va-^fiLdXa x^^-^PQ^^^^^^'^^^^^^stfe
Accusativi pluraJes Grecoioxa m cU^ut TtttttvaA^cTCl^»to»^^^^-
( 152 )
XXXIX. ES in the end of words is hng.
Es d&bitur longis; brSvlat sea tertlft rectum,
Cum patrli brSvis est crescens penultim^ ; Pes hinc
Excipitur, paries QrUs, dbiesquS CSresque.
Corripito i^s a sum pSngs et neutralla Graeca.
EXEMPLA.
Ames, dmdres ; voces, l^gis, l^bis, tap€s, aiideris*
DcBmdn^s, Arcades, et tales Gr(Bci plurales in es breviantur.
JEqu^Sy pkd^s, dlv^s, mil^s, r^s^s, pr€Bs^s, cdm^s,
Mll^s, sosp^s, des^s, hosp^s, palm^s, p&pUs, trdm^Sy
Hippdmdn^s, panders, nepenthes cum cdcdetMs brevia.
XL. IS and YS in the end of words is short.
Corripies IS ^t YS plurales excipe casus.
GRs^ sis^ VIS verbum ac nomen nolisque vSUsque.
Audls ac socios quorum et G^nittvus in "ims.
Entis ve aut — ttis longum ex -is prOducitO semper.
EXEMPLA.
Apis, inquis, l^gts, Ugitis, Th&Xs, TipTiys, Itys, Cdpys.
Dativi plQralds et Ablativi in is ut dominis, stellis longantur.
Audis ac omnes secundas personas singtilares Indicativi quartsB loDga.
Genitivi in -Is -in is, ut Salamis^ Salaminis, fine sunt longa.
Siniois Simbdntis, Samn%8 Samnitis, lis, lUxs, sunt longa.
XLI. OS in the end of words is long.
OS produc ; pS.trius br^vis est, et c5mp^s et Impos.
O^que ossis praebens : rectos br^viatO s^cundae.
Os recti produc, quOties tibi patritts O dat.
EXEMPLA.
Nom. AgrdS'hdnoS'VoS'noS'Vds-custdS'n^pds, ddmtnos.
Gen. DaphmddS'BeliddS' Troddds- OrpMds- Ttphyds,
AlphedS'DeldS'EledS'EpedS'^pdS'chddS'mdos.
Arctos-os, ortS'AtkdS'MindS'HeroS'Athos, AndrdgSos*
XLII. YS in the end of words is short.
YS junges br^vibus; Tethys r^peritiir at anceps.
EXEMPLA.
Phorcys, Trachys, Trachyn. Capys, cJielys, chJamys.
Desinentia in yn ; ut, Phorc^, Phorc^os, Trach^, Trach^nSs, longa.
SjJJSba cujusvis erlt ultimS. carmtnis anceps.
TAe last syllable of every line in poelrj \^ ^e,<iQV3L0\fc^\Qti%%
J&u: tdm^n Jidc mecum pdUrxs rlquvt^ctrl w>cle. NV\^%
J7/e ggd qui quondam grcunli mftdulcdtus dxjt'no^ \^«
Ultrml cajtisvla m/llaba vor»08, fOy^ sit ^c6^i«.^Vi^ Tfe^^\«^^^»«
( 153 )
Of the jlccent of Syllables.
The €u;cent is the tone of voice with which a syllable is pro-
nounced ; or, it points out to us when we must raise, or lower
the voice in pronouncing certain syllables of a word.
In every word of two or more syllables, one of them is pro-
nounced higher than the rest, to prevent a monotony, or uni
formity of sound, which is disagreeable. There are three ao
cents, the grave, the acute and the circumflex.
I. The grave depresses or sinks the voice ; as, dode.
II. The a^mte raises the voice, and is used only in the ante-'
penult and penult. The antepenult is the last syllable but two;
as, do in ddminus.
IIL The circumflex first raises and then sinks the voice in
some degree on the same syllable. It is used only in the first
and last syllable ; and is never applied to any but long sylla-
bles, as, amdre, Romdnos.
Accentus tres sunt. Gravis, Acutiis, Circumflixus.
Grams, in ultxmdm tan turn cadens, deprlmit vocem ; lit s^dU^,
steUd, pH^riim, Uo, leonls, Uon^, docti, civibus
Acutiis, mpenultimdm vel dnt^pemditmdm cadens, toUtt voc^m;
ut popiUus, pdpuliis, dominus, ddcutmus.
CircumflexUs, in idttmdm vel p^nvMmdm cadens, prodHcti
vocem, lit Romdniis, imago, ddmino, imdgtnif
PRAXIS.
Quid agis?
Repeto mecum
Quid repetis ?
Pensum quod
prflBceptor prsB
scripsit nobis
hodie.
Tenesne memo-
ria?
Sic opinor.
Repetamus una
sic uterque
nostrum pro-
Qutd agYs ?
R^pSt5 m6cttm.
QutdrgpStis?
PSnsiim quSd
prsceptdr prsB-
scripsit nobis
h5dte.
TSnSsnS mSm5-
rta?
Sic 5pIn2Sr.
RSpStamus tma
sic iitdrque
n&strCUn pro-
nunciabit rec-
tius.
Incipe tu igitur,
qui provocasti
me.
Age esto atten-
tus, ne sinas me
aberrare.
Ego simi promp-
tior ad audien-
dum quam tu
[es] ad pronun-
ciandum.
nOnciabit rec-
titis.
IncipS tQ tgtttlr,
qui provScastl
md.
AgS esto atten-
ttis, nd sinas md
abdrrare.
Eg5 stun pr6mp-
ttSr S,d audldn-
dtlm qu&m ta
[Ss] Hd prontkn-
ctandiim.
Omnes quae voces s61uta oratione possunt sic scandi ;
"Quid Sgis?" Tribrdchys, «Repet5" Tnhrdchys, "mecuok"
Trdchmis.
"Incipe'' nactplusy "igitui^ TrilwocTv^*'* "^^». ^^ ^-V?^
dceus. ^"^
Bm tmm St gylMHB r^atis »t atustftv^tdte A^X. V«*«^«^^^'**^'*^'
( 154 )
NOTANDA.
1. Aocdntiis vdct« ettjusqu^ a QuantttatS maximd pdndSt; tLt agU: 'gig
autem syllaba antg consSnam est longa apiid pbdtas, tLt,
ArreptaquS mana, quxd agU^ dtdcissimS rerum. Hor.
2. Voces disayllabas longse Acc&ntum Inftgttnt priori, Crtdunt^ plUreSj
tdngunt^ drmas^ nolunt^ mdlunt^ ponunt, cogunU poaaunU
3. DissylldbcR autem, quarilm prior fist br^via^ Accdnttim ImpOnunt
posteriori, ut legSnt, cadSnU volUnt, fUrtni, docent, amdnU
4. Tr%8syllab(B, si diisB, prioris ftierint braves, imponuni accentum po-
gt^riori, ut Domini, radiant, dominos, Ug^rent, tuUrint,
5. Sin quatuor s^U&bse braves cOncQrrant; Iinp5ndiidils dst Acctntus an-
tSpdntlltimse ; Docuimus, monuerdm, mu/tere.
6. Si tree s^'Uabse braves simiil adsOnt, prima arrSgat sibi AccSntiiiD, Ut
D5mine, facer6, premSre, sinere, ftirere, cblerS,
OF READING LATIN POETRY.
In reading Latin poetry, the tone of the voice ought to be chiefly regu-
lated by the sense. All the syllables should be pronounced according to
just quantity, and, at the end of every line, where there is no comma^ noi
any other stop, we should make a small pause, equal to that of half a com-
ma ; frequently pronouncing the last syllable short.
The ancient Romans, (it is said,) in reading verse, paid a particular at-
tention to its melody: they observed the quantity and accent of the several
syllables, and also the different pauses and stops, which the particular turn
of verse required.
In reading Latin verse, we should be governed by the quantity and ac-
cent, and especially attend to the ctzsural pauses.
The pauses of the Comma, Semicolon, Colon, and Period, Pttrenth^sis,
Interrogation, and Admiration, should be as attentively observed by us,
and read with the same time, as they are by good readers of the English
tongue. As a specimen of this, let us read, with proper attention to the
measure and ccRSural pauses, the first twenty lines of the second book of
the ^neid,
Conticuere omnes intentique ora tenebant,
In de t6ro pater iEneas sic orsiis ab alto, &c.
OF THE FEET USED IN SCANNING.
Afoot is a certain number of syllables of a definite quantity:
the^c< mostly used in the verse of the Latin and Greek poets,
are the nine following :
I. Dactylds efFicItur longa brevibusque ddabus.
A Dactylus is one long, and two short syllables, as, scribimiis.
D. D. S. S. D. S.
In n5va-fert ^ni-mus-mu-tatas-dicere-for-mas. Ovid.
The Dactylus derives its name from the Greek Dactuhs, a finger, the
number and length of its syllables agreeing with the number and length of
the joints of the fore finger.
II. Spondaeus longis vOlOit constarg diiabus.
A SpondsBua consists of two long syllables, as, formas.
D. D. S. 8. T>. ^.
Anna vi-rumque ca-no Tto-^bb c^ui-^iiioMa %)a-wv%» ^Taa*
The SpondcRus takes its name from t\ie Ot^eV. Sp^ynAt^«t ^Tvs^-^aSso&si;
^rmse hymns, abounding wOh aiAch grcwe and majtrtic I«*^^«V^^
^^ occasions. SpondiLi U alw«uy» V^^e l«* /«* '^^ wk^«»«fc«^
( 155 )
ni. At gSmiQls fertur br^vibus longaque An¶tus.
Anapaestus consists of two short and one long syUMe ; of,
llnimos.
The Anapaxtui derives its name from the Qrttk word aiuxpaio^ to inyert,
to strike back, because iJt is a Dactylus inverted.
'Fluvwrum rex Eriddnus camposque per omnes. Virg.
IV. Pyrrichlus g^minis br^vibus velOcit^r instat
Pyrrichius consists of two syllables which are both shorty aSj
b^niis.
Pyrriehius has its name from Pyrrike^ a dance of armed men, moving
mth a rapid motioni invented by Pyrrhus^ the son of Achilles.
V. Syllaba. longa br^vi subjects. v6cattir Iambus.
Iambus ha^ the first syllable shorty and tht second long^ as^
siiis.
The Iambus was invented by Arch!l5chtts, a poet of the Island P&r6s.
Suis et ipsa Roma viribiis ruit. Hor.
Iambic verse is scanned thus :
Siiis Iambus et i- Iamb, psa Ro- Iamb, ma vi- Iamb, ribus
Iamb, ruit Iamb.
VI. Quod si longabr^vemprsBcessSritestoTrOchsBUS.
Trochaeus ha^ the first long and the second shorty as, tangit*
The Th-ochaus is so called from trechHn^ to run, because it terminatet
quickly : it is also called Choraus, from Chorus, a company of dincers.
VII. Longa duaeque breves et longa creant Choriambum.
Choriambus consists of four syllables — tJie first and last are
long — both the middle are short, as, nobilitas.
The Choriambus is a foot compounded of ChSrceus and Iambus,
VIII. BacchWs at curta gaudet longisqu^ diiabus.
Bacchius has three syllables, the first is short, the other two
are long, as, pudicos.
The Bacchius is so called from being often used in the hymns of Bacehns.
IX. Vult Proceleusmalicus brevibus constare quaterais.
Proceleusmaticus consists of four short syllables, as, teniiia.
ProcSleusmaticus derives its name from k^eusma, clamor adhortatS"
fiiis nautdrum. It is contracted by the poets into three syllables :
Thus, cUnet^, abjete, ariHi^ aijSte, teniita, tenvta.
OF VERSE.
A VERSE is a certain number of feet disposed in regular order, and is
so called from veriere, to turn, because when we come to the end of a line
we turn to the beginning of the next ; a whole poem is denominated CoT'
men ; but ver«e« constitute its parts or lines.
Of the different kinds of Latin verse used in scanning.
L HEXAMETRTIMs\NeU^^O\CX^^.
Hex&metrum carmen sex pedlbwa <iOTW^iJ^\.«» ^ovms^.
DactfluB eat quintCis ; sextaia aWv toVXt^&^^'o^'^^
Spdodeiw: reliqiiisque alt utetVib^t \vSxvkssi«
( 156 )
Homer is said to be the inventor of Heroic verse.
Res gestae regumque diicuinque, et tristia bella.
Quo scribi possunt numero, monstravit Humerus. Hor.
^uinJto etiam tidmisit rerum gravitas Spondceum ;
Cara Deum soboles magnum Jovis Incrementum ! Virg.
Margiue terra-rum por-rexerat Amphi-tri-te. Ov,
II. PENTAMETRUM sive ELEGIACUM-
It is not known who first invented Elegiac verse.
PentametrOm scandens pes primus, sive secundus,
Dactylus aut SpondcBus erit ; Ccesurd siibibit
Longa ; locos reliquos gemtnus mox Ddctylus implet.
Hanc tua Pene-lo-pe len-to tibi mittit, U-lysse,
Nil mihi-rescri-bas-attamen ipse ve-ni. Ovid.
III. ASCLEPIAD^UM. Mondcdds.
In hoc SpondiBus fit primus, Dactyliis alter ;
Syllaba longd subit ; post Ddctylus ordine duplex.
Spond. Dact. Ccbs, Dact. Dad.
Maece ^nas, ata vis. c dite. regibus.
AsclepiadcBum sic quoque scandi potest.
Spond. Choriam, Choriam. Pyrrh.
Maece nas, atavis— — — edite re ^gibus. Hor.
IV. SAPPHICUM et ADONICUM. Dicdlos.
SapphTca plectra m5vens tribiias loca primd TrdchcBO :
Spdnd(Bd cedant 15ca prdanmd ; tertms esto
Dactyliis ; hunc subeat duplex in fine TrSchaeus.
Troch. Spond. Dact. Troch. Troch.
1. Jam sa tis ter ^ris nivis alque— — dirae,
2. Grandi ^nis mi sit pater — et ru ^bente,
3. Dext^ ra s a eras jacu flatus arces.
DacU Spond,
Terruit urbem. Hor.
V. VERSUS GLYCONICUS. Dicolosdistrdphos.
Spond. Choriam. Pyrrh.
Sic te— — diva p5tens Cypri.
Spond. Choriamb. Choriamb. Pyrrh.
Sicfra tres Helenae lucida si dera. Hor.
VI. DACTYLICUS SPONDAICUS. Dicdlos distrdpUs.
jPrimap^dis quatuor aut Dactyli avt Syondc^i aunt, treajinalis Troehai.
Dact, Dact. Spond* Dact. TrocV TtocV Trocft.
/. Solvitur-acria hjr-ems grar-ta ^fic^i — Netv^r-^\.^^ — -^^^iv
^ Jamd. Iamb. C<bs. Tro- Tro. Tr^*
^ Tr&hmit^}i6 sic cas Bacba — 1» ^^ — =«»»5^ »*
( iw )
VII. ASCLEPIADiEUS. Tric6l6a tetrastr^phds.
Spond. Choriamb. Choriamb, Pyrrh.
!• Quis mul — ^ta gracilis — ^te puSr in — rfisa.
Spond. Chor, Chor. Pyrrh.
2. Perfu — sus liquidls — urget 6d6 ribus*
Spond. Dact. Spond.
3* Grato— Pyrrha, siib — antro.
Spond. Choriamb. Pyrrh.
4. Cui fla — vam religas— c6mam. Hor.
VIIL ASCLEPIAD c< GLYCONIC. Dicdlds distrdphds.
Spond. Choriamb. Choriamb. Pyrrh.
Victor MaB^nii— carminis a lite.
Scribe lis V2.ri6 ^fortis et ho— stium. Hor.
IX. HEROICUM HEXAMETRUM. Dicdlds Distrdphds.
Spond. Dad, Spond. Dad, Dad. Spond.
Lauda — bunt all — ^1 cla — ram Rhodon — aut Myte — ^lenen.
Dad. Dad. Dad, Spond.
Aut Ephe — sum bima — risve Co— rinthi.
X. CARMEN METRI SINGULARIS. Dtcdlds distrdphds
Choriamb. Baxichius.
Lydia, die ^per omnes.
Troch. Spond, Choriamb, Choriamb. Bacchi.
Te de os 6— ro, Sybarin— ciir properas amando.
XI. CARMEN HORATIANUM. Dicolos tetrdstrdphos.
The poet Horace, it has been said, invented this verse.
Iamb. Iamb. Ccbs. Dad. Dad.
1. Vides — lit al ta — stet nive— candid um
2. Sorac — ^te ; nee — jam — sustine — ant 5niis.
Spond. Iamb, Spond. Iamb. CcBsurd.
3. Sylvae labo— rantes gelu q ue.
Dact, Dad. Troch. Troch.
4. Flumina— constite ^rint a— — cuto.
XII. CARMEN CHORIAMBICUM. Mdndcdlos.
Spond. Choriamb. Choriamb. Chdridmb. Pyrrh.
Tu ne — quaesieris — scire (nefas)— quem mihl Qj\ft.\ac— ^Sk^*
CARMimS ANACRE.O^'^KX^^^e*^^"®^
V616 e6n&t& Atridaa, \ T«»s«> «itwfe^^^^
V6I6 BdnarS Cidmfim. \ "»*Xvb*- ^n.>2W»^«
( 158 )
NOTANDA.
Mdnde^ds est ubi est unum versuiim genus.
Dicdlds est iibi duo sunt genera versiium.
Trtcdlds est ubi tria sunt genera versiium.
Distrdphds est cum post secundum pedem reditur ad prlmum.
Tristrdphds est cum post tertiiim pedem reditur ad primunu
Tetrastrdphds est cum post quartum pedem reditur ad primunu
DE CiESURA.
SYLLABA quse ex dictione caeditur, ac post quemvis p&
dem relinquitiir, vulgo Ccesurd dicitiir ; cujus tanta vis est, ut
ejiis beneficio syllaba brevis producatur; est enim quoddam,
m ipsa divisione verboriim, latens tempils, nam diim mdrdmiir;
atque ad dliiid transimiis, intervallum unum spatiumque lucrO"
mur* Alvabus.
1. The CcBSttra, from c(Edo, to cut, is the syllable which is cut from the
preceding word, and remains after a foot is finished, and always forms the
Jirst syllable of the next foot. •
Cum fliie-ret lutiilentus e-rat quod toUere velles. JBTor.
Fas et ju-ra si-nunt: rl-vos deducere nulla
Relligi-6 vetu-it sege-ti prsetendere sepem. Virg*
S. The Ccesurd always requires a pause^ tohich makes the syllable,
which is naturally shorty to be long ; as,
Desine plura, pu-^r, et quod nunc instat agamus. Virg.
Ipse ubi tempus e-rit, onanes in fonte' lavabo. Id»
Omnia vincit a-mor, et nos cedamus amorl. Id,
Emicat Eurya-ZM5, et munere victor amici. Id*
3. The CcRSUra^ with which the third foot begins, is of all others the
most graceful and frequent : there are comparatively few Hexameter lines
which begin the Jirst syllable of the third foot without it.
Tityre, tu, patii-Z^ recu-bans sub tegmine fagi,
Sylvestrem tenii-i musam meditaris avena :
Nos patriae fi-nes, et dulcia linquimiis arva,
Nos patriam fugi-mw* ; tu, Tityre, lentils in umbra.
Formosam resonare doces Amaryllida sylvas. Virg.
4. Lines tmtkout the CcBsura run stiff — see the two following:
Romas mwnia, terriiit impiger Annibal armis.
Nuper quidam doctOs coepit 8cn\)ei^ ^^xsvsa*
7!^ Caesura is hardly di«c<n)ered in th^e slofUs^loiowa'Vw^*
^ofltur-baban-tur C6n-sta.nti-iiop6\iAa»a.
( 159 )
5. To neglect the CcuurcU pauses^ in reading Latin Terse, diyeflts it of
poetic melody, and renders it less pleasing to the ear, than even harmonious
prose ; for a proof of this, read the foUowing linea without the Cctiural
pauses, and they will sound like mere prose; but read them with the
CeB8ural pauses, and their beauty is immediately discovered.
O M^liboee, Deus ndbis hasc oti& fecit. Virg.
Namque erit ille mihi semper Deus illius aram. Id^
Spem gr^gis, ah ! silice in nuda connixll rellquit. Id^
Me famiilam flimiiloque Heleno transml<»it habendam. Zi.
Polli5 S.mat nostram, quamvis est rusticu, rnusam. Id.
Laud5 tamen vacuis sedem quod figcre Cumis. Juv.
Musa 15qui, prseter laudem nulllus ILvaris. Ho^
Nos numerus sumus, et frugcs consumere nati. Id*
Sed dum tota domus rheda componitur una. Juv.
Stratus nunc ^d aquae lene caput scleras. Hor,
Per nostrum patimur sceliis. Id.
PulvTs et umbra sumus. Id.
Oderit curare : et llmara lento. Id.
Justum, et tenacem propositi virum. Id.
Non civium ardor prava jubentium,
Non vultus instantis tyranni
Mente quatit solida, neque Auster,
Dux inquieti turbidus Adriae,
Nee fulmmantis magna J5vis manus,
Si fractus illabatur orbis,
ImplLvidum ferient riiinss. Id.
De figuris quibusdam Poetarum.
,. ECfilPSIS.
I. M. vOrat Ecftpsts quOties vOcalibtis &dsit.
Ecfipsts cuts off dm, ^m, ^m, um, in the end of words, when
the next word begins with a vowel, or, with h; ^s,
Extremum hunc, ArethusS, mihi concede 18.borem. Virg.
Monstrt^m Aorrendt^m, informe, ingens, cui lumen ademptuin*
PraecTpue cum Jam hic trabibus contextiis S,cernis. Virg.
SYNAL(EPHA.
n. Vocalemgrw? s^ciita alia SyndkspM rSsOrbet.
SynSlcRpha cuts off a, c, t, o, t«, when tba tkAiA.'^^^^ \swsgs«k
with a vowel, or h ; as,
Tend antique pdtens araaa atqjae ^<^to ^^Wfc* X\t%»
Quidve mdror, H omnea uno oxdine lv«^^^ Vc^v^^^-
O sola infandos Tr6j8d laiaStat^ \«a«st^^ 1^*
( 160 )
EXCEPTIONS.
Bat O, H£U, AH, HEI, are not blended with the preceding Towel, or
iIi!>hthong, by Si/ndUKpha: in some other words, also, the Synalaepha^ ^y
itUural or poetic necessity, has no place ; as,
O utinam tunc, cum Lacedsemona classe petebat. Ovid*
O pater, O hdminum, divumque aetern^ potestas. Virg*
Fulmine, et excussit subjecto Peli5 Ossam. Omd,
Credimiis ? an qui amant, ipsi sibi somnia fingunt ? Virg.
Quem non incusdvi, amens h^minumque deorum. Id.
Ut vidi ! ut peril ! tit me malus abstulit error. Id.
Et bis l6 Arethusa, l6 Arethusa, vocavit. Omd.
SYNiERESIS.
ni. Conftcit ex binis contracta Synser^sls uDaiiL
SyruBT^sts is the contraction of two syllables into one ; as, d$
for diu
SyruxrHis has place i^ alvearia^ eadem, eodem, aureia^ deirut deiruUt iiden(f
iisdetn, dii, diis, deincepa, dehinc ; deest^ decreet^ deerant, deenint,
Seu lento fiierint alvearia vimme texta. Virg.
Unius, 5b noxam et furias Ajacis Oilei. Id.
SYSTOLA ET DIASTOLA.
IV. SystOla corripit extenditqu^ DlastOla tempus.
Systdla shortens a syllable that is 7on^ — Diastdla lengthens 9l '"
syllable that is short.
Obstupiii, steteruntque comoB, et vox faucibus haesit. Virg.
Atque hie Priamiden laniatum corpore toto. Id.
PROSTHESIS ET APHiERESIS.
V. Prosthesis apponit cSpiti, sed AphsBreris aufert
Prosthesis adds to the beginning ; but ApTuBresis takes from it.
As, gnavus for ndvus, ddtiram for dxiram — cdnia for ciconxa — jvdn^ for
dipOne — temriire for coniemnere — p^to for eapHo.
Arboribus stragemgu^ satis, ruet omnia late— ^or eruet. Vir.
Eduramque pirum, et spinos jam pruna ferentes— ^/br duram.
SYNCOPA ET EPENTHESIS.
VI. SyncOpa de medio toUit, s^d Epenthests addit.
Syncopa takes from the middle ; but the Epenthesis adds to it
As, Ftneium for vinculum^ amaxti for amavUti^ pHxit for petlvity Maoor%
/br JIfarSf alituum for aHtum^ r£liig%o foi r^Kgxo^ T(&ttulVt int TUuiCt^ immo
for imo, THmolus for Thidlus.
Oeseris, beu ! tantis nequicquam eie^le ^exwXi^. T\t^*
y^as rellTquia^ DSn&um atqiie imm\tia Kc\!S5^«i\« ^*'ti
bdrtas terria, municS, lamn®— lanMa»l^^^^»^^^^* ™^*
( 161 )
APOCOPE BT PARAGOGE.
VII. Abstrahlt ApOcOpe fini, sed dat PSrSgOge.
Ap^dpi takes away from the end ; but Pdrdgdge adSs to it.
As, pifenH for pecfUti, tuguri for t^gilrti, eurdrier for eUr&rlf dinUr for
Hei^ mUtxir for mim, diHuRiir for diHuti,
Pauperis et tuguri, cdngestum ces^Tte culmen. Virg*
Euryalus, confestim al^cres admittier orant. Id.
CRASIS ET DIURESIS.
VIII. Constringit Crasis, distracts Diaeresis effert.
Crdsis contracts tiDO syllables into one ; Diarists divides one
syllable into two*
As, prendo for pr^hSndo^ v^hment for v^h^m€n$, ivdluam for iv&lvam^
ivoluiase for evolviase^ persoluenda for p&rsdhenda^ aulai for atUm^ aural
for aurcR^ BiltuB for si/oce.
^dificant, sectaque intexunt oM^^ costas. Virg*
Atddi in medio libabant pocula Bacchi. Id*
METATHESIS.
IX. LitSr& si l^gltur transpostS. M^tathSsts exit
Metathesis transposes the letter of a syllable-
As, Pistn^ for Prw/is, Thymhr^ for Thymhifr, Meleagr^ for M^iUc^Hr^
Teucr^ for Tettc^r<, Leandre for Leander, M^andre for MHander.
^ Nam tibi, Thymbre, caput Evandrius abstulit ensis. Tirg*
Tu quoque cognosces in me, Meleagre, sSrorem. Ov.
ANTITHESIS.
X. lAt&r^ virtut^ Antithesis miitattir, tit 6lli,
A letter is changed by virtue of the AntxtMsts.
Olli coeruleus supra caput astitit imber. Virg.
TMESIS.
XL Tmesis cOmpOsttam conatur scindSrS vocem.
Ttnisis attempts to divide a compounded word.
As, septem aubjeeta trtdni, for septemtri&ni ; inquii Kgatus for llHgH"
ttu; qui t6 cdnquX for quicQnque ii; sup^r tlbi ifUnt for 9upMriint
txbi*
Et Scythias regio siptim subjecta irwni* Virg*
ANASTROPHA.
XII. Post^rius sed primum pOnit Anastr5!3hS.vetbuMQL.
Anastrdphd puts the v70TdXa8l,^^Hs^ JtA»
75sr cdnd^ m cdOd dare hracWi cixcxwxi (^^^ cVrcu.t«a0»^>l
Carthago, ItaJiam c^ntray Tibeiiii4c^\ieAQti%^- ^Vr%-
( 162 )
REMARKS.
1. A correct knowledge of Prosody b absolutely necessary; for it wiJ
enable the scholar to point out the errors and mistakes that are not unfre-
quently made in the works and writings of others ; and, being the orna-
ment and perfection of Grammar, it will, occasionally, lend its aid to clear
the difficulties that occur in the other parts of speech.
% Great care should be taken in reading according to quatitily, for there
are many who understand the Latin and Greek languages tolerably well,
and who can scan and parse very well, and yet read very ill.
3. It is by the scanning the verses^ and marking the mea,sure and author-
ity of the best Latin poets, that a true knowledge of quantity^ that the
a^icent and ri^ht pronunciation of every syllable^ in prose or verse^ can be
correctly known : all attempts to acquire this knowledge by any oth4,r vrtLf
or means^ mttst certainly prove vain and ridiculous.
Ought all words and syllables to be pronounced, in prose, as they are
pronounced in verse. ^ No.
4. Words ending in (, d, I, r, f, m, and frequently in n, are pronounced
short in prose ; but in poetry, coming before consonants, they are pronounced
long; and all CcesUras, except those in Sapphic verse, are Umg; as,
Tale tu-um car-men nobis, divine poeta,
Quale sd-por fessis in gramine quale per sestum,
Dulcis aquae saliente si-tim restinguere rivo. Virg*
Me tamen urit a-mor quis e-nim modus adsit amori ? Id*
Ipse iibi tempiis e-rit, omnes in fonte lavabo. Id*
Phoebe sylvarum-que potens Diana. Hor,
Jussa pars muta-re lares et urbem. Id*
5. In prose, certain compound and simple words, rarely disjoined in the
construction, are pronounce'd as if they were in verse; aliquamdtU, qudmdxu,
eircUnuB, satisdo — uterHbit, iUSrvis, att^riit^r, solummodo, tantUmmiSdo,
ijOsmodi, quomtniis, nihtlominus, verUmtam^n, interdum, inUrsiim, suptT'
siim, Interv^nit, sup6rv^n%t, drcUmdatum*
This Prosody is well adapted to the capacity of all students:
1. It contains rules for the right division of letters into
syllables,
2. It marks, for the most part, the quantity of each syllable
in the line that is to be scanned, — a great help to students.
3. It gives numerous practiced examples of correct scanning
throughout.
Authors consulted— Z>e*paM<cr, Alvarus, Wait, Rttddiman,
Christie, Adam, Nixon; and Carey, who has investigated the
subject with uncommon diligence and accuracy.
ZdCctio veto frequens^ oc tisus multa docebuid^
Auadlioque I^ei nos omnia possumiu om'ne*.
( 163 )
COMPENDroM PR080DLE.
I. REGULiE GENERALES.
VOCALIS ante vocalem est brHu,--
Vocalis ante duas consonas est longd,-
Diphthong! omnes sunt longcB,
Derivata Diphthongis longd,-
e. g* redeo
ventus.
aequiis.
SyllabaB contractae sunt longce,
MSnosyllaba finita vocali sunt longd,-
Voces encliticsB sunt braves,-
-miquys.
— ^idem.
-ft, se, de*
Finita in b, d, 1, r, t, hrMa sunt,-
Omnia m m, finita br^mdntiir,-
-que-ve-ne,-pte,-ce,-t^.
sub.
-amem.
Finita m c, n, as, es, os, sunt longd, ac, non, pietas, doces, fids.
Casus omnes in a sunt br^vis, regul&.
Ablativi autem omnes in a sunt longi, ^regiila.
Finita in e vocabula br^via sunt,-
Penultima Praeteriti dissyllabi est longd,-
Penultima Supini dissyllabi est longa, —
Finita m is pluralia longd sunt,
Finita in o singularia longd sunt,
A crementum tertuB longum,
E crementum terticB curtum, '
I crementum terti^B brev^,-
-leone, lege, dSmine.
vidi.
-visum*
-donis.
— dond.
-calcar, calcaris.
-later, lateris.
O crementum tertuB longum,-
U crementum tertuB curtum,-
-homo, hominis.
■leo, leonis.
turtur, turturis.
Y crementum tertice longum, coccyx, coccygis, bombyx, ycis
y crementum tertuB etiam br^vS Phrygis, chalybis, chlamydis.
A crementum plurale prinuB, longum, ^tellarum, natabus.
E crementum plurale quinUB longum, rerum, rebiis.
^-Kionorum, duobus.
leonibus.
acubus.
amabam.
t^gimus.
possumus.
texerSm.
crementum plurale secundcB longum,-
1 crementum plurale Dativis curtum
U crementum plurale Dativis curtum, —
Crementa a, e, o, in verbis longd,
Crementum i in verbis est breve—
Crementum u in verbis est brSvS,-
E ante-ram-rim-ro est br^ve,-
E ante-ris et-re praesens est brivS, —
E ante-ris et-re futuriim est longum,-
E ante-runt et-re est longum,
Finita in i, et u, sunt longd,-
Composita ex brevibus sunt brHid,-
Composite, ex longis sunt longd^-
teger-is-e.
teger-is-ere.
-texerunt, texere.
agri, fructu.
occidit.
— — — ^3RK^5^^»
Consdnse muUe sunt b, c, d, g, p, c\^ \.{-
LiqutdiB consdnsd sunt 1, m, n, i,-
Omnes syll&hsB finales prdbaW axml rtg>)il>«^^^^ ^^^S
( 164 )
NOMINA PROPRIA.
11. AUCTORITAS POETARUM.
SENECA, Messala, Nacica, Gallita, ScaevSla, Numa,
Ahala, Mursena, Catillna, Poplicola, AttlGIa, Galba,
Archias, Archytas, Pythagoras, Midas, Tiresias, larbas,
B5reas, Epammondas, Lycabas, Pelias, Gyas Amyntas,
Acestes, Antiphates, Bdotes, Butes, Mcenetes Laertes,
Leucates, Thyestes, Procrustes, Philoctetes, Achates, dec.
Patronymica prinuE sicut Anchlses quorum penultima hr^vis,
^acides, Agenorides, -/Esonides, Actorides, lasides, Prianudes,
[Belides] Panthoides, Echionides, Thestorides, Ixionides,
Anchisiades, Abantiades, Laertiades, Naupliades, Mcenetiades,
Atlantiades, Otriades, Athamantiades, Hippotades, d^.
GraBca in e sicut Pen^ldpe quorum penultima est br^vis,
Alcimede, Alcithoe, (Agave, Alcmene,) Andromache.
Beroe, Candace, Cassiope, Cyftne, Cybele, Tisiphone,
Cymothoe, Danae, (Daphne, Helle,) Hellene, (Cyrene,)
Leuconoe, Leucothoe^ (Mitylene, (Enone,) Pasiphae, 6ic»
Propria in iis secund(B quorum penultima est Tonga.
Acheloiis, Galesus, Crinisus, Cocytus, Cephisus,
Pactolus, Amphrysus, Timavus, Pachinus, Admetus,
Alpheus, Pylorus, Pyropus, Polyphemus, Priapus,
Quirinus, Homerus, Latinus, Caicus, Cratinus,
iEsopus, Bolanus, Mausolus, Sardanapalus, Tithonus,
Darius, Eumelus, Mnasilus, Aristobulus, Henricus,
Heraclitus, Telesinus, Polydorus, Cethegus, Aratus, &c.
Propria in iis secundxB quorum penultima est hrivis
Antilochus, Telephus, lap^tus, Daedalus, Dardanus,
Assaracus BosphSrus, jEacus, Amycus, Priamus,
A^chilochus, Pindarus, Helenus, Pyramus, Ornithus,
AlcTn6us, Tantalus, -^olus, Epaphus, Pegasus, Erebus,
Aufidus, Eridanus, Caucasus, Rhodanus, Inachus,
Atticus, Eutrapelus, Telegonus, Herodotus, Sostratus,
Archem6rus, Euryalus, Italus, Cyllarus, Attains, Carditis^ ^.
Propria in €s tertuB quorum Accentus notatur.
Archimedes, Orodes, Tigrane^, Lycomedes, Euclides,
TiridateSf Cambjses, Mithrldatea, G».Tvyiftfc^«A^ KxvaJCv^^a^
Arlstdphanes, Diogenes, DemoatYienea, ^oc,i4\.«a,^^^:ir^^^^i^*
( 165 )
NOMINA ADJECTIVA.
III. AUCTORITAS POETARUM.
I. Patronymica masculina in -ADES et -IDES penultimam
habent br^vem : ut JSneddes, Priamides : longa autem femi-
nina in -INE et -ONE : ut Nerine, Acrtstone!
Sed Atrides, Pelidis, Tydides, et reliqua a nominibus in
-eus : Belides, et similia a nominibus in -us penultimam ton'
gani.
II. Derivativa in -OCINIUM corripiunt CI : ut patrdcinium.
III. Desmentia in -URIUS, -URIA et URIO, tam nomma,
quam verba meditativa, corripiunt u: ut Mercurius,luxuriaf
centuriay deciiria, centurio, esiirto, partiirio, ccenatiirio ; V
autem in penuHa, curia, injuria, est longum*
IV. Nomina Gratia in -ULUS propter diphthongum a, h&-
bent u longum: ut Aristdbulus, Thrasyhulus* Sed Jjolina
habent u breve : ut figulus.
V. Peregrtna vocabula libera sunt pronunciatione ; attamen
secundum scriptionem Grcscam,* si quam habent, s51ent indd
dijudicari.
VI. Adjectlva in -INUS: ut ansMnus, asininus, equinus,
leonlnus, lupinus, matutinus, vespertinus, clandesiinus, vicinus,
mdrlnus, Alpinus, habent penultimam longam.
VII. Materialia in -INUS: ut adamantinus, atnygdaltnuSj
cedrinus, coccmus, croctnus, crystalUnus, cupresstnus, oleo'
ginus, craMiniis, serotinus, diutinus, pristinus, habent penulti-
mam br^v^m.
VIII. Adjectlva in -ACUS, -ICUS, -IDUS, -IMUS; ut
j^gyptidcus dcBmdmdcus ; academicus, aromdticus ; callidus,
lepidus ; Jinitimus, legitimus ; superlativi, pulcherrimus, for*
tissimus, optimus, maximus, prseter imus, et primus, h&bent
penultimam br^vem.
Merdcus, opacu^ ; amicus, apricus, pudlcus, mendicus, pos-
ticus ; fidus, infidus ; opimus, habent penultimam longam,
IX. Adjectlva in -ALIS, -ANUS, -ARUS, -IVUS, -ORUS,
-OSUS; ut conjugalis, dotalis ; montdnus, urbdnus ; amdrus,
avdrus ; (Bstivus, fugitivus ; canorus, decorus ; arenosus, prui'
nosus, penultimam longant : at barbdrus corripit penultimam.
X. Adjectlva in -ILIS ut, agtlis, fucilis, fusilisy utilis, Aw-
mtlis, parilis, simiUs, corripiunt penultimam.
Derivata a nominibus, ut anilis, cimlis, herilis, exilis, subtUis,
Aprilis, Quinctilis, SextiUs, fere longant pcnultimam<^
XI. Adjectlva, plicatxlis^ versaftlis, x>olaJ6tt.\% ; ^m«a*j®K>»
saxatHiSj umbraiUis^ habent penu\i\TMMavl>rw>ewi% . ■
XIL Finitsi in -OLUS, -OLX, -OlAi^, c.>xtV«^^ ^««^^^^
( 166 )
VERSUS MEMORIALES.
IV. AUCTORITAS POETARUM
Cdssxd^ condS caput, c^piuntur cassihus apri.
Armus brutorum est, "humerus ration^ fruentum.
Cedo facit cissi c^cidi cad5, csedo cecidi.
Est cutis in carne, est detracta e corpore pellis.
Cominus ense ferit, jaciilo cadit €mtnus ipse.
Consulo te doctum, ttbt consuld, dum tuS. euro.
Sanguis mest venis, cruor est de corpSre fusus.
Fornix est arcus, sed forndx saxa perurit.
Vir gin^rdt, miilierque pdrit : sed gignit iiterque.
Gustdt lingua cibum, qui bene cumque sdpit,
Frontem die capitis, yro/wi^ die arboris esse.
Deceptura viros pingit maJd femma maids.
Maid mail maid meruit maid maxim& mundo.
Maid tamen pulchrum maid decerpere malum,
Mirx venit nummis, Sperantibus est data merces*
Diflficilis Idbdr hie, siib cujus pondere lobar.
Non lic^t asse mihi, qui me non asse licetur,
Vix notus mihi, ndtiis at auster, ndtiis Amicus.
OppSrtdr tardos, pannis op^rUur egenus.
Unguld de brutis, reliquorum dicitur unguis,
O*, oris loquitiir : sed ds, ossis roditiir ore.
PindSrS vult Justus, sed non penderi malignus.
Pro reti et regione pldga est, pro verbere pldga,
Pdpulus est arbor, pdpulus collectio gentis.
Corpdre rdbustum, sed dices pectore fortem,
Ne sit securus, qui non est tutus ab hoste.
Sunt setate s^nes, v^t^res vixere priores.
Qu8B non sunt simuld : qusB siint, ea dissimiildntur
Torres ftdhuc ardens, extinctus tUid fiet.
Prdrd prior, puppis pars ultima, at ima carina,
Spondet vds vddts, at vdsis vds contlnSt escam.
Merx nummis venUy v^ntt hue aliunde prdfectus.
Qui sculpsit, caldi : servans abscondM celaU
( 167 )
THE INDEX,
Containing most of the substantive andadjective nouns,
which occur in this Grammar.
ABBREVIATIONS,
m. masculine ; f. feminine ; n. neuter ; d. doubtful ; c. common ; N. nam,'
inative; G. genitive; D. dative; A, accusative; V. vocative; Abl. ahUi'
tive; indec. indeclinable; ap. aptote; monop. monoptote; trip. triptoU,
^pUdiptote; \. velvet; Fh plural; aing. singular ; r. participle.
Abu AM, monop. a man's name' Affinis-is-e, related
Abydos-i, m. vel. f. a city of Asia
Abyssus-i, f. a bottomless pit
Academla,-de, a university
Academeia,-aB, a famous school
Ac^r-eris, n. a maple-tree
Acetum-i, n. vinegar
Achilles-is, m. the son of Peleus
Acinaces-is, m. a cimiter
Aconitum-i, n. toolfs bane
Ac\is-us, f. a needle
Ad^mas-ntis, m. a diamond
Adeps-ipTs, m. vel. f. fatness
Admonitu, ap. Abl. by warning
Addlescens-ntis, c. a youth
Ador-oris, n. sacred wheat
Adrtd-BB, m. the lake of Adria
Advena-ae, c. a stranger
^des-is, f. a temple
iEdes-iiim, PI. f. a house
^squi liae-arum, PI. f. JEsquilian
^ther-eris, m. the sky
iBstiva-driiin, PI. n. summer
quarters,
Aedon-onis, f. a nightingale
JEmdnia-2d, m. Tkessaly
^neas-ae, m. the son of An-
chises and Venus*
Aer, aens, m. the air
-^s, aeris, n. brass or copper
.^nd-SB, f. a mountain of Sicilp^
^qu5r-dris. n. a plaiv^ the sea
AfliQis-is, c. a kinsman
Agger-erTs, m. a mount, a dam
Agilis-is-e, nimble, swift
Agmen-mis, n. a troop
Agragds-BJit\s,m* a city of Sicily
Agncdla-ae, c. a farmer
Ajdx-kcis, m. son of Telamon
Ajax-kcis, m. son of O'ileus
Alac-er-ris-ris-re, cheerful
Albtdn-ii, n. the island Albion
Alcyon-onis, f. a king-fisher
Ales-es-alitis, swift, winged
Ales-itis, c. a bird
Alexdnd^r-dri, m. a man^s name
Alexdndrtd-m, f. a city of Syria
Alius, alia, aliud, G. alius*
Almus-a-iim, kind, nourishing
Alpis-tum, f. PI. mxmntains
between France and Italy.
Alpha, ind. the first Greek letter
Alpheiis-i, m. the name of a
river of Arcadia.
Alter-era-erum, G, altertus.
Alter-iiter-utra-utrunn, G*
Alterutrlus, D. alterutri*
Altrix-Icis, f. a female nourisher
Alvus-i, f. the paunch, belly
Amans-ns*ns, -ntis, P. loving
Amens, ns,-ns, mad, foolish
Amdthus-untis, m. a city
Ambag^, Abl. a shift
Ames-itis, m. the fork of a net
Anucus-^-uxsL^ jnKf^"^
( 168 )
a friend
a river
pleasant
love
an amour
A.micus-i, m.
Amnis-is, d.
'Amoenus-^-iim,
Am5r-oris, m.
Amores-um, PI. m.
Amussis-is, f. a mason^s rule
Amyntds-Bd, name of a shepherd
Anceps, cipitis, doubtful
AnchiseS'Sd, m, father ofJEnias
Anchora-ae, f. an anchor
Andrdg^os-i, m. sortof Minos
Andrds-i, f. 4the island Andros
Angiportiis-uS-i, m. a lane
Anguis,-uis, d. a serpent
Anmbdl-dlis, m. a great general
Anima-ae, f. tJie breath, soul
Animal-alis, n, living creature
Anima-ns-ns-ns-ntis, m. f. n. a
living creature.
Animiis-i, m. the mind, courage
Ani'O-enis, m. a river of Italy
Antennae-arum, PI. f. sail-yards
Antes-iiim, m. the last rows
Antidotus-i, f. an antidote
Antiquus-a-um, ancient
Arcus-us, m. a bow, an arch
Arbor et arb6s-5ris, £• a tree
Arctus, Y. ar^tds, f. the north
Arduiis-a-um, high, hard
Argds-i, n. PI. Argi-d-rUm, m.
Arma-orum, PI. n. arms
Arpinds-as, of Arplnitm
Artdxdtd'drum, PI. n. a city
Artifex-ex-icis, cunning
Artif-ex-ificis, c. an artist
Art6cre-as-atis, n. a pasty of
flesh and bread*
Antistes-itis, c.
Anus-US, if.
a high-priest
an old woman
Anxur-Hrts, m. et. n. a city
Aper, apri, m. a wild boar
Apex-icis, m. the top, summit
Apinae-arum, f. foolery
Apoc6pe-es, f.
Apollo'ims, m. the god of music
Apostrophiis-i, m. turning off Auriga-ae, c.
Apricus-a-um, sunny
Aquali^-ts, m. a water-pot
Aquiniim-i, n. a city in Italy
Ardr-diTis, m. a river of France
Arbiter- tri, m. a judge
Arc-as, adis, m. name of a boy
Archyt-ds, ae, m. a philosopher
Arctus-a-um, cHose
Artus-us, m.
Arviim-i, n.
Arx, arcis, f.
Asper-era-erum,
Assecla-ae, c.
As, assis, m.
Astu, monop. Abl.
Ater, atra, atriim,
Athdmds-ntts, m.
AthemB-w[um,f. PI.
Athos-i, m. name of a mountain
Atomus-i, f. an atom
Atr%des,-dd, m. the son of Atreus
Auctor-oris, c, an author
Auceps-ciipis, m. a fowler
Audax-ax-ax-acTs, bold
Audiens-ens-enS-ntis, P. hearing
Augiir-uris, c. a soothsayer
Aula-ae, f. a hall, a court
a joint
afidd
a castle
rough
afoot-boy
1 lb. 12 oz.
by craft
black
Aihdmds
Athens
cutting q^Aulaea-orum, PI. n. a curtain
Aura-ae, f.
Auspex-icis, m.
Autumnus-i, m.
Auster-tri, m.
Avariis-a-um,
a gentle wind
a coachman
a soothsayer
the autumn
the south wind
greedy
a bird
Avis-is, f.
Avitus-a-iim, left by ancestors,
ancient.
Axis-is, m. an axle-tree
( 169 )
a staff
the name
a staff
BACCHAR-ans, n.
lady^s glove*
B&culiis-i, m.
Badrd'Omm, PI. n.
of a city,
Baculum-i, n.
BauB-arum, f. PL city of Baia
Bal&nus-i, d. stDcet oil
Balne-se-arum, PL f a hath
Balneum-i, n. a hath
Barbarus-a-um, fierce, vnld
Barbitus-i, d. a lyre
B£U'bitdn-i, n. a lyre
Bellaria-orum, PL n, sweetmeats
Belliger-era-eriim, belligerent
Belliim-i, n. war, hattle
Bes, bessis, 8 ounces
Biblia-oriim, PL ahihle,thebook
Bibli5p6la-se, m. a hookseller
the herb Bipes, bipes, bipedis, oftwofeei
Bicdl-dr-dr-oris, of two colors
Bigse-arum, PL m* a two horse
chariot,
Bilix-ix-ix-iciSy of two plates
BipennTs-is, f. a pole-axe
Bombyx-ycis, m. a silk-worm
B6na-6rum, n. PL goods
Bos-ovis, c. an ox, bull, or cow
Bo6t-es-ae, m. a constellation
Brevia-ium, PL n. the shallows
Brum^-se, f. winter solstice
Brutiis-i, m. nams of a man
Bubo-onTs, d. an owl
Buris-is, f. a plow-beaih
Busiris-trtdis, a king of Egypt
Byssus-i, f. fine flax
Biithrdtum,-i, n. the name of a
city*
a quill
a cup
a basket
a spur
the calends
CACOETHES, n. indec. an
evil custom.
Cadaver-eris, n. a dead body
CioBr^-rttis, n. the name of a city
CiBsar-SLiis, m. C<Bsar
Casdr-es-um, m. PL the CcRsars
— Caetera, caeterum, the rest
C^lamus-i, m.
alix-icis, m.
Calathus-i, m.
Calcar-aris, n.
Calendae-arum, f.
which were the Jirst day of every
month ; as, Calend© Januariee, the
Jirst day of January » The Calends
were peculiar to the Romans ; the
Greeks never used them ; hence the
phrase^ Ad GrsBcas Calendas, at
the Greek Calends, i. e. never.
Callis-is, m. a mountain-path
Calx, calcis, d. the heel
Calyus,-a-um, bald
C^melu8-i, d. ' a camel
Campester-is-e, of a plain field
Canalis-is, m. a channel
Canc^-cri, m^ a crab
Cani-oriim, m. PL grey hairs
Canis-is, c. a dog, or bitch
Canopus-i, m.
Canoriis-a-um,
Cannabis-is, f.
Canticum-i, n.
Carina-se, f.
Caro, carnis, f.
Caper-pri, m.
Capiit-itTs, n.
Carbasus-i, f.
Cardo-inis, m.
CarUdl-Hm-i, n.
Carm-en-inis, n*
Carus-a-um,
Cassis-idis, f.
Cassis-is, m.
a city in Egypt
shrill, loud
hemp
a song
a ked
flesh
a wild goat
the head
a sail
a hinge
Carlisle
a poem
dear
a helmet
a hunter^s net
Castra-orum, PL n. a camp
Catena-ae, f. < a chain
Cathedra-ae-f, a chair
Caudex-icis, m. a block, stump
Caulis-is, m. a stalk
Causa-ae, f. a reason, cause
Ce\Vk-m, f. a hut, a cellar
Celeber-bris-bris-bre, famous
( 170 )
Celer-eris-eris-e, swift
CentauruS'i, f. name of a ship
Centurio-onis, m. capt. of 100
CerdsuS'Untis, m. name of a city
Ceraunia-orum, PI. n. high hills
Cervix-icis, f. the neck
Cespes-itis, m. a turf, sod
Cete, indec. PL n. whales
C^hBg-i-OTum, PI. the Cethegi
Chalybs-ybis, m. steel
Chaos, Abl. chao, n. dipt, chaos
Charites-um, f. PI. the Graces
Charitas-tatis, f. charity, love
Char-ta-tae, f. paper
Chelae-arum, P. the craVs claws
Chiron-oms, m. the name of a
centaur.
■ Ch6rus-i, m. a company of
singers, a choir.
Cibus-i, m. meat
Cicer-ens, n. a vetch
Cicuta-ae, f. hemlock
Cimex-icis, m. a hug
Cinis-eris, m. ashes
CtthcBron-dnis, m. a mountain
Civilis-is-e, civil
Civis-is, c. a citizen
Clades-is, f. slaughter
Claudus-a-um, lame
Clavis-is, f. a key
Cliens-ntis, c. a client
Clunis-is, d. the haunch
Clym^ne-es, f. mother ofPhceton
Clypeus,-i, m. a shield
Compede, Abl. Monop. a chain
Codrus-i, m. an Athenian king
Cocles-itis, c. having one eye
Coccyx-ygis, m. a cuckoo
Codex-icis, m. a book [letters
CodiciUi-orum, m. diplomatic
CcelicSlae-arum, m. pure saints
Coelites-um, m. saints above
Coelum-i, n. heaven
Coetus-us, m. an assembly
CoJJiS'is, m* a hill
C6l6nus-i, m. a planter
Coluber-bn, m. a snake
Colus-i, vel -lis, d. a distaff
Calviis-a-um, bald
Comes-itis, c. ' a companion
Cometa-ae, m. a comet
Coma-ae, f. hair
Comae-arum, PL a head of hair
Comis-is, affable, mild
Comp-ar,-ar,-ar,-aris, eqtud
Compita-orum, PL n. crossway
Comped-es-um, PL fetters
Compos-6s-6tis, capable
Conchylia-orum, PL n. shellfish
Concilium-i, n. an assembly
ConsTlium-i, n. advice, counsel
Concoloi-oloris, of same color
Congeries-iei, f. a mass
Conjux-ugis, c. husband or wife
Consors-rtis, c. a partner
Consul -ulis, m. an executive
Roman officer, invested with royal
authority: his office was to com-
mand the armies. Two officers
were elected every year in the Cam-
pus Martius, called Constdes, a
constdendo reipubltcse. Q. Junius
Brutus, and L. Tarquinius CoUa-
ttnus, were the two first Consuls,
elected A, (7. C. 244.
Contentus-a-um,
content
Conviva-ae, c.
a guest
farces
Copiae-ariim, PL f.
Corbis-is, d.
a basket
Cor, cordis, n.
the heart
Corniis-i, v. -us, f. wild cherry
Corona-ae, f. a crovm
Corpus-oris, n. the body
Cortex-icis, d. the outer bark
Cos, cotis, f. a whetstone
Costus-i, f. a spicy herb
Crastin-us,-S,-iim, of, or be-
longing to, to-morrow.
Crater,-eris, a goblet
Cr^m^rd-a, m. name of a river
Crepundi^-orum, PL n. a ratUe
( 171 )
Cresy Critis,
Crudelis-is-e,
Crumena-se, f.
Crystallus-i, f.
Cuciimis-eris, m.
Cudo-onis, m. a
Cuj-as,-as,-as,-atis,
which country ?
Culex-icis, m,
Cunabula-orum, PI.
Cunae-arum, f. PI.
CupidO'ims, m. the
a Cretan
cruel
a purse
crystal
a cucumber
leather cap
of what or
a gnat
n. a cradle
a cradle
God of love
DAMA-^, d. a fallow deer,
buck, or doe.
Damoet-as-ae, m. name of a
shepherd.
Danae>es, Danae, the mother
of Perseus,
Daphne-e8, f. name of a nymph
Dapis, G. f. a banquet
Dapes-um, PI. f.
DindymuS'i, m. the name of a
mountain.
Damd'idis, m. a man's name
Dea-8e, f. a heathen goddess
Decemv-ir,-iri, m. a decemvir,
one of the ten men, having
the same authority.
Decimse-arum, f. PI. the tythes
Dec6rus-a-um, honorable
Deci-i,'6x\xm, PI. m. the Decii
Degener-er-eris, degenerate
DelTcium-ii, n. delight
Delirus-a-um, doating
Del6s-i, f. name of an island
Dens, dentis, m. a tooth
Delph-i-orum, m. PL the city
Delphos.
Deses-es-idis, slothful, idle
Deunx-ncis, m. II oz.
DEUS, DEI, GOD
Dexter-tra-triim, right
Dic^, Nom. Ac. sing, dicam.
Dicas, Ace. plur. action at law
feasts Dignu
Cupido-inis, f. desire
Cupressiis-i'US, d* cypress tree
Cura-8B, f. care, regard
Curriis-us, m. a wagon
Custos-odis, c. a keeper
Ciitis-is, f. the skin
Cycldd^S'Um, PI. the CycladMs
Cymba-ae, f. a boat
Cyprifer-era-um, cypress bear-
ing.^
CyttsiiS'i, d. hadder, the Cy-
tisus tree.
DiademS.-atTs, n. a crown
Dialectiis-i, f. a dialect
Diametriis-i, f. a diameter
Dicis, Gen. for formes sake
Dido, Didus, vel Dido-onis
Dido, the queen of Carthage.
DTes-iei, d. PI. hi dies, a day
Diflficilis-Ts-e, difficult
s-a-um, worthy
Dindymd-dritm, PI. n. moun-
tains.
DidmedeS'ia, m. a Greek gens-
ral.
Diphthongiis-i, f. a diphthong
Dirae-arum, f. PI. curses
Dis, Ditis, Pluto, the god of
riches.
Discdldr-6r-6ris, discolored
Disp-ar,-ar,-ar,-aris, uneven^
odd.
Dissimilis-is-e, unlike
[)istTchdn-i, n. a distich
J)iutinus-a-iim, long
Dives-es, divitis, rich
Divitiae-ariim, f. PI. riches
Docens-ntis, Part. teaching
Dodrans-ntis, m. 9 oz,
Dogma-atis, n. an opinion
Dos, -dotis, f. a portion
Drus-i-orum, PI. the Drusi
Drydd^s-ixm, f. PL teood-
nymphs.
( 172 )
Dulcts-is-e,
Dumus-i, d*
stDcei
a bramble
EBUR-ORIS, n. ivory
Ehoracum, n. the city of York
EcbcUdnd-oruniy n. the name
of a city,
JSdinburg'Um-i, n. Edinburgh
Egenus-a-um, needy
Elephas-ntis, m. an elephant
EHezer, indec. m Eliezer
Elysiiim-ii, d. paradise
Enceladus-i, m. name (fa giant
Endromis-idis, f. a great coat
Ensis-is, m. a sword
Epigramm-a-tis, n. an epigram
Epulum-i, n. a feast
Equa-se, f. a mare
Eques-itis, c. a horseman
Equester-tns-tris-tre, of horse
FABER-BRI, m. a wright
Fabi'i-orum, PL the Fabii
Facetiis-a-iim, witty, pleasant
FacetiaB-arum, PI. f. witticisms
Facilis-is-e, easy
Facinus-dris, n. an exploit
Fas, Nom. Ace. rigJU
Fastus-uum, PI. m. haughtiness
Facultates-um, PJ. f. chattels
Familiaris-is, m. a friend
Familiaris,-is-e, social
Famula-ae, f. a maid servant
Far, farris, n. all kinds of corn
Fascis-is, m. ^ faggot
Fasti-oriiin, m. PI. public records
Fauce, A bl. f. (PI. fauces) the jaw
Febris,-is, f. a fever, an ague
Feriae-ariim, f. PI. holy-days
Ferox-6x-6x-6cis, fierce
Ficus-i, vel -us, f. a fig-tree
Fides-ei, f. faith, confidence
Figura-ae, f. shape, figure
FilH-ae, f. a daughter
Filius-ii, m. a son
FlmS'is, d* an tmd
Diiumvir-iri, m. one of 2 officers
Dux, ducis, c. a leader, captain
Eremus-i, f. tJie wilderness •
Eryx-ycia, m. a mountain
Erysipel^s-atis, n. St» An-
thony^sfire,
Essediim-i, n. a chariot
Eum^nid^s-dum, f. the furies
Eurot-ds-icBf m. name of a river
Excubiae-aruin, f. a watch
ExeqtiiaB-arum, f. funeral rites
Exiguus,-a-um, small
Exilis-is-e, slender, smaU
Exlex-egis, c. a lawless person
Exodus-i, f. a departure
Exta-orum, n. PL the entrails
ExuLiilis, c. an exile
Exuvise-arum, f. clothes put
off.
Fines-ium, PL m. frontiers
Flabra-orum, PL n. blaMs of wind
Flamen-inis, m. anarch-priest
Flamen-mis, n. a blast of wind
Flos-oris, m. a flower, blossom
Flumen-inis, n. a river
Fluviiis-ii, m. a river
FollTs-is, m. a pair of bellows-
Fomes-itis, m. fuel, tinder
Fons, fontis, m. a fountain
F6res, PL (caret Gen.) a door
Fdri-drum, m. a ship^s hatches
Formica-ae, f. an ant
Fornix-icis, m. an arch, vauU
Fortis-is-e, brave
Fortunse-arum, f. PL an estate.
Fraus-audis, f* deceit, fraud
Fraenum-i, n. a bridle
Fru-ges-gum, f. PL com,frwt
Frugi, mon. frugal, provident
Frugis, G. (caret N.) com,fruU
Frusin-o-nts, m. name of a town
Frutex-icis, m. a shrub
Fungiis-i, m* a mushroom
Fvmus-errs, n. death, a funeral
( 173 )
Fur, furis, c.
Furfur-uris, m.
Furfures-um, PI. m.
the head.
a thief
bran
scales of
Furi8B-arum, f. the furies
Fustis-Is, m. a dub, a cudgel
GABII-ORUM, m. a cUy of
the Volsci.
Gad^s-tum, PL f. the island of
Cadiz,
Gddir^ indec. n. name of a city
Ganeo-onis, m. ruffian
Ganges,'is, m. a river in the
East Indies.
Gehenna-ae, f.
Gemma-aB, f.
Gener-eri, m.
hell
a jewel
a son-in-law
Genius-ii, m. a spirit, a demon,
• which, according to the an-
cients, presided over the birth
and life of every man,
Gerrae-arum, PI. f. idle toys
GTgas-ntis, m. a giant
Gingiber-eris, n. ginger
Glaber-ra-um, smooth, bald
Glis, gliris, m.
Gluten-inis, n.
Glycerium-ii, f. name of a too
man.
a dormouse
glue
Gobio-o-onis, m. gudgeon (fsh)
Gorgon-6nis, f. a Gorgon
Gorgon cs, Gorgonum, the three
daughters of Phorcas, Me-
dusa, Stheno, and Euryale.
Gracch-i-6rum, PI. the Gracchi
Gradiis-us, m. a step, a degree
Grando-mis, f. haU
Grates, f. Nom. Ace. PI. thanks
GratiS-ae, f. favor, grace
Gratus-a-ura. thankful
Grex, gregis, m. flock of sheep
Grossus-i, d. a green fig
Grus, gruis, d. a crane
Grypsj-yphis, m. a griffin
Gula-ae, f. gluttony
Gurges-itis, m. a gulf
Gustus-us, m. the taste
Gygis-icB, m. a mighty giant
Gymnasium-ii, n. a college
Gypsum-i, n. white plaister
Gyrus-i, m. a circle, a ring
HALUS-I, f. comfrey
Haeres-edis, c. an heir
Heeresis-is, f. heresy
Halec-ccis, f. & n. a herring
Harpyia-ae, f. a ravenous bird
Hastd-BB, f. a spear
Hostile-is, n. -a spear-staff
Hebes-es-etis, blockish
Hebron-6nis,f. the name of a city
Hebrus-i, m. a river of Thrace
Hepar, hepatis, n. the liver
Heraclitiis-i, m, HeraclUus
Hierdsdlymd-ortan^ n. JerU'
salem,
Hil^ris-is-^, cheerftdj merry
Hippdman^s, ind. rank poison
Hispal-&h8, n, a city of Spain
Histrix-Tcis, d. a porcupine
Hdmicid&-8e, c* a manslayer
H6mo-inYs, c. a man, a woman
Hdnor, V. honds-oris, m. honor
Hospes-itis, c.
Hospes-itis, c.
Hostilis-is-e,
Hostis-is, c.
Uumiiis-is-e,
Humus-i, f.
a landlord
a guest
hostile
an enemy
humble
the ground
Hy^des-dum, PL f. the 7 stars
Hyberna-orum, winter quarters
Hyems-18, f. winter
Hydrops-opis, m. the dropsy
Hylds-Bd, m, a boy beloved by
Hercules,
HistriO'ODiB, m. a «toge-pZayer\H§m^n-\T&<B)m« god. oj i»o.wa4
( 174 )
ICON -dn 18, f. an image
Idus-iiiim, f. tJie ides of a month,
ike 15th day of March, May,
July, October; but the l^h
of any other month,
lESUS, sent to save^ Savioub
Ignar-us-^-iim, ignorant
Ignis-is, m. fre
IU&-iuin, n. PL the entrails
nidn-Uj n. (raro fern.) Troy
Uliturgi, inaec. name of a city
Imago-inis, f. an image
Imber-bris, m. a shower
Imbrex-icis, d. a roof tile
Imp-ar-ar-ar-aris, uneven
Impetis, m. 6. Abl.
ImpTger-grll-grum,
Impius-a-um,
Imp6s-os-dtis,
Impubis-is,
Incola-se, c-
Incus-udis, £•
Index-icis, c.
Indigena-8B, c.
force
active
wicked
unable
not ripe
an inhabitant
an anvU
an informer
a native
Indigetes-iim, m. deified men
unworthf
indigent
atruee
a disposition
an infant
ndign-us-a-um,
ndigus-ll-uin,
nduci8B-arum, f.
nddles-is, f.
nfans-ntis, c.
nferise-arum,Pl. n.fiineral rites
nferi-orum, m. PL shades bdow
nficias, Ace. PL a demtd
nfldus-a-um, unfcdthfid
the groin
unjust
needy
restless
asnare
innocent
an island
whole
v/ y^ sj
nguen-inis, n.
nlquus-a-um,
nops-ops-opis,
nquTes, mon.
nsidi8B-arum, f.
nsons, insons,
nsula-ae, f.
nt-eger-egra-egrum,
nterpres-etis, c. an interpreter
ntercus, intercus, -litis, secrti
ntestina-orum, PL n entrails
ra-ae, f. anger
IsmdrtiS'i, m. a mountain
Ismd-rd-rorum, PL n. fiumn-
tains of Thrace,
Iter-itineris, n. a journey
JANUA- JE, a gate
Jub^r-aris, n. a sunbeam
J6cus-i, m. (P. jdci et j6ca) a joke
Judex-icis, c. a judge
Jug^-orum, PL n. mountain-tops
Jupiter, Jdvts, m. Jupiter
Justa-orum, PI. n. funeral ritet
Juvenilis-is-e, youthful
Juvenis-is, c. a youths young
Jiiventus-utis, f. youth
ElalendiB arum, PL (same as Calendae,) thfi Kalends of a numth
LABOR, et l&bos-oris, m. la-
bor,
Lac, lactis, n.
Lacer-era-erum,
Lacryma-8B,
Lactes-ium, PL f.
Lacus-us, m.
Lagopus-odis, f. a kind of bird
Lamenta-orum, PL n. lamenta-
tion,
Lanista-8B, c. a fencing-master
LsBtus-ai-um, joyful
milk
torn
a tear
small guts
a lake
Lapis-idis, m. a stone
Laquear-aris, n, arched ceUing
Larix icis, d.
Lacer-eris, n.
Latex-icis, m.
Laurus-i, us, f.
Laus, laudTs, f.
the larch-tree
a kind of gum
liquor, wine
a laurd
praise
Lautia<6rum, PL n. provisions
for ambassadors,
Laver-eris, n. water-parsley
Lednd^r-dri, m. name of a man
VLeV^e^-eVA^^ \sv« a ketde
( iw )
L^mures-um, PI. m. hobgoblins
Lens-ntis, f. a kind of puUe
Lepus-dris, m.
Ij€t7i€'es, f.
Leucates-sd, m.
Levir-iri, m.
JLevis-is-e,
a hare
the river Lethe
a mountain
a wife's brother
light
Levis-is-e, {also laevis) smooth
Lex, legis, f. a laio
lAb^r'eri, m. name of Bacchus
Liber, libri, m. a book, the rind
Liber-era-erum, jree
Liberi-oriim, PL m. children
Libertas-atis, f.
Liberta-ae, f. a freed maid
Libertiis-i, m. a freed man
Lienis, r>el lien-enis, m. the milt
Ligo-onis, m. a spade
Limax-acis, d. a snail
Lingu&-8e, f. a tongue
Linter-tris, d. a small boat
Lis, litis, f. contenHon
LLters-ajrum, PL f. an epistle
Lixa-se, c. a scullion
L5cuples-es-etis, rich
Ldcus-i, m. PL 16ci, et 16c&, a
place,
LotuS'i, m. tJte late4ree
Londin-Hm-i, n. London
Luceres-um, PL m. part of the
Roman people,
Ludi-orum, PL m. public games
liberty Lugdun^Hm-ij n. dty of Lyons
Lustrum-i, n. space of 5 years
Lustra-oriim, n. evil haunts
Luxils-us, m. profuseness
Lycyd-as-se, n. name of a shep*
herd.
Limes-itis, m. a boundaryiLynx-ycis, d. a spotted beast
MA-CER-CRA-CRUM, lean
Machina-ae, f. an engine
McBdndir, m. a crooked river
Magalia-ium, PL n. Numidian
cottages.
Magnanimiis-a-um,
Magnes-etis, m.
Maj6res-um, m.
Malum-i, n.
Malum-i, n.
Malus,-i, f.
Mala,-ae,
Mango-onis, m.
Manes-ium, to,
Maniis-us, f.
Margo-inis, m.
Maritus-i, m.
Marm6r.6ris, n.
M&re-is, n.
brave
a loadstone
ancestors
toickedness
an apple
an apple-tree
the jaw
a slave-seller
a ghost, crime
the hand
the edge
a husband
marble
the sea
Martius-\i,m, the month March
Martyr-yns, a witness
Mas, m^ris, m. a male, a man
Matrdn&-ae, f. a wife, a Iddij
Mel, mellis, n. honey
Meledg^r-gri, m. a man's name
melody
mindful
a beggar
the mind
a month
noonday
Melos, n. indec*
Memdr-dris, m.
Mendicus-i, m.
Mens-ntis, f.
Mensis-is, m.
Meridies-iei, m.
Merops-opis, m. a wood-pecker
Messald-Bd, m. name of a man
Meth5dus-i, f. a method
Metiis-us, m. dread
Miles-itis, c. a soldier
M^ndlcds-fB, name of a shepherd
MinturniB,-drum, PL f. a city
Minse-arum, f. threats
Minister-tri, m. a servant
Minores-iim, PL m. posterity
Min-6s-ais, m. one of the three
infernal judges.
Mirus-IL-tim, wonderfid
MTser-er^-erum, loreCcAed
Mairdnd^, f. a river in France^^x^A^iass^^^ ^
MatutiDuS'&'Um, the mormn^<xSih:\%^ xi. «^ '«^*'*^
M6nit6r-drT8, m.
Mons-ntis, m.
Mds, moris, bi.
M6res,-um, m.
Morid-onis, m.
Mugilis-is, m.
Mula-ae, f.
Mulciber-eviy m.
( 176 )
an cK2vi«er;Munditi8e-anim, PI. f. neatneu
a mountain Munia-orum, PI. n. offices
a ctistomManicepS'icipis^m* a free citizen
a shdUfisk
a noise
a mouse
a song^ muse
the city of
moraZ« Murex-icis, m.
an icfio^, Murmiir-uris, n.
a mullet Mu8, muris, m.
a she-mule Mxia^-Bd,
Vulcan^ Mycin-cB-aiTum^ f.
Muli-er-eris, f. a woman^ a wife Agamemnon and Menelaus.
Multitia-orum, PI. n. taffety Myrica-ae, f. the tamarisk4ree
NAR, naris, m.
Umbria.
Nard-us-i, f.
Nasicd'tBf m.
Nata-a3, f.
Natalis-is, m.
spikenard
name of a man
a daughter
a hirih'day
Natales-ium, PI. m. parentage
Natio-onis, f. a nation
Natrix-icis, m. a water'Sndke
NavTs-is, f. a ship
Nectar-iiris, n. the drink of the
heathen gods.
Nauci, Gen.
Nemo-mis, c.
a river q/*Nix, nivis, f. snow
Nihilum-i, n. nothing
Nomen-Tnis, n. a name
NonsB-ariim, f. the nones of a
months i. e. the 1th day of March,
May, July, October; but the fifth
day of the other months; as, Nona
Octobres, Ith of October; but Non»
JanUarise, 5th of January*
Noster-tra-trum, our^ our ovm
Nostr-as-as-as, G. nostratis.
Nota-aB, f. a mark, note
Noverca-ae, f. a step-mother
a nut-sheU'N ox, noctis, f. tJie night
no oweJNoxa-aB, f. mischief, hurt, guiU
Nepenthes, n, the herb kill-grief iNugud-srum, f. PI. trifles
Nequam, indec. idle, naughty\N uiliis-di-um, G. nullius, none
Ner%ne-es,f <Ae c?awgA/erq/'Numerus,-i, m. number
Nereus,
Neu-ter-tra-trum, G. neutrius
NundinsB-ariim, f. PI. . a fair
Nuptiae-arum, a wedding
Niger, nigra, nigrum, WacA;lNiiriis-us, f. a daughter-indaw
OBEX-icis, d. a bolt
Obses-Ydls, c. a host
Occiput-ltpitis, n. the hind head
Oledst^r-tri, m. a wild olive
Olor-oris, m. a swan
Omn-is-is-e, every, all
Opacus-a-um, dark, shady
Opera-ae, f. a man-slave. Hor.
Opera-ae, f. endeavor, labor
Opifex-icTs, c. a mechanic
Opis, G. A. opem, Ab. 6pe, help
Opes-iim, PI. f. ricJies, wealth
Opimiis-a-um, rich
pidum-i, n*
Opiis-eris, n. a work
Opus, indec. need, necessity
Opus, adj. indec. need, needful
Opus-untis, m. a city of Locris
Ora-aB, f. a border, coast
OrbTs-is, m. the world, a circle
Ordo-inis, m. order
Orgia-oriim, PI. n. orgies of
Bacchus.
Ornithoboscion-ii, n. a hencoop
Oryx-ycis, m a toild goat
Os, oris, n. the mouth
Os, dssis, n. a bone
a tot(m\Oxomum-\^Ti.
Oxford
( irr )
Piper-ens, n.
PALM £S-Ttis, m. a vine-^jMOtj
the bough of a tree*
Palumbes-is, d. a ring-dove
Palus-udis, f. a marsh, fen
Paluster-tris-tris-tre, of a marsh
Panaces, indec. n. herb alUheal
Pandoch-edn-ei, n. an inn
Panis-is, m. bread
Papaver-eris, n. the poppy
Papyrus-i, f. paper
Par, par, par, G. pans, equal
Par, paris, n. a match
Parens-ntis, c. a parent
Paries-ietis, m. a wa/ZjPiscis-is, m.
Pdr-is,-idis, m. the son of Priam Pius-a-um
Pars, partis, f. a part
Partes-iiim, PL f, party, faction
Partus-us, m. a birth
Pascha-ae, n. Easter, Passover
Pascha-atis, n. the Passover
Pascua-orum, n. PI. a pasture
Pater, patris, m. a father
Patruelis-Ts, c. a cousin
Pauper-er-eris, poor
Peculium-ii, n. private wealth
Pecudis, G. (peciis, obsol.) cattle
Pecus-oris, n. cattle
Pedes-itTs, c. a footman
Pedester-tris-tris-e, of the foot
Pelagus-i, n. the sea
Peltdn-ii, n. raro m. a high hill
Pelvis-is, f. a basin for feet
Penates-ium, m. household gods
Penus.i-us-6ris, m. f. n. food
PentMstlea-aB, f. a queen^s name
Penildpe-es, f. ivife of Ulysses
Perdix-icis, d. a partridge
Peregrinus-a-um, foreign
treacherous
skilled
swift, quick
a foot
Pergam'US'i, PL a city of JVoy
PhcBaX'kcis, m. a PTuBocian
Phalerse-arum, PL f. trappings
Pharus-i, f. a watch4ower
Phaselils-i. d. a galley
Philoctites-CB, a Grecian chief
Phoenix-icis, m. a Phcenician
Phorbds-ntts, m. name of a man
Piger, pigra, pigrum, stiff
Phryx, Phrygis, m. a Phrygian
Pincerna-ae, c. a baker
Pinus-us, et pini, f. a pine4ree
Perfidus-a-um,
Peritus-a-um,
Pernlx-ix-ix-icis,
Pes, pedis, m.
Pestis-is,
f^eipSS'eS'etiB,
pepper
a fish
holy, godly
nets, toils
a planet
Plagae-arum, PL f.
Planeta-se, m.
Plerique-eeque-aque, G. -orum
Poema-atis, n. a poem
Poeta-ae, m. a poet
Politia, ae, f. polity, citizenship
Pollen-inis, n. fine fiour
Pollex-icTs, m. the ihumh
Pollis-inis, m. fine fiour
Pdlymestor-oiis, m. a king
Pondo, AbL m. a pound weight
Pons, pontis, m. a bridge
PontuS'i, m. a country of Asia
Poples-itis, m. tJie ham of the leg
Popiilus-i, m. the people
Populus-i, £• a poplar tree
Porticus, f. a porch
Portus-us, m. a harbor
Posteri-orum, PL m. posterity
P6stis-Ts, m. a post
PotTs, pdtis, monoptote, able
Praecordia-orum, PL n. midriff
Praemium-ii, n, a reward
Praeneste, -is, n. a city of Italy
Praepes-es-etis,
Praes, praedis, c.
Praesagus-a-um,
the pZague\PTB&se«-\d\^^ f^.
swift
bail, a surd:y
( 178 )
a prelate Pudic-us-a-um»
Piiell-^-8B, f.
Pu§rilia-is-S,
Praesul-ulis, c.
Presbyter-eri, m. an elder
Primitiae-arum, f. PI. first fruits
Princeps-cipis, c. a cAieflPugil-ilis, c
Princ-eps-ipis, c. first, cAief Pugio-onis, m.
Principia-orum, PL n. the centre
of an army,
Pr6ceres-um, PL m. ike nobles
PrScerus-a-iinij
Prudens-ns-ns,-ntis, wue
Prodig-us-a-um, lavish
Prostibulum-i, n. a prostitute
Puber, vel pubes-erTs, m. ve/, f.
modest
a girl
boyish
a boxer
a dagger
Pulcher-chra-chrum, fair
Pulex-icis, m. a flea, a gnat
Pulvis-eris, d. dust
tall Pumex-icis, d. a pumice'Stone
Puppis-is, f. the stem of a ship
Puteus«i, m. a well
PythdgdraS'ddyVDi. the name of a
philosopher*
ftUADRANS-ANTIS, four
ounces,
Q,uadrigse-arum, PL f. a chariot
Q,uaestio-onis, f. a question
Quaestus-us, f. gain, profit Quinque
Quaestor-oris, m. ' a paymaster
Quercus-us, f. an oak-tree
Questus-us, m. a complaint
Querela-8B, a complaint
Qui-ris-ritis, m* a Roman citi-
zen,
Quincunx-uDc!s, m. 5 oz,
vir-viri, m. an officer
Quiris-itTs, m. a Roman
Quirites-iiin, m. Roman citizens
Quot, indec. how many
RABULA-iE} c. a brawler
Ramex-icis, m. a rupture
Rastrum-i, n. PL rastra, a rake
Ravis, is, f. hoarseness
Reate, is, n. the name of a city
ttect5r-6rist m. a governor
Redux-ux-jfeis, returned
Remex-igis, m. a rower
Ren, renis, m. the kidney
RepQt)(&«Orum, PL n. a
feasL'
Reses-^s-idis, lazy, at ease
Res5nus-S.-um, re-echoing
Respublic^, reipublicse, f. the
commonwealth*
RhamnuS'i, m. white bramble
Restis-is, f. a rope
Rex, regis, m. ^ a
toedding Riibi
Rltus-us, m.
Rivalis-is, m.
Rhdddpe-es, f.
Robiir-ons, n.
RSgus-i,
Rcmd'Sd, f.
Rostrum-i, n.
a nte, ceremony
a rival
a mountain
an oak'tree
a funeral pile
the city of Rome
a bill or beak
R6stra>orum, PL n. a pulpit
Ruber-bra-brum, red
i-6rum,m. PL the city Rubi
RubuS'i, d. a bramble
Rudens-ntis, m. a cable, rope
Rudis-is, f. a gladiator*s rod
Riidis-is-e, ignorant
Rupes-is, f. a rock
Ruricdla-ae, c* a liver in country
Rus, ruris, n* the country
icus-i, a countryman
king Rust
SACERDOS^otis, c. a priest,
or priestess.
Bao^r, 8acjr&, sacruniy sacred
Sacr^-orum, PL n. holy things
Sal, s&lis, m. and n. saU
Sal&r, sal&ris, m. a salmon
( 179 )
salt-'pits
healthful
health
safe
spittle
Sitis-is, f.
Sobrius-^-um,
Sdcer-eri, m/-
Socrus-us, f.
S5dalis-is, c.
Sol, solis, m.
Solers-ers-rtTs,
Salebrse-arum, f. PL had roads
Sales-ium, PI. repartees
Salina;-arum, PL f.
Saluber-bris-bris-e,
SalQs-utis, f.
Salviis-a-um,
Saliva-ae, f.
Sandix-dicis, m. a kind of red
Sanguis-uinis, m. blood
Sapiens-ns-ntis, icise Sorex-icis, m.
Sason-oms, m. name of an island
Satelles-itis, m. a life-guard
oatur-ura-urum,
Scalae-arum, PL f.
Scortum-i, n.
Scriba-3B, m.
thirsty drought
temperate
a father-in-law
a mother-in-law
> a companion
the sun
crafty
Solus-a-um, 6. sollus, alone
Sordct^-isy n. name of a city
a rat
a sister
safe
a scarlet color
a scribe
Scrobs-obls, d. a ditch
Scatebrae-arum, PL f. a spring
Scruta-orum, PI, n. old clothes
a buffoon
an axe
a seat
seed-time
an old man
old age
Scurra-aB, m.
Sgcuris-is, f,
Sedile-is, n,
6ementis-is, f.
Senex, senis, c.
Senectus-utis, f.
Senatus-us, tJie Roman senate
Sentis-is, m. a thorn
Seps, sepis, m.
Serpen s-ntis, d.
Serta-orum, PL n.
Servitium-ii, n.
Servitus-utis, f.
Sextans-ntis, m.
Sicc-iis-a-um,
Stler-^rts, n.
Silex-icis, c.
Similis-is-e,
Simplex-ex-ex-icis, single
Sinciput-ipiti9, n. the forehead
Sindon-dnis, f. fine linen
Sinister-tra-trum, on the left
Smiis-us, m. the hosom^ a bay
Sir-en-enis, f. a mermaid
Biser-eris, n. a parsnip
»oror-oris, f.
Sosp-es-es-itis,
full Spadix-icis, m.
a ladder Speciis-ci-us-6ris, m. f. n. a den
a harlot Spes, spei, f. hope^ expectation
Spinther-eris, n. a buckle
Spiniis-i, n. a black thorn
Spiritus-us, m. a spirit
Sponsalia-orum, PL n. espousals
Sponsus-i, m. a bridegroom
Spontis, G. Ab. sponte, f. of his
own accord*
Stamen-Tnis, n. a thread
Stemma-atis, n. a crown
Stern-ax-ax-az-acis, stumbling
Stipes-itTs, m. a stakcy dub
Stirps, stirpis, d. a race, stock
Strenuus-a-um,
Strigilis-ilis, f.
Styx-ygis, {,
Suavis,-is-e,
Suber-^ris, n.
Subscus-udis, f.
a serpent
a serpent
garlands
a slave
bondage
2oz,or6 part
dry
an osier
a flint stone
like
stout, brave
aflesh-brush
the river Styx
sweet
a cork-tree
a dove-tail
Sulmo-oniSyTa, thetofunof Ovid
Siipellex-ctilis, f. furniture
Supellectili^-ium, PL n. goods
Siiperi-orum, PL the gods above
Superstes-es-itis,
Supplex-ex-icis,
Sus, silis, c. a sow, swine
Symbolum,-!, n. a token
Syn5dus-i, f. an assembly
Sylva-ae, f, a wood, forest
Sylvester-triis-tris-trS, of wood
surviving
humble
( 180 )
TAPES-etis, m.
TalplL-ffi, d.
Tellus-uris, f.
Tegens-ns-ntis, Part.
Tempestas-atis, f.
Tdrns-ig, m. a firebrand
Totus-^-um, G. -lus, whohy all
tapestry
a mole
the earth
covering
a storm
Temp6ra-iim, PI. n. the temples Transfug3.-aB, c.
Tendo-mis, m. a tendon Tribunal-alis, n.
Tenebrae-arum, PI. darkness Tribuniis-i, m.
Teniiis-is-e, fine, slender Tribus-us, f.
the back
Trabs-^bis, f.
Tragoedia-ae, f.
Trames-itis, m.
Tergum-i, n.
Teres-es-etis, round, taper
Termes-itis, m. bough of a tree
Ternio-onis, m. the number 3
Testis-is, c. a witness
Teter-tra-trum, foul, nasty
Tesqua-orum, n. PI. roughplaces
Teuc^r-cri, m. brother of Ajax
Thalia-m, f. one of the Muses
ThebcB-drum, f. the city Thebes
Fhermae-arum, f. warm baths
Fhorax-acis, m. a breast-plate
Fhrax-acis, m. a Thracian
rhus-uris, n. frankincense
ThydS'dts, f. a certain priestess
Tiara, tiarae, f. ' ' a crown
THbur-Uris, n. a town of Italy
Tigris-dis, v. iigris, a tiger
Tiro-onis, m. a beginner
T6ga-aB, f. a gown
Torquis-is, d. a neck chain
Torrens-ntis, m. a land-flood
UBER^r^Sr^, fruUfut
Uber-ub^iSi,' n. a dug
UUus-^-um, Gen. ullius, any
Uncia-ae, f. an ounce
Unguen-inis, n. ointment
Unguis-is, m. a marCs nail
Ungiila-ae, f. hoof of a beast
Unus-a-um, G. unius, one
Ull-iis-a-um, G. ullius, Dat.
ulli, any one
a beam
a tragedy
a cross path
a deserter
a tribunal
a tribune
a tribe
gewgaws
^headed
TricaB-ariiin, PI. f.
Triceps-ps-cipitis,
Tigns-dis, v. Tigris, a river
Tric6rp5r-dr-6ris, 3 bodied
Tri-dens-dentis, m. a trident
Triens-ntis, m. 3 ounces
Triumvir-iri, m. a triumvir
Trillx-ix-Ix-icTs, of 3 threads ,
Trcjd-<B, f. the city of Troy
Trojugena-ae, born in Troy
Tuber-eris, n.
Tud^r-^ris, n.
Tudes-is, m.
Tullius-u, n.
a mushroom
name of a city
a hammer
the great Ro'
man orator, called in full,
Marcus Tullius Cicero: he
was one of the best of men.
Turris-is, f.
Turtiir-uris, m.
Tusculum-i, n.
Tussis-is, f.
Tutela-ae, f.
a tower
a turtle-dove
a city of Italy
a cough
guardianship
Urbs, urbis, f. a city
Titer, utra, utrum, whether 7
Uterlibet u-tralibet-trumlibet,
Utriuslibet Gen. utrilibet D.
U-terque, utraque, utrumque,
Utriusque Gen. utrique D.
U-tervis -travis- -trumvis, G.
Utriusvis, D. utrivis
Util-is-is-je, useful
Uxor-oris, f. a wife
VACU-US-H-iim, «mj>fy|Valli8-is, f.
Vk-fer-fra-fruuif cunning, crqf-l Vannua-i, f.
a valley
a corn-fan
( 181 )
Vaa, vadis, m. a surely, hail
Vas, vasis, n. a vessel
Vates-is, c. a prophet, poet
Valvae-arum, PL f. folding doors
Vecors-rs-rs, vecordis, mad
Vectigal-alis, n. tax, revenue
Vectis-is, m. a door-holt
Vei'i-drum, m. PL the city Veil
Venenum-i, n. poison
Vepres-is, m. a hramhle
Ver, veris, n. the spring
Verberis, G. A. verbere, n. stripe
Verbum-i, n. a word
VermTs-is, m. a worm
Verres-is, m. a hoar pig
Vertex-icTs, m. top of the head
Vervex-ecTs, m. a wether
Versicol-6r-6r-6ris, changing
colors,
Vester-tra-trum, your own
Vestras-as-atTs, of your country
Vetus-us-us-eris, ancient, old
Viclniis-a-iim,
Vigil, vigilis, c.
Vigil, vigilis,
Vigili-ae-arum, PL
neighhoring
a watchman
awake
watchmen
Villicus-i, m. a steward
Vinculum-i, n. a cJuiin
Vin-dex-icis, c. a revenger
Vindex-ex-icis, revenging
VindtctcB-driim, PL f. revenge
Vir, viri, m. a man
Virilis-is-e, of a man, manly
VirgtltiiS'U, m. the hest epicpoei
Vis, Ac. vim. Abl. vi, violence^
force,
Vires-ium, PL f.
Virtus-utis, f.
Virus-i, n.
Viscera-um, PL n.
Vitium-11, n.
Voluptas-atis, f.
Volvox-ocis, m.
V olu-cer-cris,-cre,
Volucris-is, f.
Vomis-eris, m. a plow-share
Vortex-icis, m. a whirlpool
Vulgaris-is-e, common, vulgar
Vulgus-i, m. and n. the rahhle
Vultur-uris, m. a vulture
Vultus-us, m. ike countenance
strength
virtue
poison
the howeU
vice
pleasure
a vine-vjorm
. stcift
a htrd
XERXES-IS, m.
king of Persia*
a foppish Zephyrus-zephyri, m. the toeH
wind, *
VERBS ACTIVE
Of the first Conjugation, which are conjugated like
Am6, amare, amavi, amatQin.
iESTIMO, to esteem
Aggero, to heap up
Animo, to encourage, animate
Appello, to speak to, to call
Approbo, to approve
Aro, to plow, till, dig
ArrdgOy to claim, challenge
Castigo,
Celo,
Colo,
Concito,
Convoco,
Comp^ro,
B^o, to blessj to make ^ppi;\CoiiciX\0)
to chastise
to hide, to conceal
to strain
to rouse^
to call together
to com'qare
to gawi«»V> c«f«^''*
I •
( 182 )
Comprdbo,
Commuto,
Coll6co,
Capiilo,
Culpo,
Corono,
Commigro,
Commddo,
Curo,
DedecSro,
Declino,
Delego,
Dimigro,
Den5to,
Der5go,
Destino,
Despero,
Dev5ro,
Bono,
Ediico,
Effero,
Elimino,
Extrico,
F&tigo,
Fortune,
Formido,
Fugo,
Fundo,
Gr&vo,
pergravo,
prsegr^vo,
H5n6ro,
Imp^ro^.
io approve
to change
io place together
to couple
to blame
to crovm
to remove
to suit
to take carey regard
to disgrace
to decline
to appoint
to depart
to denote
to lessen^ to derogate
to intendy design
to despair
to devour
to bestow
to educate
to enrage
to turn out of doors
to extricate
to tirCy fatigue
to prosper
to dread
to put to flighty rout
to found
to burden
to burden much
to burden much
to honor
to command
JudicoiJ*^ ' to judge, determine
^:.
Imp^trp, ' ' to obtain by prayer
Indico, to selly show
Inspico, to sharpen
Instigo, to instigate
Irnto, to stir up
Laudo, to commend, praise
Laboro, to labor
Levo,
Lego,
Ldco,
Lustro,
Luxo,
Mando,
Mitigo,
Muto,
permuto,
Nego,
N6to,
N6vo,
inndvo,
Nudo,
Obsero,
resero,
Patro,
Placo,
Probo,
P'lito,
ampiito,
impiito,
Pulso,
Privo,
Projfiigo,
R6go,
erSgo,
Roboro,
Saluto,
resaluto,
Sano,
SibTlo,
Spero,
Velo,
revelo,
Vendico,
Vindico,
Violo,
Verbero,
Vexo,
to lighten
to ddegatCy appoint
to place, locate
to purify
to disjoint
to command
to soften
to change
to change much
to deny
to marky note
to make new, repair
to change old customs
to bare, make naked
to lock
to unlock
to commit
to pacify, appease
to approve
to think
to prune, to cut off
to ascribe
to strike, knock
to rob, deprive
to rout, put to flight
to ask, to interrogate
to bestow
to strengthen
to salute
to salute again
to cure, to heal
to hiss, to whistle
to hope, to expect
to cover, hide, veil
to uncover, reveal
to claim, to challenge
to revenge, avenge
to break a command
to strike, to heat
to disquiet
( 188 )
DEPONENT VERBS.
Stent amor flectes hax dqHmentia primcB.
AmOr, amari, amatus sum.
All these Deponent Verbs are conjugated like Amar^
AFFOR, to speak to^ address
Amplex5r, to embrace
Ancillor, to serve as a maid
Aspernor, to despise
Assentor, to agree
Aduldr, to flatter
Adversor, to oppose, thwart
Ampullor, to swell like a bottle
Argumentor, to reason, dispute
Aucupor, to go a fowling
Auguror, to conjecture
Arbitror, to think, to judge
Abominor, to detest, abhor
^mulor, to rival
Auspicor, to begin a thing after
mature deliberation,
Auxilior, to help, to aid
Aversor, . ^ to turn from
Aquor, to water, to fetch water
Bacchor, to riot, to frolic
Causor, to excuse, to form ex
cuses.
Commmor, to threaten
Commissor, to riot
Criminor, to Ojccuse
Conor, to endeavor, attempt
Conjflfctor, to engage
Cunctdr, to stay, to linger
Concionor, to make a speech
Conspicor, to behold, to see
Contemplor, to behold, view
ConvTvor, to feast, to revel
Convitior, to taunt, to revile
Consilior, to give advice
Calumnior, to slander
Diversor, to lodge at an inn
D5minor, to rule over, to domi^
neer.
Epulor, to feast, to banquet
Efibr, to speak out, to declare
Execror, to curse, to execrate
Famulor, to attend, wait on
Furor, to steed, to pilfer
Fcrior, to keep holyday, play
Graecor, to play the Gre^
Gratulor, to congratulate
Gratificor, to do a good turn
Grator, to gratulate, wish joy
Grassor, to march, to enter vio-
lently.
Glorior, to boast, to vaunt
Hortor, to admonish, to advise
dehortor, to dissuade
Halliicinor, to stammer, stagger
Imagindr, to imagine
Insidior, to lie in ambush
Imitor, to imitate, resemMe
Imprecor, to pray against, tm-
precate.
Indignor, to rage^ to behave
unworthily.
Intcrpr^tor, to Irtfiulafe, to
interpret.
J6cor, to jesty to joke
Jurgor, to rail, to brawl
L^mentor, to lament
Jjo^tor, to rejoice, cheer
liendcin5r, to entice, to decoy
Lucror, to make gain, to gain
Luctor, to struggle, wrestle
reluctor, to struggle back
Mddulor, to play a tune
■•■■^n*
f •■
Mercor,
MSditor,
^Medicor,
Mdror,
cdmmordr,
Mis^ror,
commiscror
Miror,
Moremgeror,
Morigeror,
Machinor,
Mutuor,
Minor,
comminSr,
Negotior,
Nidulor,
Nugor,
Opinor,
Palor,
Palpor,
( 184 )
to huy^xxoTi to quarrel
to study ^ mec^t^ate'Reluctor, to struggle back,Jighi
to heal, to cure .Refragor, to refuse, utterly
to delay, retard RatiocTnor, to reason logically,
to wait to reckon, to count,
to pity Scrutor, to search
to take pity on Scltor, to know, to inquire
to admire, usonder Sector, to follow
Solor, to comfort, to console
Stdmachor, to he displeased,
to fret.
Sciscitor, to know by inquiring
Suspicor, ^ to suspect
to discourse
to act the buffoon
to obey
to humor
to contrive
to borrow
to threaten
to ^ArcafenjSermocinor,
to trade, negotiateiScuvTor,
to build a ne^^Suavior,
to trijle Stipulor,
to think
to straggle
to flatter, speak fair
Percontor, to inquire strictly
Philosophor, to a^ct the philoso-
pher, to study, to profess, to
teach phUoaophy.
PrcBdor, ^ " to plunder
PeregrinSr, to go abroad
PSpiilor, to plunder
f*f ecor, to pray, to intreat
eprecor, to pray against
Pnestolor, to wait
P&ulor, to cheat the public
Piscor, to fish, to catch fish
Rusticpr, to live in the country
Rimdfy to searchy to pry into
Testor,
ness,
obtestor,
obtestor.
to salute with a kiss
to agree, to covenant
to witness^ to hear wU"
to beseech humbly
to defend, to protect
Vaticinor, to prophesy, to di-
vine^ to tell.
Venor,
Versor,
Versor, '
Versor,
Versor,
conversor
to hunt, to go to hunt
to be conversant
.to be employed
to he exercised
to converse
to converse, to keep
companf with, he often with,
Vagor, to wander, to go astray
Vcneror, to reverence, to respect
Vulpinor, to play the fox, to
deceive with crafty wiles.
FINIS.
V
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11